Bull Escala Rack Pl & Epc

Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPCReference Guide

86 A1 99JX 23ORDER REFERENCE

Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPCReference Guide

Hardware

December 2003

BULL CEDOC357 AVENUE PATTONB.P.2084549008 ANGERS CEDEX 01FRANCE


The following copyright notice protects this book under the Copyright laws of the United States of Americaand other countries which prohibit such actions as, but not limited to, copying, distributing, modifying, andmaking derivative works.

Copyright Bull S.A. 1992, 2003

Printed in France

Suggestions and criticisms concerning the form, content, and presentation ofthis book are invited. A form is provided at the end of this book for this purpose.

To order additional copies of this book or other Bull Technical Publications, youare invited to use the Ordering Form also provided at the end of this book.

Trademarks and Acknowledgements

We acknowledge the right of proprietors of trademarks mentioned in this book.

AIX� is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation, and is being used underlicence. AIXwindows�, AS/400�, C Set ++�, Chipkill, COBOL/2, COBOL/370, COBOL/400�, DB2�, ESCON�,HACMP/6000, IBM�, LoadLeveler�, Micro Channel�, MVS, Operating System/2�, Operating System/400�,OS/2�, OS/2 WARP�, OS/390�, OS/400�, PowerPC�, PowerPC Architecture, PowerPC 603, PowerPC 603e,POWER2 Architecture, PS/2�, PTX�, RS/6000�, SAA�, S/370, S/390�, SecureWay�, Sequent�, SQL/400�,SQL/DS, Tivoli�, TME�, VisualAge�, WebSphere�, xHLLAPI� are either trademarks or registered trademarksof International Business Machines Corporation in the United States or other countries or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States of America and other countries licensed exclusively throughthe Open Group.

Brocade, Extended Fabrics, Fabric Aware, Fabric Integrator, Fabric OS, Fabric Threads, Fabric Watch, FabricWeaver, QuickLoop, SilkWorm, SilkWorm Express, and SOLUTIONware are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Brocade Communications Systems Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries.

Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United Statesand/or other countries.

tpmC is a trademark of the Transaction Processing Performance Council.

Other trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Groupe Bull will not be liable for errorscontained herein, or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the use of this material.

Escala Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide System Hardware

Table of Contents 1/149pw5s1c0.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Escala Rack PL & EPCReference Guide

System Hardware





Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1: HARDWARE OVERVIEW................................................................................. 1

1. Escala Rack PL & EPC General Features ...................................................................................................................31.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability................................................................................................................31.2. Scalability .................................................................................................................................................................41.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design...........................................................................41.4. Logical Partitioning ..................................................................................................................................................71.5. PowerPC ...................................................................................................................................................................81.6. POWER3-II Architecture........................................................................................................................................111.7. POWER4 Architecture............................................................................................................................................12

2. Escala Rack PL & EPC Features Summary ..............................................................................................................132.1. ESCALA PL220R...................................................................................................................................................132.2. Escala PL240R........................................................................................................................................................142.3. ESCALA EPC400...................................................................................................................................................142.4. ESCALA EPC430...................................................................................................................................................152.5. ESCALA EPC440...................................................................................................................................................152.6. ESCALA EPC450...................................................................................................................................................162.7. ESCALA PL400R...................................................................................................................................................162.8. ESCALA PL420R...................................................................................................................................................162.9. ESCALA EPC610...................................................................................................................................................182.10. ESCALA PL600R.................................................................................................................................................192.11. ESCALA EPC800.................................................................................................................................................192.12. ESCALA EPC810.................................................................................................................................................202.13. ESCALA PL800R.................................................................................................................................................202.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A.....................................................................................................................212.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+........................................................................................................................222.16. ESCALA EPC2400...............................................................................................................................................232.17. ESCALA EPC2450...............................................................................................................................................232.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+........................................................................................................................242.19. Additional Nodes and Models ..............................................................................................................................242.20. Expansion Racks...................................................................................................................................................252.21. PDUs .....................................................................................................................................................................262.22. Interconnection .....................................................................................................................................................262.23. Cluster/Node Management ...................................................................................................................................272.24. Disk Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................292.25. Libraries ................................................................................................................................................................292.26. Attachment Facilities ............................................................................................................................................30

CHAPTER 2: MODELS DESCRIPTION ................................................................................. 1

1. Escala Rack PL and EPC Servers Comparison Tables.............................................................................................131.1. Available Models ....................................................................................................................................................131.2. Discontinued Models ..............................................................................................................................................15

2. Escala Hardware Management Console (HMC) : .....................................................................................................172.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ multi-partitioning configuration ...............................................................................................................................................172.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMCwithout keyboard) ...........................................................................................................................................................172.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ andPL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard)................................................................................................................................18



3. Escala PL220R.............................................................................................................................................................. 193.1. The PL220R Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 193.2. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 193.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 203.4. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 203.5. PL220R Description ............................................................................................................................................... 203.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth............................................................................................................................... 213.7. Power Kits for the PL220R .................................................................................................................................... 21

4. EscalaPL240R............................................................................................................................................................... 224.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer .......................................................................................................................... 224.2. Options and Extensions .......................................................................................................................................... 234.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 234.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ........................................................................................................................... 234.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 23

5. Escala EPC400.............................................................................................................................................................. 245.1. The EPC400 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 245.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 255.3. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 255.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 255.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 255.6. EPC400 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 265.7. Power Kits for the EPC400 .................................................................................................................................... 265.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430 ..................................................................................................... 275.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC450 ..................................................................................................... 28

6. Escala EPC430.............................................................................................................................................................. 306.1. The EPC430 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 306.2. The EPC430 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 316.3. Extensions and options ........................................................................................................................................... 316.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 316.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 326.6. EPC430 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 326.7. Power Kits for the EPC430 .................................................................................................................................... 326.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450................................................................................................................... 33

7. Escala EPC440.............................................................................................................................................................. 337.1. The EPC440 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 347.2. Extensions and Options .......................................................................................................................................... 347.3. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 357.4. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 357.5. EPC440 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 357.6. Power Kits for the EPC440 .................................................................................................................................... 367.7. Upgrade Kits from the EPC440 to the EPC610 ..................................................................................................... 36

8. Escala EPC450.............................................................................................................................................................. 398.1. The EPC450 Drawer............................................................................................................................................... 398.2. The EPC450 Expansion Drawer............................................................................................................................. 408.3. Extensions and options ........................................................................................................................................... 408.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 408.5. Operational Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 408.6. EPC450 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 418.7. Power Kits for the EPC450 .................................................................................................................................... 41



9. Escala PL400R ..............................................................................................................................................................429.1. The PL400R CEC ...................................................................................................................................................429.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer...........................................................................................................................439.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer.......................................................................................................................439.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer ......................................................................................................................................439.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................439.6. Maximum Configuration.........................................................................................................................................449.7. PL400R Description................................................................................................................................................449.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth............................................................................................................................459.9. Operational Requirements.......................................................................................................................................459.10. Power Kits for the PL400R...................................................................................................................................45

10. EscalaPL420R .............................................................................................................................................................5310.1. The PL420R Single Rack Drawer.........................................................................................................................5310.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer ...........................................................................................................................5410.3. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................5410.4. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................5510.5. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth..........................................................................................................................5510.6. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................5510.7. Power Kits for the PL420R...................................................................................................................................5610.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR).................................................................................................................................59

11. Escala EPC610 ............................................................................................................................................................6011.1. The EPC610 CEC .................................................................................................................................................6011.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer.........................................................................................................................6011.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR) ..........................................................................................................6111.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer ....................................................................................................................................6111.5. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................6111.6. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................6211.7. EPC610 Description..............................................................................................................................................6211.8. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................6211.9. Power Kits for the EPC610...................................................................................................................................6311.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards ......................................................................................6411.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810..............................................................................................................66

12. Escala PL600R ............................................................................................................................................................6812.1. The PL600R CEC .................................................................................................................................................6812.2. The PL600R Primary I/O Drawer.........................................................................................................................6912.3. The PL600R Secondary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................6912.4. The PL600R Disk Drawer ....................................................................................................................................6912.5. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................6912.6. Maximum Configuration.......................................................................................................................................7012.7. PL600R Description..............................................................................................................................................7012.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth..........................................................................................................................7112.9. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................7112.10. Power Kits for the PL600R.................................................................................................................................71

13. Escala EPC800 ............................................................................................................................................................8313.1. Configuration ........................................................................................................................................................8313.2. Operational Requirements.....................................................................................................................................8413.3. Factory Installable Select Options ........................................................................................................................8413.4. Extensions and Options.........................................................................................................................................8413.5. Power Distribution Bus.........................................................................................................................................8513.6. EPC800 Description..............................................................................................................................................8613.7. Power Kits for the EPC800...................................................................................................................................8613.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800 ...............................................................................................................................8713.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800 .............................................................................................................................87



14. Escala EPC810............................................................................................................................................................ 8814.1. The EPC810 CEC................................................................................................................................................. 8814.2. The EPC810 Primary I/O Drawer ........................................................................................................................ 8814.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 8914.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 8914.5. Options and Extensions ........................................................................................................................................ 8914.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 9014.7. EPC810 Description ............................................................................................................................................. 9014.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ......................................................................................................................... 9014.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 9114.10. Power Kits for the EPC810 ................................................................................................................................ 9114.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R ............................................................................................................. 92

15. Escala PL800R............................................................................................................................................................ 9415.1. The PL800R CEC................................................................................................................................................. 9415.2. The PL800R Primary I/O Drawer ........................................................................................................................ 9415.3. The PL800R Secondary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 9515.4. The PL800R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 9515.5. Options and Extensions ........................................................................................................................................ 9515.6. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 9615.7. PL800R Description ............................................................................................................................................. 9615.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ......................................................................................................................... 9715.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................... 9715.10. Power Kits for the PL800R ................................................................................................................................ 97

16. Escala PL820R.......................................................................................................................................................... 10016.1. The PL820R Single Rack Drawer ...................................................................................................................... 10016.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer .................................................................................................................. 10116.3. The PL820R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................. 10116.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 10116.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 10116.6. PL820R Description ........................................................................................................................................... 10216.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith ......................................................................................................................... 10316.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ....................................................................................................................... 10316.9. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 10416.10. Power Kits for the PL820R .............................................................................................................................. 10416.11. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ............................................................................................................................ 105

17. Escala EPC1200........................................................................................................................................................ 10617.1. The EPC1200 CEC............................................................................................................................................. 10617.2. The EPC1200 Primary I/O Drawer .................................................................................................................... 10617.3. The EPC1200 Secondary I/O Drawer ................................................................................................................ 10717.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 10717.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 10717.6. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 10717.7. EPC1200 Description ......................................................................................................................................... 10817.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200 .............................................................................................................................. 10817.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200........................................................................................................................... 109

18. Escala EPC1200A ..................................................................................................................................................... 11018.1. The EPC1200A CEC.......................................................................................................................................... 11018.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................. 11018.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer.............................................................................................................. 11118.4. Options and Extensions ...................................................................................................................................... 11118.5. Maximum Configuration .................................................................................................................................... 11118.6. Operational Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 11118.7. EPC1200A Description ...................................................................................................................................... 11218.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A............................................................................................................................ 112



18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400...........................................................................................113

19. Escala PL1600R & 1600R+......................................................................................................................................11419.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC.......................................................................................................................11419.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer ............................................................................................................11519.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer .......................................................................................................11519.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)...............................................................................................................................11619.5. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................11619.6. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................11719.7. PL1600R Description..........................................................................................................................................11719.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R :...............................................................................................11819.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ :.............................................................................................11819.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter .....................................................................................................................11819.11. Operational Requirements.................................................................................................................................11919.12. Power Kits for the PL1600R.............................................................................................................................11919.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+...........................................................................................................................120

20. Escala EPC2400 ........................................................................................................................................................12220.1. The EPC2400 CEC .............................................................................................................................................12220.2. The EPC2400 Primary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................12220.3. The EPC2400 Secondary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................12320.4. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................12320.5. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................12320.6. Operational Requirements...................................................................................................................................12320.7. EPC2400 Description..........................................................................................................................................12420.8. Power Kits for the EPC2400...............................................................................................................................12420.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC2400 to the EPC2450..............................................................................................126

21. Escala EPC2450 ........................................................................................................................................................12721.1. The EPC2450 CEC .............................................................................................................................................12721.2. The EPC2450 Primary I/O Drawer.....................................................................................................................12721.3. The EPC2450 Secondary I/O Drawer.................................................................................................................12821.4. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................12821.5. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................12821.6. Operational Requirements...................................................................................................................................12821.7. EPC2450 Description..........................................................................................................................................12921.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................12921.9. Power Kits for the EPC2450...............................................................................................................................130

22. Escala PL3200R & 3200R+......................................................................................................................................13422.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC.......................................................................................................................13422.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer ............................................................................................................13522.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer .......................................................................................................13622.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)...............................................................................................................................13622.5. Options and Extensions.......................................................................................................................................13722.6. Maximum Configuration.....................................................................................................................................13722.7. PL3200R Description..........................................................................................................................................13822.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R :...............................................................................................13822.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ :.............................................................................................13922.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter .....................................................................................................................13922.11. Operational Requirements.................................................................................................................................13922.12. Power Kits for the PL3200R.............................................................................................................................13922.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+...........................................................................................................................140



CHAPTER 3: EXTERNAL STORAGE AND SAN SUBSYSTEMS ......................................... 1

1. External Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................... 71.1. External Subsystems Summary Tables..................................................................................................................... 7

2. DAS and DAE Fibre Disk Subsystems ......................................................................................................................... 82.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series ............................................. 82.2. Disks and SP for CX line........................................................................................................................................ 282.3. CX200 Mono SP..................................................................................................................................................... 292.4. CX200 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 292.5. CX600 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 312.6. CX400 Dual SP ...................................................................................................................................................... 342.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems)........................................................................................... 362.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ..................................................................................................... 372.9. DAS 4500 ............................................................................................................................................................... 382.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 ................................................................................................................................. 402.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ................................................................................................... 422.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems) ......................................................................................... 43

3. DAS SCSI Subsystems (DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series) ....................................................................................... 453.1. Highlights ............................................................................................................................................................... 453.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)....................................................................................................................... 463.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules .............................................................................................................................. 463.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 473.5. The DAS 2000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 473.6. The DAS 1000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 483.7. The Power Subsystem ............................................................................................................................................ 483.8. The Cooling Subsystem.......................................................................................................................................... 483.9. The SCSI Host Connection..................................................................................................................................... 483.10. Disk Drives Specifications ................................................................................................................................... 493.11. Mirrored Caching Option ..................................................................................................................................... 493.12. Single board Caching Option ............................................................................................................................... 493.13. Prerequisites & Configurability............................................................................................................................ 503.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500...................................... 513.15. Performance.......................................................................................................................................................... 53

4. DAS Management......................................................................................................................................................... 544.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems ............................................................................................................... 544.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT)....................................................................................... 544.3. Navisphere for AIX ................................................................................................................................................ 574.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide .............................................................................................................................. 614.5. ATF......................................................................................................................................................................... 614.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base...................................................................................................................... 624.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)....................................................................................... 634.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)............................................................................................................... 654.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2) ............................................................................................................ 65

5. EMC² Symmetrix Family Subsystems........................................................................................................................ 665.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy .............................................................................................................................. 665.2. Symmetrix Product Description ............................................................................................................................. 675.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family ......................................................................................................................................... 695.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family ......................................................................................................................................... 73

6. Tape Libraries and Subsystems .................................................................................................................................. 776.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library ................................................................................................ 776.2. Magnetic Tape Drive .............................................................................................................................................. 79



7. Storage Area Network (SAN) Introduction ...............................................................................................................807.1. Challenges and Risks ..............................................................................................................................................827.2. SAN Management...................................................................................................................................................827.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure .......................................................................................................................83

8. SAN - Infrastructure Components..............................................................................................................................928.1. [email protected]!..................................................................................................................................................................928.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager) ...............................................................................................................................948.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................1008.4. SilkWorm 3800 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................1038.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel .............................................................................................................................1078.6. SilkWorm 2800 Fibre Channel Switch .................................................................................................................1098.7. SilkWorm Software Components .........................................................................................................................1148.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender ...................................................................................................................1168.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub .............................................................................................................................1178.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub ..........................................................................................................1208.11. MIA.....................................................................................................................................................................123

9. Storage Plus Drawer and Shared Storage Drawer..................................................................................................125

10. Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer and Ultra320 Shared Storage Drawer................................................................126

CHAPTER 4: DISKS, MEDIA AND CONTROLLERS............................................................. 1

1. Adapters...........................................................................................................................................................................61.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 ..................................................................................................61.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+.........111.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R..........................................................................131.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800.....................................................................................................................................181.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400......................................................................................................................................221.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800......................................................................................................................................241.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A..........................................................................................................261.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 andPL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155) .................................................................................................................................281.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R,PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173)...........................................................................................311.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG147,DCCG148) ......................................................................................................................................................................311.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A....................................34

2. Disk Drives ....................................................................................................................................................................372.1. Discontinued Disk Drives .......................................................................................................................................372.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072) ...............................................................................................392.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072).......................................................................................392.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089) ...............................................392.5. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG073) ...............................................................................................402.6. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG097) ...............................................................................................402.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073) .................................................................................402.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097) .................................................................................412.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083) ...................................................................412.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG104) ...............412.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450(MSUG128) ....................................................................................................................................................................422.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120) ...........................................42



2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122) ................................................................................. 422.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG125)............. 432.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121) ......................................... 432.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133)........................................................................ 432.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134)....................................................... 442.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135)...................................................................... 442.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136)..................................................... 442.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG164)......... 452.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R(MSUG165) .................................................................................................................................................................... 452.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R(MSUG166) .................................................................................................................................................................... 452.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173).......................... 462.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG174)........................ 462.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183).............................................................. 462.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184)........................................................... 472.27. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG185)........................................................... 472.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186).................................. 472.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG187,MSUG203) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 482.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188) ............................................... 482.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189) .............................................. 482.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R-(MSUG190, MSUG204) ................................................................................................................................................ 492.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, EPC610 and EPC810 -(MSUG191) .................................................................................................................................................................... 492.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 - (MSUG192)...................... 492.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R, andPL820R (MSUG194)...................................................................................................................................................... 502.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202).............................................. 502.37. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG205) ............................................... 502.38. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R (MSUG206)........................................................... 512.39. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG207) ............................................... 512.40. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R (MSUG208) ............................................... 512.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209) ................................ 522.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210) .......................... 522.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211) .......................... 522.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212) ........................... 532.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213) ........................... 532.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214............................................... 532.47. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG215) ............................................... 542.48. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG216) .................................. 542.49. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG217) .................................. 542.50. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL240R (MSUG220)........................................................... 552.51. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG221) ............................................... 552.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222)................................................................... 552.53. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG223) ............................................... 562.54. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG224) ............................................... 562.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG225) ........... 572.56. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG226) ........... 572.57. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG227) ......... 572.58. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG228) ........... 582.59. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG229) ........... 58



3. Media .............................................................................................................................................................................593.1. Media Usage Summary Table.................................................................................................................................593.2. Diskette Drives........................................................................................................................................................593.3. Tape Drives.............................................................................................................................................................603.4. CD-ROM Drives.....................................................................................................................................................723.5. DVD-RAM Drives..................................................................................................................................................743.6. DVD-ROM Drives..................................................................................................................................................76

CHAPTER 5: MEMORY EXPANSION CARDS ...................................................................... 1

1. PL220R Memory.............................................................................................................................................................3

2. PL240R Memory.............................................................................................................................................................32.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ..............................................................................32.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :..............................................................................3

3. EPC400 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................4

4. EPC430 and EPC450 Memory ......................................................................................................................................5

5. EPC440 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................6

6. EPC610 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................6

7. PL400 and PL600R Memory .........................................................................................................................................77.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory..........................................................................................................................7

8. Escala PL420R Memory.................................................................................................................................................88.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) : ......................................................................................88.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ..............................................................................88.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : .............................................................................................88.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :..............................................................................98.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : ............................................................................................9

9. EPC800 Memory.............................................................................................................................................................99.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB" ...............................................................................................................................9

10. EPC810 Memory.........................................................................................................................................................10

11. PL800R Memory.........................................................................................................................................................10

12. PL820R Memory.........................................................................................................................................................11

13. EPC1200 and EPC1200A Memory ...........................................................................................................................11

14. PL1600R & R+ Memory ............................................................................................................................................12

15. EPC2400 and EPC2450 Memory ..............................................................................................................................12

16. PL3200R & R+ Memory ............................................................................................................................................13

17. PL3200R+ Memory ....................................................................................................................................................14



CHAPTER 6: INTERCONNECTIONS, COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTERS AND MODEMS... 1

1. Communication Technologies and Networks .............................................................................................................. 31.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)............................................................................................... 31.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link........................................................................................................................... 31.3. Administration Network ........................................................................................................................................... 41.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects............................................................................................. 4

2. Modems ........................................................................................................................................................................... 92.1. ISA Modem Adapter ................................................................................................................................................ 92.2. External Modem ..................................................................................................................................................... 10

3. Multiport Controllers................................................................................................................................................... 113.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............................. 113.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800........................................................................................................................... 23

4. WAN Controllers.......................................................................................................................................................... 274.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............ 274.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800................................................................................................................................ 33

5. LAN Controllers ........................................................................................................................................................... 445.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R ............ 445.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800 ................................................................................................................................. 57

CHAPTER 7: CLUSTER MANAGEMENT, TERMINALS, GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEMS ANDPRINTERS............................................................................................................................... 1

1. Cluster Management...................................................................................................................................................... 31.1. System Console ........................................................................................................................................................ 31.2. PowerConsole........................................................................................................................................................... 41.3. Cluster Console......................................................................................................................................................... 81.4. Console Concentrators.............................................................................................................................................. 81.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub ......................................................................................................................... 91.6. Cluster Management Software ................................................................................................................................. 9

2. Display Terminals and Graphics Subsystems............................................................................................................ 132.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal ............................................................................................................................... 132.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal ............................................................................................................................... 142.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers.............................................................................................................................. 172.4. Graphics Adapters .................................................................................................................................................. 182.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052) ........................................................................ 192.6. Graphics Monitors .................................................................................................................................................. 242.7. Keyboards (KBUG003).......................................................................................................................................... 292.8. Mouse (PDUG008)................................................................................................................................................. 29

3. Bull Line Matrix Printers ............................................................................................................................................ 303.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers................................................................................................................................. 303.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers................................................................................................................................. 313.3. Printers Summary Table ......................................................................................................................................... 32



CHAPTER 8: REFERENCE INFORMATION.......................................................................... 1

1. Physical Considerations .................................................................................................................................................3

2. Electrical Requirements & Considerations..................................................................................................................5

3. Temperature, Relative Humidity, & Maximum Wet Bulb Requirements................................................................8

4. Noise Emissions Values ................................................................................................................................................10

CHAPTER 9: CONFORMANCE TO STANDARDS ................................................................ 1

Conformance to Standards—Escala Rack PL and EPC..................................................................................................3




Chapter 1: Hardware Overview 1/309pw5s1c1.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 1: Hardware Overview

1. ESCALA RACK PL & EPC GENERAL FEATURES ..........................................................3

1.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability.................................................................................................................31.1.1. RAS Functions Summary.......................................................................................................................................3

1.2. Scalability .....................................................................................................................................................................4

1.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design.........................................................................4

1.4. Logical Partitioning .....................................................................................................................................................7

1.5. PowerPC .......................................................................................................................................................................81.5.1. Architecture............................................................................................................................................................81.5.2. Technology ............................................................................................................................................................8

1.6. POWER3-II Architecture .........................................................................................................................................11

1.7. POWER4 Architecture .............................................................................................................................................12

2. ESCALA RACK PL & EPC FEATURES SUMMARY .......................................................13

2.1. ESCALA PL220R ......................................................................................................................................................13

2.2. Escala PL240R ...........................................................................................................................................................14

2.3. ESCALA EPC400 ......................................................................................................................................................14

2.4. ESCALA EPC430 ......................................................................................................................................................15

2.5. ESCALA EPC440 ......................................................................................................................................................15

2.6. ESCALA EPC450 ......................................................................................................................................................16

2.7. ESCALA PL400R ......................................................................................................................................................16

2.8. ESCALA PL420R ......................................................................................................................................................17

2.9. ESCALA EPC610 ......................................................................................................................................................18

2.10. ESCALA PL600R ....................................................................................................................................................19

2.11. ESCALA EPC800 ....................................................................................................................................................19

2.12. ESCALA EPC810 ....................................................................................................................................................20

2.13. ESCALA PL800R ....................................................................................................................................................202.13.1. ESCALA PL820R..............................................................................................................................................21

2.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A.......................................................................................................................21

2.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+...........................................................................................................................22



2.16. ESCALA EPC2400.................................................................................................................................................. 23

2.17. ESCALA EPC2450.................................................................................................................................................. 23

2.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+ .......................................................................................................................... 24

2.19. Additional Nodes and Models ................................................................................................................................ 24

2.20. Expansion Racks...................................................................................................................................................... 25

2.21. PDUs ......................................................................................................................................................................... 26

2.22. Interconnection........................................................................................................................................................ 26

2.23. Cluster/Node Management..................................................................................................................................... 27

2.24. Disk Subsystems ...................................................................................................................................................... 29

2.25. Libraries ................................................................................................................................................................... 29

2.26. Attachment Facilities .............................................................................................................................................. 30



1. Escala Rack PL & EPC General Features

The Escala Rack PL & EPC provide easy-to-use clusterable SMP (Symmetrical Multi-Processing)nodes, based on Bull’s PowerScale™ architecture and on PowerPC® technology, giving exceptionalreliability and availability, scalability and flexibility, parallel computing power and high levels of faultresiliency and redundancy. Bull Escala Rack PL & EPC products are clusters of AIX-based Escala computers based on thePowerPC RISC architecture using symmetric multiprocessing.

1.1. Reliability Availability and Serviceability

Excellent quality and reliability are inherent in all facets of Bull Rack PL & EPC products. Themeasures taken help ensure that the products operate when required, perform reliably, efficientlyhandle infrequent failures in a non-disruptive fashion, and provide timely and competent repair toallow resumption of operations with minimal inconvenience. For example, the Escala Rack PL & EPCservers have embedded service processor and ECC memory. The AIX operating system and appropriate software tools make the most of the Escala Rack PL &EPC hardware features by providing:

• Error monitoring (including alarm transmission).• Remote service session management. Remote maintenance and diagnostics - including console mirroring from a remote site - allows aservice technician to dial in through a secure connection and correct a potential malfunction before itoccurs or reboot and restore system function as soon as possible after an outage. For even greaterreliability, the platform also supports HACMP clustering software, the leading UNIX clusteringsolution.

1.1.1. RAS Functions Summary

• ECC on system memory and L2 cache; single-bit error correction and double-bit error detection• Parity detection for the system bus, PCI address, and data buses• Hot-swap disk drives• Disk drive fault tracking and warning• RAID 1• RAID 0, 1, and 5• On-line (concurrent) and remote (LAN or modem) system diagnostics• Vital Product Data (VPD) for most base-system, field replaceable units (FRUs)• Redundant power and cooling capability.



The Service Processor or the BUMP, included as standard, enables or contributes to the followingRAS functions, among others:

• Integrated system environmental monitoring/alerting included as standard. This includes:AC/DC voltageFan speedTemperature sensing

• Early Power Off Warnings (EPOW) and error log analysis and alert.• Auto-dial out. The system objective is to predict a potential component failure by taking preventive

maintenance measures to avoid an outage.• Integrated system monitoring enhances failure error logging, analysis, and alert.• Can be programmed by the system administrator to re-boot in most instances after experiencing the

following conditions:AC power restored (after a power loss)Hardware checkstop failuresMachine check interruptOperating system hang or failure.

1.2. Scalability Scalability is also a key design consideration. The Escala servers can be easily upgraded. Thepackaging permits convenient replacement or upgrading of processor, memory and I/O adapters. Forexample, processors are contained on processor boards that plug into slots on the system board.Upgrading a system is just a matter of plugging in an additional processor board. The AIX operating system provides reliability and serviceability by means of Logical VolumeManager (LVM), Journaled File System (JFS) and dynamic kernel, all contributing to a reliable androbust operating system implementation.

1.3. Cluster Architecture - Escala Rack PL & EPC Clustering Design A cluster architecture can be defined as a rather small set (a few tens) of interconnected systems thatshare some resources (which will be referred to as clustered resources) in a fully transparent manner.Each of these systems could be an independent system, because it has its own processor(s), memory,and I/O channels, as well as its own copy of the operating system.The operating system for a cluster provides transparent access to clustered resources, and also providesa unified view of the cluster for system management.

SMP

M MM

SMP SMP

D

Figure 1: Cluster architecture



Clustering of Symmetric MultiProcessing (SMP) systems with shared disks is a choice acknowledgedas the most appropriate to insure both full compatibility, high availability and a steady increase of theperformance for UNIX production environment. The first Escala EPC cluster offering started with ashared disk architecture (shown in Figure 1, where M stands for Memory and D stands for shareddisks). Clustering was an answer to overtop the limitations of SMP technology. The current implementation encompasses, in a same cluster unit, cooperative SMP servers with orwithout shared disks, and individual SMP servers, as shown in Figure 2. With the construct of onlyindividual servers, this cluster architecture includes the definition of server consolidation.

M

D

SMP

M MM MM

D

M

D

M

D

M

Targets Typical Typicalnb. of nodes apps.

SMP non-critical applications 1 DB/TPdepartmental and dedicated server DW, WEB

Cluster Lev.1 critical (HA) applications 2 DB/TPdepartmental to enterprise dedicated server DW, WEB

Cluster Lev.2 critical, "share everything" applications (OPS) 2 - 8 DB/TPdepartmental to enterprise dedicated server Large DW

Cluster Lev.3 Storage Aera Network for critical and 3-tier 2 - 32 ERP, WEBapplications, large department, enterprise server Large DW+data mart

Cluster Lev.4 geograhic cluster (disaster recovery) 2 - 4 DB/TP, ERPdepartmental to enterprise server Large DW

SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP SMP

M

D DD

SMP

SMPor

Cluster 1/2/3

SMPor

Cluster 1/2/3

SMP Cluster Level 3Cluster Level 1 Cluster Level 2 Cluster Level 4

SAN

Figure 2: Main Cluster Topologies

HACMP (High Availability Cluster Multi-Processing for AIX) is the core framework for clustering. Itprovides mechanisms for controlling the cluster. The main HACMP module "High AvailabilitySubsystem" (HAS) is in charge of recognizing changes within the cluster and starting, coordinating theactions needed, when a failure occurs, for reconfiguring the environment and assuring resourcestakeover. In addition, HACMP features a module, the "Concurrent Resource Manager" (CRM) whichadds concurrent shared access management for the disks.The Escala Rack PL & EPC implement the full HACMP functionality on rackmounted multipleclustered Escala systems, and achieve both inherent high availability and more performance with theCRM.The HACMP 4.3 and 4.4 environment supports up to 32 nodes, while the CRM supports up to 8 nodes.

The cluster interconnect is based on Ethernet (10/100 Mb/s, 1 Gb/s). Dual connections are often usedto increase availability.



The main benefits of the cluster architecture are:

• Centralized administration (single point of control).• Scalability.• Flexibility.• Parallel performance.• High Availability features. The rationale of the Bull approach is to exploit the various architectural options in a commonframework. The goal is to benefit from both SMP scalability (with the PowerScale Architecture)within the limits of the technology and cluster configurations for high availability, and higherperformance for applications that can benefit from this form of parallelism.



1.4. Logical Partitioning

Partitioning provides the ability to subdivide high-end systems into smaller partitions that are capableof running a version of an operating system or a specific set of application workloads.The main reasons for partitioning a large system are as follows:

• Server consolidation by running multiple applications that previously resided on separate physicalsystems.

• Mixing production and test environments.• Consolidation of multiple versions of the same operating systems.• Consolidation of applications requiring different time zone settings.• Performing software upgrades while continuing to run applications in a separate partition.• Application isolation: running applications in separate partitions helps ensure they cannot interfere

with one another in the event of a software failure in one partition.

If high availability is critical, the implementation of high availability failover capability betweenpartitions in separate servers is recommended.

A logical partition consists of CPUs, memory, and I/O slots and their attached devices that aretypically a subset of a pool of available resources within a system. LPAR differs from PhysicalPartitioning (PPAR) in the way resources are grouped to form a partition. Logical partitions do notneed to conform to the physical boundaries of the building blocks (collection of resources) used tobuild the server. Instead of grouping by physical building blocks, LPAR adds more flexibility andfreedom to select components from the entire pool of available system resources. This allows bettergranularity, which maximizes the resource usage on the system and minimizes unnecessary resourcereallocation.

LPAR works within a single memory coherence domain so it can be used within a simple SMP withno special building block structure. All the operating system images run within the same memory map,but are protected from each other by special address access control mechanisms in the hardware, andspecial firmware added to support the operating system.

Each partition runs its own copy of the operating system and is isolated from any activity in otherpartitions. Software failures do not propagate through the system, and the hardware facilities andmicrocode provide strong isolation between resources. Many types of errors, even those within sharedresources, are isolated inside the partition where they occur.

AIX Workload Manager (WLM) is an integral part of the LPAR strategy for AIX and is included aspart of the base AIX operating system. It provides system administrators with greater control over howCPU, physical memory, and I/O resources are allocated to processes and applications. Resources canbe managed within a partition just as they are in an unpartitioned server.



1.5. PowerPC

1.5.1. Architecture The PowerPC architecture is a derivative of the multi-chip POWER architecture that has beendeveloped specifically for single-chip processor designs. The changes incorporated in the PowerPCarchitecture from POWER architectures are:

• Simplified instruction set.• Single precision floating point.• Modified storage model.• Multi-processor support.• Simplified I/O architecture.

The PowerPC architecture is binary compatible with applications written for POWER architecture. Anyunimplemented, infrequently used POWER instructions are trapped and emulated.

1.5.2. Technology

PowerPC 604e Processor

The PowerPC 604e™ is a superscalar processor capable of issuing four instructions simultaneously.As many as seven instructions can finish execution in parallel. The PowerPC 604e has six executionunits that can operate in parallel:

• Floating-point unit (FPU)• Branch processing unit (BPU)• Condition Register Units• Load/store unit (LSU)• Three integer units (IUs)

Two single-cycle integer units (SCIUs)One multiple-cycle integer unit (MCIU).

This parallel design, combined with the PowerPC architecture's specification of uniform instructionsthat allows for rapid execution times, yields high efficiency and throughput. The PowerPC 604e’srename buffers, reservation stations, dynamic branch prediction, and completion unit increaseinstruction throughput, guarantee in-order completion, and ensure a precise exception model. (Notethat the PowerPC architecture specification refers to all exceptions as interrupts.)

The PowerPC 604e has separate memory management units (MMUs), and separate 32-KB on-chipcaches for instructions and data. The PowerPC 604e implements two 128-entry, two-way set (64-entryper set), associative Translation Lookaside Buffers (TLBs), one for instructions and one for data, andprovides support for demand-pages virtual memory address translation and variable-sized blocktranslation. The TLBs and the cache use least-recently used (LRU) replacement algorithms.



The PowerPC 604e has a 64-bit external data bus and a 32-bit address bus. The PowerPC 604einterface protocol allows multiple masters to compete for system resources through a central externalarbiter. Additionally, on-chip snooping logic maintains data cache coherency for multiprocessorapplication. The PowerPC 604e supports single-beat, and burst data transfers for memory accesses andmemory-mapped I/O accesses.

The PowerPC 604e uses an advanced, 3.3-V CMOS process technology and is fully compatible withTTL devices.

PowerPC RS64-II Processors

The PowerPC RS64-II is a 4-way, superscalar microprocessor implementing the 64-bit PowerPCarchitecture. The internal structure of the processor is optimized for commercial transactions.

• Full 64-bit implementation of PowerPC architecture.• Architectural extensions for 32-bit OS migration support.• PowerPC Common Hardware Reference Platform (CHRP) compliant.• 4-way superscalar.• On chip 64KB L1 Instruction cache and 64KB Data cache, 128-byte line size.• On chip L2 cache controller:

Up to 8 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache using 4 Mbit SRAM chips.Up to 32 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache using 16 Mbit SRAM chips.32 Byte Data Buses.

• PowerPC 6XX Bus Architecture with 16 Byte data bus (2:1, 3:1 or 4:1).• Full multiprocessor support.• Technology:

CMOS 6S2.Standard Cell Library.

• Data Integrity:L1 Data cache = ECC.L1 Instruction cache = Parity and Retry.L2 cache = ECC.Main Storage = ECC.I/O and Bus = Parity.



PowerPC RS64-III Processors

The RS64 III processor has separate internal 128 KB L1 caches for instructions and data. Both L1caches have doubled in size over the RS64-II. It contains an L2 cache controller and a dedicated 32-byte interface to a private 4-way set associative L2 cache. The L2 cache controller supports up to 8MB L2 cache. The L2 interface runs at half processor speed, but transfers data twice per cycle toprovide 14.4 GB/s of bandwidth. RS64 III internal data paths are 32 bytes wide. The RS64 IIIprocessor also has a separate 16-byte system bus interface.

The RS64-III has a total of five pipeline execution units. There is a Branch Unit, a Load/Store Unit, aFixed-point Unit, a Complex Fixed-point Unit and a Floating-point Unit. The processor has a 32-byteinterface to the dispatch logic. There is a current instruction stream dispatch buffer that is 16instructions deep. The RS64-III has an eight deep branch buffer. The RS64-III can sustain a decodeand execution rate of up to 4 instructions per cycle.

All of the arrays in the RS64-III have either redundancy and ECC or parity and retry to support thehigh requirements desired for customer reliability, availability and integrity. This enables full faultdetection and correction coverage.

PowerPC RS64-IV Processors

The RS64 IV superscalar processors are well optimized for commercial workloads. Targetenvironments are characterized by heavy demands on system memory, both in the form of very largeworking sets and latency-sensitive serial dependencies. As a result, the design of the RS64 IVprocessors is focused on large cache sizes and data paths having high bandwidth and low latency.

The RS64 IV processor has separate internal 128KB L1 caches for instructions and data. It contains anL2 cache controller and a dedicated 32-byte interface to a private 4-way set associative L2 cache. TheL2 interface runs at half processor speed, but transfers data twice per cycle to provide 19.2 GB/s ofbandwidth. RS64 IV internal data paths are 32 bytes wide. The RS64 IV processor also has a separate16-byte system bus interface.

The RS64 IV has a total of five pipeline execution units. There is a Branch Unit, a Load/Store Unit, aFixed-point Unit, a Complex Fixed-point Unit and a Floating-point Unit. The processor has a 32-byteinterface to the dispatch logic. There is a current instruction stream dispatch buffer that is 16instructions deep. The RS64 IV has an eight instruction deep branch buffer. The RS64 IV can sustain adecode and execution rate of up to four instructions per cycle.

All of the arrays in the RS64 IV have either redundancy and ECC or parity and retry to support therequirements for reliability, availability, and integrity. This enables full fault detection and correctioncoverage.

SOI (silicon-on-insulator) technology reduces signal loss due to capacitance that normally occursalong the silicon/conductor boundaries on the chip using a thin insulating boundary. This improvessignal-to-noise ratios within the chip and provides additional freedom in the layout of the circuitdesign.



Benefits to Escala Performance The Escala models have the following major attributes:

• The operating system can schedule and synchronize work across the available processors.• A high-bandwidth bus is provided for access between cache and memory.• Cache and memory are efficiently managed to provide cache consistency. An example of how the design of the Escala servers can maximize performance follows:

• The most recently used or projected to use program elements are kept in L1 cache (fastest access).• Programs and control objects are kept in L2 cache (next fastest).• Directories to databases are kept in memory (next fastest to L2 cache).• Actual databases are stored on disk drives.

1.6. POWER3-II Architecture

The POWER3-II processor offers technical leadership for floating point applications and high-performance numeric intensive computing (NIC) workstations by integrating two floating-point, threefixed-point, and two load/store execution units in a single 64-bit POWER3 implementation.

The POWER3-II processors use a 64 KB data and a 32 KB instruction 128-way set associative L1cache. The size of both data and instruction cache reduces the number of cache misses, results in morecache hits, and maximizes performance. Both data and instruction cache are parity protected.

The L1 cache is effectively supplemented by a 4 MB 4-way set associative L2 cache, which is locatedon the 375 MHz processor card (8 MB for the 450 MHz processor card). The speed of the L2 cache isdependent upon the processor speed. The POWER3-II uses a private 32-byte L2 cache bus, operated at250 MHz with the 375 MHz processor card (2:3 ratio) and 225 MHz with the 450 MHz processor card(1:2 ratio). Both the enhanced clock speed and 4-way set associative L2 cache improve cacheefficiency. The L2 controller uses a least recently used (LRU) algorithm to avoid replacing recentlyused cache data and a set prediction mechanism that helps reduce L2 cache misses.

The L2 cache uses a direct mapped cache methodology. There is a dedicated external interface to theL2 cache not shared with the 6XX bus. This allows concurrent access to both the L2 cache and the6XX bus.



1.7. POWER4 Architecture

The POWER4 chip has two processors on board. The two processors share a unified second levelcache, also onboard the chip, through a Core Interface Unit (CIU). The CIU is a crossbar switchbetween the L2, implemented as three separate, autonomous cache controllers, and the two processors.Each L2 cache controller can operate concurrently and feed 32 bytes of data per cycle. The CIUconnects each of the three L2 controllers to either the data cache or the instruction cache in either ofthe two processors. Additionally, the CIU accepts stores from the processors across 8-byte wide busesand sequences them to the L2 controllers. Each processor has associated with it a Noncacheable (NC)Unit, responsible for handling instruction serializing functions and performing any noncacheableoperations in the storage hierarchy. Logically, this is part of the L2.

The directory for a third level cache, L3, and logically its controller are also located on the POWER4chip. The actual L3 is on a separate chip. A separate functional unit, referred to as the FabricController, is responsible for controlling data flow between the L2 and L3 controller for the chip andfor POWER4 communication. The GX controller is responsible for controlling the flow of informationin and out of the system. Typically, this would be the interface to an I/O drawer attached to the system.But, with the POWER4 architecture, this is also where we would natively attach an interface to aswitch for clustering multiple POWER4 nodes together.

Also included on the chip are functions we logically call Pervasive function. These include trace anddebug facilities used for First Failure Data Capture, Builtin Self Test (BIST) facilities, PerformanceMonitoring Unit, an interface to the Service Processor (SP) used to control the overall system, PowerOn Reset (POR) Sequencing logic, and Error Detection and Logging circuitry.



2. Escala Rack PL & EPC Features Summary The Bull Escala Rack PL & EPC offer is made of rackable nodes that can be assembled into clusters ofAIX-based Escala computers or racked together for consolidation. The main elements of this offer arenodes, interconnection, cluster or node management, disk subsystems and tapes/libraries subsystems.Whenever possible these elements can be integrated into racks.

The Escala Rack PL & EPC offer comprises ranges of tightly clusterable AIX servers, scaleable up to32 nodes in HA mode (and more without HA), which are linked by a coordinated system of standard-based networks and housed in a highly scaleable rack configuration. The clustering framework of theEscala Rack PL & EPC is implemented with HACMP subsystem installed on every node. Graphicalconsole solutions provide cluster management and single point of control.

2.1. ESCALA PL220R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1- to 2-way POWER3-II@375MHz with 4 MB L2 cache per processor

or1- to 2-way POWER3-II@450MHz with 8 MB L2 cache per processor

• Up to 8 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to 587.2 GB of internal disk capacity:

440.4 GB for hot-swap disks146.8 GB for non hot-swap disks.

• Up to 10 bays for disks or media:6 bays for hot-swap disks1 bay for a non hot-swap disk drive1 bay for a CD-ROM or a DVD-RAM drive1 bay for a media or a non hot-swap disk drive1 bay for a floppy disk drive.

• I/O slots available:3 PCI 64-bit2 PCI 32-bit.

• Two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports.• Up to four disk drawer extensions (4110.4 GB):

14 hot-swap disk slots per disk drawer extension (1027.6 GB).



2.2. Escala PL240R

• This model is available only through packaged configurations• 1 or 2-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards

with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.• 1 or 2-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor

boards with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.• Up to 16 GB of DDR SDRAM memory.• Up to 1174.4 GB of internal disk capacity• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 2 internal Ultra3 SCSI Controllers• 3 Medias Bays :

• 1 optional Open Bay for DVD-ROM• 1 optional Open Bay for Disquette• 1 optional DVD-RAM or tape drive

• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2• Keyboard and mouse port• Two Ethernet ports (one 10/100 Mb/s and one 1 Gigabit )• 3 serial ports• One parallel port• hot-swap and redundant fans• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply

2.3. ESCALA EPC400 Initial system discontinued as of 31/10/2000, additional node discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• SMP rack-drawer server.• 1- to 4-way PowerPC 604e @ 360 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 3 GB ECC DRAM memory.• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:

109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.

• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:6 bays in the base drawer.6 additional bays with expansion drawer.

• 5 bays for media:3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the base drawer.2 additional media bays with expansion drawer.

• 18 free I/O slots:8 I/O slots in the base drawer: five 64-bit PCI + two ISA/PCI + one ISA.2x5 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer and expansion bus.

• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.



2.4. ESCALA EPC430

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1- to 4-way PowerPC RS64-II processors at 262 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 8GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:

109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.• 109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:

6 bays in the base drawer.6 additional bays with expansion drawer.


• 18 I/O slots:8 I/O slots in the base drawer: 7 PCI (4*64-bit) + 1 ISA/PCI.10 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer.


2.5. ESCALA EPC440


• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1- to 4-way RS64-II processors at 340 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 8GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to 218.4 GB internal disks capacity.• 12 bays for hot-swap disks.• 3 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free).• 8 PCI slots (4*64-bit).• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.



2.6. ESCALA EPC450


• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1- to 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 400 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 8 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to 218.4 GB of internal disk capacity:

109.2 GB internal disks capacity in the base drawer.109.2 GB additional internal disk capacity with expansion drawer.

• 12 bays for hot-swap disks:6 bays in the base drawer.6 additional bays with expansion drawer.


• 18 I/O slots:8 I/O slots in the base drawer: 7 PCI (4*64-bit) + 1 ISA/PCI.10 additional free PCI slots with expansion drawer.


2.7. ESCALA PL400R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Escala node PL400R Discontinued: October 10, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,

1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz,1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz.

• 2, 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to four disk drawers and one I/O drawer.• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:

72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).Up to 1027.6 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).

• Up to 58 bays for disks:2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.

• Up to 5 bays for media.• Two media bays in the optional secondary drawer.• Up to 28 hot plug PCI I/O slots (14 per I/O drawer).• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.



2.8. ESCALA PL420R


• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server• 1-, 2- or 4-way POWER4+ processors at 1.2 GHz

1-, 2- or 4-way POWER4+ processors at 1.45 GHz• Up to 32 GB DDR SDRAM memory• Up to 2 optional expansion drawers with 7 PCI-X slots and 12 Disks bays, all hot swap• Up to 4110.4 GB of internal hot-swap disk capacity:

587.2 GB of internal hot-swap storageUp to 1761.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks)

• Up to 28 Disks bays for disks: 4 internal hot-swap disk drive baysUp to 12 Disk bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks

• Up to 20 hot plug PCI-X bus slots:6 internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots7 hot plug PCI-X bus slots per expansion drawer

• 1 integrated Ultra3 SCSI SE controller• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)• 2 Medias Bays :

· 1 Open Bay for CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM· 1 Open Bay for Disquette /DVD-RAM or tape drive (optionnal)

• Two 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port• 3 serial ports• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement• Up to 4 logical partitions (LPAR)• A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL420R

and LPAR configurations



2.9. ESCALA EPC610

Discontinued: 13/07/2001.18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz,

6-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500 or 750 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per 450 or 500 MHz processor,

8 MB L2 cache per 750 MHz processor• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to two disk drawers and one I/O drawer.• Up to 2128 GB of internal disk capacity:

72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).Up to 1027.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks).

• Up to 30 bays for disks:2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.Up to 14 bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks.

• 3 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free).• Up to 14 hot plug PCI I/O slots (10*64-bit).• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.



2.10. ESCALA PL600R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Escala node PL600R Discontinued: October 10, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 1-, 2-, 4- or 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,

1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz,1-, 2- or 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz,6-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 668 MHz.

• 2, 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 32 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to four disk drawers and one I/O drawer.• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:



• Up to 5 bays for media.• Two media bays in the optional secondary drawer.• Up to 28 hot plug PCI I/O slots (14 per I/O drawer).• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.

2.11. ESCALA EPC800

Discontinued: 31/12/1999.• SMP rack-drawer server.• 2- to 8-way PowerPC 604e @ 320 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 4 GB ECC DRAM memory.• Up to 72.8 GB of internal disk capacity:

18.2 GB in the base drawer.54.6 GB additional disk capacity with the expansion disk drawer.

• 6 bays for hot-swap disk:2 bays in the base drawer.4 additional with the expansion disk drawer.

• 2 bays for media (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive) in the base drawer.• 3 bays for either disks or media:

1 in the base drawer.2 additional bays with the expansion drawer.

• Up to 16 MCA slots:8 MCA in the base drawer with at least one slot used to drive media and disks.8 additional MCA slots with the expansion bus.




2.12. ESCALA EPC810

Discontinued: 31/01/2002.18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500 MHz.• 4 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 64 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to two disk drawers and four I/O drawers.• Up to 2128 GB of internal disk capacity:

72.8 GB in the primary I/O drawer (for non hot-swap disks).Up to 1027.6 GB per expansion drawer (for hot-swap disks).

• Up to 30 bays for disks:2 bays for non hot-swap disks in the primary I/O drawer.Up to 14 bays per expansion drawer for hot-swap disks.

• Up to 9 bays for media:3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the primary drawer.2 media bays per additional I/O drawer.

• Up to 56 hot plug PCI I/O slots.14 slots per I/O drawer (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit).


2.13. ESCALA PL800R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Escala node PL800R Discontinued: October 10, 2003• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 750 MHz,

2-, 4-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 500MHz.• 4 or 8 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 64 GB ECC SDRAM memory.• Up to four disk drawers and four I/O drawers.• Up to 4183.2 GB of internal disk capacity:



• Up to 9 bays for media:3 bays (1 for a CD-ROM drive, 1 for a floppy disk drive and 1 free) in the primary drawer.2 media bays per additional I/O drawer.

• Up to 56 hot plug PCI I/O slots.14 slots per I/O drawer (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit).




2.13.1. ESCALA PL820R

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003• 64-bit SMP rack-drawer server.• 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-way processors with the following configuration :

• 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ with 8 MB shared L3 cache per processor card• 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ with 32 MB shared L3 cache per processor card

• Up to 64 GB ECC DDR SDRAM memory.• Up to eight I/O drawers and four disk drawers• Up to 8808 GB of internal disk capacity:

587.2 GBof internal hot-swap storageUp to 4110.4 GB per disk drawer (for hot-swap disks).

• Up to 61 bays for disks:7 internal bays for hot-swap disks.Up to 14 bays per disk drawer for hot-swap disks.

• Up to 3 bays for media:2 bays for auto-docking media1 bay for a floppy disk drive.

• Up to 55 hot plug PCI I/O slots.7 internal hot plug PCI-X slots6 slots per I/O drawer (5 hot plug PCI-X slots and 1 PCI slot).

• Integrated Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s.• Up to 8 logical partitions (LPAR)

2.14. ESCALA EPC1200 and EPC1200A

EPC1200 discontinued as of 30/11/1999. EPC1200A discontinued as of 31/12/2000. • 64-bit SMP system.• 4-, 8-, or 12-way PowerPC RS64-II@262 MHz or PowerPC RS64@125 MHz (EPC1200 only).• 8 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 32 GB memory.• Up to 4 I/O drawers.• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:

218.4 GB per I/O drawer.• 48 disk bays:

12 bays per I/O drawer.• EPC1200 - 9 media bays: 3 media bays in the primary I/O drawer, 2 media bays per additional I/O

drawer.• EPC1200A - 8 media bays: 2 media bays per I/O drawer.• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.• Up to 56 PCI slots:

One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.One or two slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.Up to 12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.14 slots per additional I/O drawer.



2.15. ESCALA PL1600R & PL1600R+


• 64-bit SMP system.• 4-, 8- or 16-way POWER4 processors at 1.1 GHz (PL1600R) packaged on two Multi-Chip

Modules (MCM) in sets of 4 or 8 processors.• 4-, 8- or 16-way POWER4 processors at 1.5 GHz (PL1600R+) packaged on two Multi-Chip

Modules (MCM) in sets of 4 or 8 processors.• 5.6 MB of L2 cache per MCM shared between the 8 processors (0.72 MB of L2 cache per

processor for eight processors MCM and 1.44 MB of L2 cache per processor for four processorsMCM).

• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM.• Up to 128 GB of system memory for PL1600R.• Up to 256 GB of system memory for PL1600R+.• Up to 3 I/O drawers.• Up to 7046.4 GB internal disk capacity: (2348.8 GB per I/O drawer).• 48 disk bays (16 bays per I/O drawer).• 4 media bays in a media drawer.• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.• Up to 60 hot plug PCI slots (20 slots per I/O drawer).• Up to 16 logical partitions (LPAR).

Number of PCI Adapters supported on PL1600R versus PL1600R+

Adapters Maximum perDrawer

Maximum persystem

10/100Mbps Ethernet PCIDCCG137

20/20 40/59

2 Gbits Fibre Channel PCI-XDCCG173

10/20 30/59

GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-XDCCG156

10/20 30/59

10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNET PCI-XDCCG157

10/20 30/59

UNIVERSAL 4-Port 10/100 ETHERNETDCCG152

na/20 na/40

2-Port 10/100/1000 BASE-TX ETHERNETDCCG165

na/20 na/59

2 x GIGABIT ETHERNET-SX PCI-XDCCG166

na/20 na/40



2.16. ESCALA EPC2400

Discontinued: 31/07/2001.

• 64-bit SMP system.• 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz.• 8 MB L2 cache per processor.• Up to 64 GB memory.• Up to 4 I/O drawers.• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:


12 bays per I/O drawer.• 8 media bays:

2 media bays per I/O drawer.• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.• Up to 56 PCI slots:

One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.One or two slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.Up to 12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.14 slots per additional I/O drawer.

2.17. ESCALA EPC2450

• 64-bit SMP system.• 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-IV processors at 600 MHz with 16 MB L2 cache per

processor,6-, 12-, 18- or 24-way PowerPC RS64-III processors at 450 MHz with 8 MB L2 cache perprocessor.

• Up to 96 GB memory.• Up to 4 I/O drawers.• Up to 873.6 GB internal disk capacity:


12 bays per I/O drawer.• 8 media bays:

2 media bays per I/O drawer.• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.• Up to 56 PCI slots:

One slot used for the service processor in the primary I/O drawer.One slots used to drive media and disks in the primary I/O drawer.12 additional free slots in the primary I/O drawer.14 slots per additional I/O drawer.



2.18. ESCALA PL3200R & PL3200R+


• 64-bit SMP system.• 8-, 16-, 24- or 32-way POWER4 processors at 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz (PL3200R) packaged on four

Multi-Chip Modules (MCM) in sets of 8 processors.• 8-, 16-, 24- or 32-way POWER4 processors at 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz (PL3200R+) packaged on four

Multi-Chip Modules (MCM) in sets of 8 processors• 5.6 MB of L2 cache per MCM shared between the 8 processors (0.72 MB of L2 cache per

processor).• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM.• Up to 256 GB of system memory for PL3200R.• Up to 512 GB of system memory for PL3200R+.• Up to 8 I/O drawers.• Up to 18790.4 GB internal disk capacity: (2348.8 GB per I/O drawer).• 128 disk bays (16 bays per I/O drawer).• 4 media bays in a media drawer.• One media bay for a floppy disk drive.• Up to 160 hot plug PCI slots (20 slots per I/O drawer).• Up to 16 logical partitions (LPAR).

Number of PCI Adapters supported on PL3200R versus PL3200R+

Adapters Maximum perDrawer

Maximum persystem


20/20 40/140


10/20 40/139


10/20 40/139


10/20 40/139


na/20 na/40


na/20 na/80


na/20 na/40

2.19. Additional Nodes and Models Different types of nodes can be mixed together in a configuration. Any type of node can be added toany model with the exception of the EPC800. EPC800 nodes can only be added to EPC800 models.



2.20. Expansion Racks

• 2.02 high, 24-inch expansion rack that provides 42U of space.• 2.02 high, 19-inch I/O rack that provides 42U of space (T42).• 1.8m high expansion rack for the PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R and EPC2450

(usually referred as 36U rack).• 1.8m high expansion rack for the EPC800 (usually referred as EPC800 rack).• 1.8m high expansion rack for the EPC400, EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450 (usually referred as

EPC400 rack).• 1.6m high I/O rack for the EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC440 (usually referred as

EPC1200 rack). Discontinued: 31/08/2001.

The EPC400 rack and the EPC800 rack are industry-standard 19-inch racks designed to comply withthe EIA-310C standard. The EPC1200 rack and the 36U rack comply with the 19-inch EIA standard.A rack is divided in several areas each being of a predefined height expressed in U (1U = 44,45 mm).The EPC400 rack, the EPC800 rack and the 36U rack provide 36U of space to install drawers (CPUs,disks, ...), while the EPC1200 rack provides 32U of space. The Escala EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 allow, per node, one dedicated CentralElectronics Complex (CEC) rack, up to 4 I/O racks, and additional storage racks for external DAS,SSA or DLT subsystems. A rack unit supports other drawers (e.g. DAS drawers or disk/media drawers), depending on the rackdispatching rules in the NOEMIE configurator. Other devices can be installed in a rack unit, such as interconnects hubs or switches and externallibraries. Optional rack unit(s) can be required to accommodate all drawers/devices. Additional EPC440 nodes can be mounted in an EPC400 or EPC1200 rack unit.

Drawer RackEPC400

RackEPC800

RackEPC1200,EPC1200A or

EPC2400 "I/O Rack"T00

36U Rack24-inch

42U RackT42,

42U Rack

PL220R No No Yes Yes No YesEPC400 Yes SFR No No No NoEPC430 Yes No No No No NoEPC440 Yes No Yes Yes No NoEPC450 Yes No No Yes No NoPL400R No No Yes Yes No YesPL420R No No No Yes No YesEPC610 No No Yes Yes No NoPL600R No No Yes Yes No YesEPC800 SFR Yes No No No NoEPC810 No No Yes Yes No YesPL800R No No Yes Yes No YesPL820R No No No Yes No YesEPC1200, EPC1200A or EPC2400 I/O drawer No No Yes No No NoEPC2450 I/O drawer No No No Yes No No



2.21. PDUs

There are 4 types of PDUs:

• The PDU for EPC400 rack provides 8 rear outlets for drawers and devices; it occupies 2U ofvertical space. Each EPC400 rack should contain at least one PDU of this type; one additionalPDU is required for power supply redundancy and to connect more than 8 drawers or devices.

• The PDU for EPC800 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 front outlets forperipherals; it occupies 2U of vertical space. Each EPC800 rack should contain at least one PDUof this type; one additional PDU is required for power supply redundancy and to connect morethan 6 drawers or devices.

• The PDU for EPC1200 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 front outlets forperipherals; it is mounted on the side of the rack (no vertical space needed). Each EPC1200 rackshould contain at least one PDU of this type; one additional PDU is required for power supplyredundancy and to connect more than 6 drawers or devices.

• The PDU for the 36U and T42 rack provides 6 rear outlets for drawers and devices and 2 frontoutlets for peripherals; it is mounted on the side of the rack (no vertical space needed). Each 36Urack should contain at least one PDU of this type; three additional PDUs are required for powersupply redundancy and to connect more than 6 drawers or devices.

Note: although PDUs are dedicated to a type of rack, if an EPC450 drawer is mounted in a 36U rack, itis necessary to mount a PDU for the EPC400 rack in the 36U rack.

2.22. Interconnection

Interconnect communication network is also known as back-end network or private network.Aninterconnect is a complete network dedicated to internode communications by application. Theinterconnect links a group of nodes inside the cluster. This network is dedicated and private to thecluster.

It is possible to have multiple interconnects for different purposes linking different groups of nodes.

An interconnect can be used as a high-performance network for exchanging information related toCMP mode operation (concurrent access). It can also be used to handle data exchanges inClient/Server or three tier architectures. The interconnect protocol supported is TCP-IP. A number ofimplementations, based on different technologies (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet), differentlevels of redundancy (simple or double connections), and optional network devices (hubs, switches)are possible.

In a consolidation server configuration, it is possible to have no interconnect.



2.23. Cluster/Node Management Main hardware components used for cluster/node management are the following:

• A PowerConsole, or an ASCII console, or a graphical console.• A console concentrator.• A cluster administration hub. ASCII and graphical consoles are well suited for the management of individual nodes.The PowerConsole is the ideal tool for cluster management.

PowerConsole architecture

ESCALAESCALARack PL orEPC Cluster

PowerConsole

��

Concentrator

HUBHUBSystem Console

RemoteMaintenance

S1 S1 S1 S1

EthernetEthernetNetworkNetwork



PowerConsole The PowerConsole is a single point of control for the simple administration of all nodes that are part ofa Bull Rack PL & EPC cluster environment. The PowerConsole provides:

• Optimum utilization of the complete toolset delivered with AIX, thanks to assistants and anintuitive graphic interface.

• A set of functions enabling local or remote launching of operations such as reboot, installation,configuration, upgrades, saves, and software distribution.

• A highly performing, active tool designed for the administration of HA nodes, so guaranteeingmaximum operational security.

• Monitoring capability, with dynamic display of resource status, whether global for the cluster orwithin a node, triggering of alarms with adjustable thresholds, and manual or automatic resourcesreassignment.

• Easier management of AIX evolution thanks to the capability for co-existence of two AIX versionson the same cluster.

• As an option, the ability to administer production applications and the SAN infrastructure,including disk subsystems, thus making the PowerConsole a real control tower of the informationsystem.

The PowerConsole is based on the Escala S Series.If needed, more than one PowerConsole can be attached to a clustered system.

Console Concentrator The PowerConsole is attached to the clustered system via a console concentrator and an Ethernet link.The cluster administrator can access all the nodes of an Escala Rack PL & EPC cluster from a multi-window system console.

Cluster Administration Hub In addition, a private network is provided to allow secured and advanced cluster managementoperations. This private network is accessible through a specific cluster administration Ethernet hubalso known as the management network. For local system operations (maintenance), a system console (BQ306 terminal) is necessary.



2.24. Disk Subsystems A large choice of disk subsystems is available:

• DAS disk subsystem.• EMC Symmetrix disk subsystem. Shared disk access to SCSI-based DAS subsystems is limited to 4 nodes (due to SCSI bus limitations)and to 8 nodes for the other subsystems (fibre channel based DAS and EMC subsystems).The concurrent access mode (with CRM) is supported on DAS and EMC subsystems.

DAS Subsystem

DAS subsystems, composed of DAS 1000, 2000, 4000, 5000 and CX series, are disk array subsystemsavailable in rackmount configuration.

The DAS 1x00 and DAS 2x00 Series are based on SCSI, whereas the DAS 4000, DAS 5000 and DAE5000 Series are based on the fibre channel standard (FC-AL, Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop).

The fibre channel based DAS subsystems are connected through a high performance PCI fibre channel(FC-AL) adapter to all Escala Rack PL & EPC systems except the EPC800, which only supportsSCSI-based DAS.

All these DAS subsystems provide RAID functionality, except the DAE 5000 that is a JBOD (Just aBunch of Disks) solution.

DAS subsystems extend disk offers with a scalable storage solution for customers that need both highavailability and high capacity for mission critical applications. They provide near fault tolerant storagesubsystems with highly competitive performance and price.

A DAS subsystem can either be attached to one node, or be shared by several nodes inside an EscalaRack PL & EPC configuration.

2.25. Libraries

The same libraries are available for the Escala product range.Using NetBackup™ high availability features a library can be shared by 2 nodes of an Escala Rack PL& EPC configuration.Concurrent access is not allowed.



2.26. Attachment Facilities

Interconnects, disk subsystems and libraries can be attached to multiple nodes. The different nodesshare the same resource: private network, disks and drives respectively.The shared resource (disk subsystems and libraries) is mainly used for high available configurations.

EMC subsystems can be attached up to eight nodes belonging to the configuration.Any type of interconnect can be attached from two to eight nodes belonging to the configuration.Any type of library can be attached to up to two nodes.


Chapter 2: Models Description 1/142

9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 2: Models Description

1. ESCALA RACK PL AND EPC SERVERS COMPARISON TABLES...............................13

1.1. Available Models........................................................................................................................................................13

1.2. Discontinued Models .................................................................................................................................................15

2. ESCALA HARDWARE MANAGEMENT CONSOLE (HMC) : ..........................................17

2.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ multi-partitioning configuration.................................................................................................................................................17

2.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMCwithout keyboard)..............................................................................................................................................................17

2.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ andPL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard) .................................................................................................................................18

3. ESCALA PL220R..............................................................................................................19

3.1. The PL220R Drawer..................................................................................................................................................19

3.2. Extensions and Options.............................................................................................................................................19

3.3. Maximum Configuration ..........................................................................................................................................20

3.4. Operational Requirements........................................................................................................................................20

3.5. PL220R Description...................................................................................................................................................20

3.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth ................................................................................................................................21

3.7. Power Kits for the PL220R.......................................................................................................................................213.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4MB L2 Cache (CPUG073).................................................213.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8MB L2 Cache (CPUG074).................................................21

4. ESCALAPL240R...............................................................................................................22

4.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer ............................................................................................................................22

4.2. Options and Extensions.............................................................................................................................................23


4.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .............................................................................................................................23




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

5. ESCALA EPC400............................................................................................................. 24

5.1. The EPC400 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 24

5.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer .............................................................................................................................. 25

5.3. Extensions and Options............................................................................................................................................. 25

5.4. Maximum Configuration .......................................................................................................................................... 25

5.5. Operational Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... 25

5.6. EPC400 Description .................................................................................................................................................. 26

5.7. Power Kits for the EPC400....................................................................................................................................... 265.7.1. Power Kit 604e@360MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ............................................................................................. 265.7.2. Power Kit 620@180MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ............................................................................................... 27

5.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430...................................................................................................... 275.8.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC430 .......................................................................................... 285.8.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards ...................................................................................... 28

5.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC450...................................................................................................... 285.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC450 .......................................................................................... 295.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards ...................................................................................... 29

6. ESCALA EPC430............................................................................................................. 30

6.1. The EPC430 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 30

6.2. The EPC430 Expansion Drawer .............................................................................................................................. 31

6.3. Extensions and options.............................................................................................................................................. 31



6.6. EPC430 Description .................................................................................................................................................. 32

6.7. Power Kits for the EPC430....................................................................................................................................... 326.7.1. Power Kit RS64-II@262MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ........................................................................................ 32

6.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450.................................................................................................................... 33

7. ESCALA EPC440............................................................................................................. 33

7.1. The EPC440 Drawer ................................................................................................................................................. 34

7.2. Extensions and Options............................................................................................................................................. 34





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

7.5. EPC440 Description...................................................................................................................................................35

7.6. Power Kits for the EPC440.......................................................................................................................................367.6.1. Power Kit RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache.........................................................................................367.6.2. Power Kit 2*RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache.....................................................................................36

7.7. Upgrade Kits from the EPC440 to the EPC610......................................................................................................367.7.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC440 to EPC610 ......................................................................................................367.7.2. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................377.7.3. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................377.7.4. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz..............................................................................377.7.5. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................387.7.6. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz..............................................................................387.7.7. Swap 2-way RS64-II@340 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz..............................................................................38

8. ESCALA EPC450..............................................................................................................39

8.1. The EPC450 Drawer..................................................................................................................................................39

8.2. The EPC450 Expansion Drawer...............................................................................................................................40

8.3. Extensions and options ..............................................................................................................................................40



8.6. EPC450 Description...................................................................................................................................................41

8.7. Power Kits for the EPC450.......................................................................................................................................418.7.1. Power Kit RS64-III@400 MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache ......................................................................................41

9. ESCALA PL400R..............................................................................................................42

9.1. The PL400R CEC ......................................................................................................................................................42

9.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer ...........................................................................................................................43

9.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer........................................................................................................................43

9.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer.........................................................................................................................................43

9.5. Options and Extensions.............................................................................................................................................43


9.7. PL400R Description...................................................................................................................................................44

9.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .............................................................................................................................45




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

9.10. Power Kits for the PL400R..................................................................................................................................... 459.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)..................................................... 459.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084) ................................................... 459.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085) ................................................... 459.10.4. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 469.10.5. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 469.10.6. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 469.10.7. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 469.10.8. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 479.10.9. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ......................................................................... 479.10.10. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262) ................................................... 479.10.11. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263) ................................................... 479.10.12. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265) ................................................... 489.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245).................................................... 489.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246).................................................... 489.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248).................................................... 489.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249).................................................... 499.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251).................................................... 499.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253) ................................................... 499.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254) ................................................... 499.10.20. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257) ................................................... 509.10.21. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 509.10.22. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 509.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz........................................................................ 509.10.24. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227).................................................... 519.10.25. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228).................................................... 519.10.26. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206).................................................... 519.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229).................................................... 519.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230).................................................... 529.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222).................................................... 52

10. ESCALAPL420R ............................................................................................................ 53

10.1. The PL420R Single Rack Drawer.......................................................................................................................... 53

10.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer ............................................................................................................................ 54

10.3. Options and Extensions........................................................................................................................................... 54

10.4. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 55

10.5. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth........................................................................................................................... 55

10.6. Operational Requirements ..................................................................................................................................... 55

10.7. Power Kits for the PL420R..................................................................................................................................... 5610.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way [email protected] - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG091)................................................... 5610.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way [email protected] - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG089)................................................. 5610.7.3. CPU Board with 2-way [email protected] – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG092) ................................................... 5610.7.4. CPU Board with 2-way [email protected] – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG090) ................................................. 5710.7.5. Swap 1-way [email protected] with 2-way [email protected] (CPKG272) ..................................... 5710.7.6. Swap 1-way [email protected] with 1-way [email protected] (CPKG273) ....................................... 5710.7.7. Swap 1-way [email protected] with 2-way [email protected] (CPKG274) ....................................... 5810.7.8. Swap 1-way [email protected] with 2-way [email protected] (CPKG275) ......................................... 5810.7.9. Swap 2-way [email protected] with 2-way [email protected] (CPKG276) ....................................... 58

10.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) .................................................................................................................................. 59



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

10.8.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition.......................................................................................................5910.8.2. Install Media Devices ........................................................................................................................................5910.8.3. Boot Devices ......................................................................................................................................................59

11. ESCALA EPC610............................................................................................................60

11.1. The EPC610 CEC ....................................................................................................................................................60

11.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................60

11.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR)...........................................................................................................61

11.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................61

11.5. Options and Extensions...........................................................................................................................................61

11.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................62

11.7. EPC610 Description.................................................................................................................................................62

11.8. Operational Requirements......................................................................................................................................62

11.9. Power Kits for the EPC610.....................................................................................................................................6311.9.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................6311.9.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................6311.9.3. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache..........................................................................6311.9.4. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz ..........................................................................6311.9.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHz ..........................................................................6411.9.6. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III @500MHz .........................................................................64

11.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards ......................................................................................6411.10.1. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG221) ....................................................6411.10.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222) ....................................................6411.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223) ....................................................6511.10.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG224) ....................................................6511.10.5. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG225) ....................................................6511.10.6. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG226) ....................................................6511.10.7. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG268) ....................................................66

11.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810...............................................................................................................6611.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC610 to EPC810 ..................................................................................................6611.11.2. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz .......................................................................6711.11.3. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz .......................................................................67

12. ESCALA PL600R............................................................................................................68

12.1. The PL600R CEC ....................................................................................................................................................68

12.2. The PL600R Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................69

12.3. The PL600R Secondary I/O Drawer......................................................................................................................69

12.4. The PL600R Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................69




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003


12.7. PL600R Description ................................................................................................................................................ 70



12.10. Power Kits for the PL600R................................................................................................................................... 7112.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)................................................... 7112.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084) ................................................. 7112.10.3. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG085) ................................................. 7212.10.4. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG086) ................................................. 7212.10.5. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 7212.10.6. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 7212.10.7. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 7212.10.8. CPU Board with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 7312.10.9. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 7312.10.10. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ..................................................................... 7312.10.11. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz - 4MB L2 cache ..................................................................... 7312.10.12. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262) ................................................. 7412.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG263) ................................................. 7412.10.14. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG264) ................................................. 7412.10.15. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG265) ................................................. 7412.10.16. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG266) ................................................. 7512.10.17. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@750 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG267) ................................................. 7512.10.18. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245).................................................. 7512.10.19. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG246).................................................. 7512.10.20. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG247).................................................. 7612.10.21. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG248).................................................. 7612.10.22. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG249).................................................. 7612.10.23. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG250).................................................. 7612.10.24. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG251).................................................. 7712.10.25. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG252).................................................. 7712.10.26. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG253) ................................................. 7712.10.27. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG254) ................................................. 7712.10.28. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG255) ................................................. 7812.10.29. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG257) ................................................. 7812.10.30. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG258) ................................................. 7812.10.31. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG260) ................................................. 7812.10.32. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 7912.10.33. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 7912.10.34. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz...................................................................... 7912.10.35. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz...................................................................... 7912.10.36. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz...................................................................... 8012.10.37. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV @668MHz..................................................................... 8012.10.38. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227).................................................. 8012.10.39. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG228).................................................. 8012.10.40. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206).................................................. 8112.10.41. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG229).................................................. 8112.10.42. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG230).................................................. 8112.10.43. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG231).................................................. 8112.10.44. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG222).................................................. 8212.10.45. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223).................................................. 82

13. ESCALA EPC800........................................................................................................... 83



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

13.1. Configuration ...........................................................................................................................................................83


13.3. Factory Installable Select Options .........................................................................................................................84

13.4. Extensions and Options...........................................................................................................................................8413.4.1. Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer for EPC800............................................................................85

13.5. Power Distribution Bus ...........................................................................................................................................85

13.6. EPC800 Description.................................................................................................................................................86

13.7. Power Kits for the EPC800.....................................................................................................................................8613.7.1. Power Kit 2-way 604e@200MHz CPU - 2MB L2 cache..................................................................................8613.7.2. Power Kit 2-way 604e@320MHz CPU - 4MB L2 cache..................................................................................87

13.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800.................................................................................................................................8713.8.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC 604e@200MHz to PowerPC 604e@320MHz .....................................................87

13.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800...............................................................................................................................8713.9.1. MCA Buses Upgrade .........................................................................................................................................87

14. ESCALA EPC810............................................................................................................88

14.1. The EPC810 CEC ....................................................................................................................................................88

14.2. The EPC810 Primary I/O Drawer .........................................................................................................................88

14.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer......................................................................................................................89

14.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer.......................................................................................................................................89


14.6. Maximum Configuration ........................................................................................................................................90

14.7. EPC810 Description.................................................................................................................................................90

14.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth ...........................................................................................................................90


14.10. Power Kits for the EPC810...................................................................................................................................9114.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache........................................................................9114.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache........................................................................9114.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz ................................................................91

14.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R...............................................................................................................9214.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC810 to PL800R ..................................................................................................9214.11.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................9214.11.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................9214.11.4. Swap 4-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz ................................................................93

15. ESCALA PL800R............................................................................................................94



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

15.1. The PL800R CEC.................................................................................................................................................... 94

15.2. The PL800R Primary I/O Drawer ......................................................................................................................... 94

15.3. The PL800R Secondary I/O Drawer ..................................................................................................................... 95

15.4. The PL800R Disk Drawer ...................................................................................................................................... 95

15.5. Options and Extensions........................................................................................................................................... 95


15.7. PL800R Description ................................................................................................................................................ 96



15.10. Power Kits for the PL800R................................................................................................................................... 9715.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 9715.10.2. CPU Board with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 9715.10.3. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-III@500MHz - 4MB L2 cache ....................................................................... 9815.10.4. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 9815.10.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 9815.10.6. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz................................................................ 9815.10.7. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@750 MHz CPU Boards ........................................................................... 99

16. ESCALA PL820R ......................................................................................................... 100

16.1. The PL820R Single Rack Drawer........................................................................................................................ 100

16.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer ................................................................................................................... 101

16.3. The PL820R Disk Drawer .................................................................................................................................... 101

16.4. Options and Extensions......................................................................................................................................... 101

16.5. Maximum Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 101

16.6. PL820R Description .............................................................................................................................................. 102

16.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith........................................................................................................................... 103

16.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ........................................................................................................................ 103

16.9. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................... 104

16.10. Power Kits for the PL820R................................................................................................................................. 10416.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 8MB L3 cache ............................................ 10416.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 32MB L3 cache ........................................ 10416.10.3. Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+.............................................................................. 104



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

16.11. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ..............................................................................................................................10516.11.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition...................................................................................................10516.11.2. Install Media Devices ....................................................................................................................................10516.11.3. Boot Devices ..................................................................................................................................................105

17. ESCALA EPC1200........................................................................................................106

17.1. The EPC1200 CEC ................................................................................................................................................106

17.2. The EPC1200 Primary I/O Drawer .....................................................................................................................106

17.3. The EPC1200 Secondary I/O Drawer..................................................................................................................107

17.4. Options and Extensions.........................................................................................................................................107

17.5. Maximum Configuration ......................................................................................................................................107

17.6. Operational Requirements....................................................................................................................................107

17.7. EPC1200 Description.............................................................................................................................................108

17.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200.................................................................................................................................10817.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64@125MHz - 4MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ............................................10817.8.2. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................109

17.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200.............................................................................................................................10917.9.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC RS64@125MHz to PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz .............................................109

18. ESCALA EPC1200A .....................................................................................................110

18.1. The EPC1200A CEC .............................................................................................................................................110

18.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer ..................................................................................................................110

18.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer...............................................................................................................111




18.7. EPC1200A Description..........................................................................................................................................112

18.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A..............................................................................................................................11218.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................112

18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400 ...........................................................................................11318.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400 ...........................................................................................11318.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Quad RS64-II@262MHz CPU Boards ....................................................................113



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

19. ESCALA PL1600R & 1600R+...................................................................................... 114

19.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC ........................................................................................................................ 114

19.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer............................................................................................................. 115

19.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer........................................................................................................ 115

19.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ................................................................................................................................ 11619.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition .................................................................................................... 11619.4.2. Install Media Devices ...................................................................................................................................... 11619.4.3. Boot Devices.................................................................................................................................................... 116



19.7. PL1600R Description ............................................................................................................................................ 117

19.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R : .............................................................................................. 118

19.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ : ............................................................................................ 118

19.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ...................................................................................................................... 118

19.11. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 119

19.12. Power Kits for the PL1600R............................................................................................................................... 11919.12.1. 4-way POWER4 Processor............................................................................................................................ 11919.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor............................................................................................................................ 11919.12.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4 .............................................................................................. 119

19.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+ ............................................................................................................................ 12019.13.1. 4-way POWER4+ Processor ......................................................................................................................... 12019.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Processor ......................................................................................................................... 12019.13.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+............................................................................................ 12019.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+............................................................................................ 12019.13.5. Swap 8 way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+ .......................................................................................... 12119.13.6. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+.......................................................................................... 121



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

20. ESCALA EPC2400........................................................................................................122

20.1. The EPC2400 CEC ................................................................................................................................................122






20.7. EPC2400 Description.............................................................................................................................................124

20.8. Power Kits for the EPC2400.................................................................................................................................12420.8.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ..........................................12420.8.2. Power On Demand...........................................................................................................................................125

20.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC2400 to the EPC2450..............................................................................................12620.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC2400 to EPC2450 ..............................................................................................126

21. ESCALA EPC2450........................................................................................................127

21.1. The EPC2450 CEC ................................................................................................................................................127






21.7. EPC2450 Description.............................................................................................................................................129

21.8. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth .........................................................................................................................129

21.9. Power Kits for the EPC2450.................................................................................................................................13021.9.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU......................................13021.9.2. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU ........................................13021.9.3. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU Boards ...........................................................................13021.9.4. Power On Demand with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU Boards............................................................................132



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

22. ESCALA PL3200R & 3200R+...................................................................................... 134

22.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC ........................................................................................................................ 134

22.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer............................................................................................................. 135

22.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer........................................................................................................ 136

22.4. Logical Partitioning (LPAR) ................................................................................................................................ 13622.4.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition .................................................................................................... 13622.4.2. Install Media Devices ...................................................................................................................................... 13622.4.3. Boot Devices.................................................................................................................................................... 136



22.7. PL3200R Description ............................................................................................................................................ 138

22.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R : .............................................................................................. 138

22.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ : ............................................................................................ 139

22.10. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter ...................................................................................................................... 139

22.11. Operational Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 139

22.12. Power Kits for the PL3200R............................................................................................................................... 13922.12.1. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (First)..................................................................................................... 13922.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (Additional)........................................................................................... 13922.12.3. 128 MB L3 Cache, 400MHz ......................................................................................................................... 14022.12.4. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First).......................................................................................... 14022.12.5. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (Additional) ................................................................................ 14022.12.6. 128 MB L3 Cache, 433MHz ......................................................................................................................... 14022.12.7. Basic Upgrade Kit from 24-to 32-way .......................................................................................................... 140

22.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+ ............................................................................................................................ 14022.13.1. 8-way POWER4+ Processor Option ............................................................................................................. 14022.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option................................................................................................... 14122.13.3. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 14122.13.4. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 14122.13.5. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 14222.13.6. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add) ..................................................................... 142The removed parts become the property of Bull........................................................................................................... 14222.13.7. Swap 8-way POWER4+ with 8-way POWER4+.......................................................................................... 142


Chapter 2: Models Description 13/1429pw5s1c2.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

1. Escala Rack PL and EPC Servers Comparison Tables

1.1. Available Models

Escala Model PL220R PL240R PL420RProcessor POWER3-II POWER3-II POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+Processor Speed 450 MHz 375 MHz 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHzNumber of processors (min/max) 1/2 1/2 1/4L1 cache per CPU or processor card (KB) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction)L2 cache per MCM (MB) 8 4 1.5 1.5L3 cache per MCM or processor card (MB) NC 8 8 8 8Expansion drawers (min/max) NC NC 0/2I/O Slots with expansion drawers (max) NC NC 20Memory (min/max) 512 MB/8GB 1GB/16GB 1GB/32GBDisks 6 8 4 (internal) / 12 per disk drawerMax disk capacity (GB) 587,2 1174,4 (internal) 4110.4 (587,2 internal)Max media 5 3 2Ultra3 SCSI Adapter Y Y YUltra2 SCSI Adapter N N YUltra SCSI Adapter Y N NEthernet or Token-Ring Ethernet & Token Ring Ethernet & Token Ring Ethernet & Token RingMultiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y YX25 Adapter N Y YFibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y YSerial & parallel ports 3 serial + 1 parallel 3 serial + 1 parallel 3 serial + 2 for HMCRedundant Power Supply Option Option YInternal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y YInternal CD-ROM Option N YInternal DVD-RAM Option Y Y

Internal DVD-ROM Option N Y

LPAR no partition no partition 4 partitions



Escala Model PL820R PL1600R PL3200R PL1600R+ PL3200R +Processor POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4 POWER4 POWER4 POWER4+ POWER4+ POWER4+

Processor Speed 1.45 GHz 1.2 GHz 1.1 GHz 1.3 GHz 1.1 GHz 1.5 GHz 1.5 GHz 1.7 GHz

Number of processors (min/max) 2/8 4/16 8/32 4/16 8/32

L1 cache per CPU or processor card (KB) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction) 32 (data), 64 (instruction)

L2 cache per MCM (MB) 1.5 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6

L3 cache per MCM or processor card (MB) 32 8 128@366MHz 128@433MHz 128@400MHz 128@366MHz 128@433MHz 128@400MHz

Expansion drawers (min/max) 0/8 1/3 1/8 1/3 1/8

I/O Slots with expansion drawers (max) 55 60 160 60 160

Memory (min/max) 2GB/64GB 4GB/128GB 8GB/256GB 4GB/256GB 8GB/512GB

Disks 4 (internal) / 14 per disk drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer 16 per IO drawer

Max disk capacity (GB) 8808 (587,2 internal) 7046.4 18790.4 7046.4 18790.4

Max media 3 4 4 4 4

Ultra3 SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y

Ultra2 SCSI Adapter N N N N N

Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y

Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Ethernet & Token Ring Y Y Y Y

Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y

X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y

Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y Y

Serial & parallel ports 4 serial + 2 for HMC 4 serial 4 serial 4 serial 4 serial

Redundant Power Supply Y Y Y Y Y

Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y

Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y

Internal DVD-RAM Y Y Y Y Y

Internal DVD-ROM Y _ _ _ _

LPAR 8 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions 16 partitions



1.2. Discontinued Models

Escala Model EPC450 PL400R PL600R EPC810 PL800R EPC2450

ProcessorPowerPCRS64-III

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-III

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-III

PowerPCRS64-III

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-III

PowerPCRS64-IV

PowerPCRS64-III

Processor Speed (MHz) 400 750 600 450 750600 (2)

or 668 (1)450 500 750 500 600 450

Number of processors (min/max) per node 1/4 1/4 1/6 1/4 2/8 2/8 2/4 6/24

L1 cache per CPU (KB) 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128 128/128

L2 cache per CPU (MB) 4 8 2 or 4 (4) 8 2, 4 or 8 (3) 2 or 4 (4) 4 8 2 16 8

PCI/MCA bus - per node 2 PCI 64-bit 3 to 6 PCI 64-bit 3 to 6 PCI 64-bit 3 to 12 PCI 64-bit 3 to 12 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit

I/O Slots (max) - per node/with expansion drawer 8 / 18 14/28 14/28 14 / 56 14 / 56 14 / 56

I/O bus Transfer Rate (max) 2x264 MB/s 2x1GB/s 2x1GB/s 4x1GB/s 4x1GB/s 4x500 MB/s

Memory slots - per node 4 32 32 64 64 16

Memory min - per node 256MB 256MB 256MB 1GB 2GB 4GB 2GB

Max memory per node (GB) 8 32 32 64 64 96

Hard disk std per node (GB) 9.1 18.2 18.2 9.1 18.2 9.1

Max disk in CPU drawer per node (GB) 109.2 72,8 72.8 72.8 72.8 218.4

Max disk capacity per node (GB) 218.4 8293,6 8293,6 2128 8293,6 873.6

Ultra3 SCSI Adapter N Y Y Y Y N

Ultra2 SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y N

Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y

SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter Y Y Y Y Y N

Fast Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y

Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y

X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y

Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y Y Y

Serial & parallel ports Y Y Y Y Y Y

Redundant Power Supply Y Optional Optional Y Y Y

Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y Y

Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y Y

Internal DVD-RAM N Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional

(1) 6-way.(2) 1-, 2- or 4-way.(3) 1-way=2 MB L2 cache; 2- or 4-way=4 MB L2 cache; 6-way=8 MB L2 cache.(4) 1-way=2 MB L2 cache; 2- or 4-way=4 MB L2 cache.

Information concerning performances is available on the Unix Pocket Guide (MAC Product Library)



Escala Model EPC400 EPC430 EPC440 EPC610 EPC800 EPC1200 EPC1200A EPC2400

PowerPC Processor 604e RS64-II RS64-II RS64-III 604e RS64 RS64-II RS64-II RS64-III

Processor Speed (MHz) 360 262 340 450 (1) or 500 (2) 320 125 262 262 450

Number of processors (min/max) per node 1/4 1/4 1/4 2/6 2/8 4/12 4/12 6/24

L1 cache per CPU (KB) 32/32 64/64 64/64 128/128 32/32 64/64 64/64 128/128

L2 cache per CPU (MB) 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8

PCI/MCA bus - per node 2 PCI 64-bit 2 PCI 64-bit 4 PCI 64-bit 3 PCI 64-bit 2 MCA 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit 4 to 16 PCI 64-bit

I/O Slots (max) - per node/with expansion drawer 8 / 18 8 / 18 8 14 8 14 / 56 14 / 56 14 / 56

I/O bus Transfer Rate (MB/sec) per node 2x266 2x264 - - 1x160 4x500 4x500 4x500

Memory slots - per node 4 4 32 32 4 20 20 16

Memory min - per node 64MB 256MB 256MB 512MB 64MB 512MB 1GB 2GB

Max memory per node (GB) 3 8 8 32 4 32 32 64

Hard disk std per node (GB) 9,1 9.1 9.1 9.1 4,2 4,5 9.1 9.1

Max disk in CPU drawer per node (GB) 109.2 109.2 218.4 72.8 18.2 209,3 218.4 218.4

Max disk capacity per node (GB) 218.4 218.4 218.4 2128 72.8 864,5 873.6 873.6

Ultra3 SCSI Adapter N N Y Y N N N N

Ultra2 SCSI Adapter N Y N Y N N N N

Ultra SCSI Adapter Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y

SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N

Fast Ethernet, Token-Ring, or FDDI Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Multiport Asynchronous Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

X25 Adapter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Fibre Channel Adapt. (FC-AL) Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y

Serial & parallel ports Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Redundant Power Supply Y Y Y Optional Optional Y Y Y

Internal 3"1/2 Diskette Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Internal CD-ROM Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Internal DVD-RAM N N N N N N N Y

(1) 2- or 4-way .(2) 6-wayDiscontinuance dates: EPC400: 31/10/2000; EPC430/EPC440: 31/12/2000; EPC610: 13/07/2001; EPC800: 31/12/1999; EPC1200: 30/11/1999; EPC1200A: 31/12/2000; EPC2400: 31/07/2001.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

2. Escala Hardware Management Console (HMC) :

2.1. Hardware Management Console (HMC) for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ andPL3200R/R+ multi-partitioning configuration

The Hardware Management Console (HMC) is a dedicated device that provides a set of functions forPL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R multi-partitioning configurations:

• Creating and storing LPAR profiles that define the processor, memory, and I/O resources allocatedto a partition.

• Starting, stopping and resetting a system partition.• Booting a partition or system by selecting a profile.• Displaying system and partition status.• Displaying the contents of a virtual operator panel for each partition or controlled system.

Redundancy can be provided by connecting 2 HMCs to Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ andPL3200R/R+.

Ethernet connection between the HMC and each active partition is recommended. This connectionprovides:

• Additional system management such as WebSM for each individual partition• Collection and passing of hardware service events to the HMC• Total system inventory collection.

2.2. Hardware Management Console (CSKG007 for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R/R+ andPL3200R/R+ HMC without keyboard)

• 1 GB of system memory• 40 GB minimum hard disk• DVD-RAM for Backup• One Ethernet port• One integrated graphics port• Two integrated serial ports• Six USB ports• 3 PCI slots• One mouse - Stealth Black with Keyboard Attach Cable• One 15M Cable, Hardware System Console to Host• One 17" Color Monitor, Stealth Black• One 2 M Extender Cable - USB Keyboard• One 10 M Cable RJ45/RJ45 Category 5



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

2.3. Keyboards for Hardware Management Console (KBUG006 for PL420R, PL820R,PL1600R/R+ and PL3200R/R+ HMC with keyboard)

Keyboards are available in the following localizations:

• French• US• UK• Italian• German• Spanish



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

3. Escala PL220R

The PL220R is a 5U 19-inch rack-mounted system.

3.1. The PL220R Drawer

The PL220R drawer provides:

• Two slots for 1-way CPU boards.The PL220R supports the following CPU boards:1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4 MB L2 cache 64-bit CPU boards1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8 MB L2 cache 64-bit CPU boards.The Escala PL220R Processor Boot-Time Deconfiguration function enables the system todeallocate a processor from the system at boot time.

• One 128-bit wide system bus operating at 93.75 MHz with the 375 MHz CPU board (1:4 ratio),and at 90 MHz with the 450 MHz CPU board (1:5 ratio).

• From 512 MB to 8 GB of memory provided by a 16-slot memory board. The memory board can bepopulated by 512 MB (2x256MB) or 1 GB (2x512MB) memory modules (installed in pairs).

• Six disk bays for hot-swap SCSI disks.• One bay for a media or a non hot-plug disk drive.• One bay for a CD-ROM or a DVD-RAM drive.• One bay for a non hot-plug disk drive.• One floppy disk drive.• Five PCI slots:

Two 64-bit@50MHz/3.3VOne 64-bit@33MHz/5VTwo 32-bit@33MHz/3.3V.

• Two Ultra3 SCSI ports (one internal and one external).• Two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 ports.• Three RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One mouse and one keyboard port.• Integrated System Support Processor.• Optional redundant power supply.

The PL220R drawer occupies 5U of vertical space.

3.2. Extensions and Options

• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring and

Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID subsystem with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• Storage Plus Drawer with SCSI interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

3.3. Maximum Configuration

• Two CPUs.• 8 GB of memory.• 587.2 GB of internal disk space.• Five PCI slots.

3.4. Operational Requirements

• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

3.5. PL220R Description



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

3.6. Bus Frequency and Bandwidth

One 128-bit wide system bus operating at 93.75 MHz with the 375 MHz CPU board (1:4 ratio), and at90 MHz with the 450 MHz CPU board (1:5 ratio).

The theoretical maximum bandwidths for a 2-way 450 MHz configuration are:• Memory bandwidth: 1.44 MB/s• Processor bandwidth: 1.44 MB/s• Bandwidth of the 64-bit PowerPC 6xx bus, operating at 66 MHz, used to the I/O interface: 528

MB/s

Two peer PCI buses (32-bit at 33 MHz and 64-bit at 50 MHz):• Two 64-bit@50MHz/3.3V slots• One 64-bit@33MHz/5V slots• Two 32-bit@33MHz/3.3V slots.

3.7. Power Kits for the PL220R

3.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz - 4MB L2 Cache (CPUG073)

The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache.

Operational Requirements

• Any PL220R with one free CPU slot.• 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPU boards cannot be used with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz

CPU boards.

3.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz - 8MB L2 Cache (CPUG074)


• One 1-way POWER3-II@450MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache.


Any PL220R with one free CPU slot.1-way POWER3-II@450MHz CPU boards cannot be used with 1-way POWER3-II@375MHz CPUboards.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

4. EscalaPL240R

The Escala PL240R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL240R drawer .This model is available only through packaged configurations

4.1. The PL240R Single Rack Drawer

This drawer contains:• one slot for 1 or 2-way processor boards (for a total of 1 or 2 processors).• From 1GB to 16GB of DDR SDRAM memory provided by 8 slots located on the CPU boards.

The CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory.• The system service processor• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 2 internal Ultra3 SCSI Controllers• 4 standard internal hot-swap disk drive bays and 4 optional hot-swap disk drive bays• 3 Medias Bays :

• 1 optional Open Bay for DVD-ROM• 1 optional Open Bay for Disquette• 1 optional DVD-RAM or tape drive

• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2• Keyboard and mouse port• Two Ethernet ports (one 10/100 Mb/s and one 1 Gigabit )• 3 serial ports• One parallel port• hot-swap and redundant fans• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply

The PL240R single rack drawer occupies 4U of vertical space.

The PL240R supports the following processor boards:• 1-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with

8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.• 2-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with

8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.• 1-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards

with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.• 2-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards

with 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card.

The following table provides the amount of memory supportedNumber of CPUboards installed

Maximum Memorysupported

1 16 GB

The PL240R expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space in a 19” rack.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

4.2. Options and Extensions

• External modem for remote monitoring and maintenance allowing the service processor to call outand alert the Bull Maintenance Center.

• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.


• Internal disk storage: 8x146.8GB=1174.4GB.• 16 GB of memory.• Up to 2 CPUs.• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots.

4.4. Buses Frequency and Bandwidth

Memory Bandwidth :• Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s provided through four 8 bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots bandwidth:• 6 Internal PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s bandwidth• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support• 5V PCI adapters are not supported


• AIX 5.1 or later.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

5. Escala EPC400

Initial system discontinued as of 31/10/2000, additional node discontinued as of 31/12/2000. All addons discontinued: 08/07/2002.

Based on one single CPU drawer, this entry-level application server allows to expand and optimizeconfiguration with maximum flexibility.

The EPC400 is based on an EPC400 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can beadded to the EPC400 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.

5.1. The EPC400 Drawer

The EPC400 drawer provides:

• Four slots for single PowerPC 604e@360MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains oneprocessor with 32KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processorand memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.

• From 128 MB to 3GB of memory provided by 4 memory slots for memory DIMMs on riser cards.Each card provides 6 memory slots, for a total of 24 memory slots. Upgrades come in the form ofquads: 4x32MB (128MB), 4x64MB (256MB) or 4x128MB (512MB).

• One internal dual 64bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x266MB/s.• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) or 2 x 2 disk bays (1"6 high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI

disks; at least one disk is required for system operation.• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).• One floppy disk drive.• Eight slots for adapters:

5 64-bit PCI2 combo (PCI or ISA)1 ISA.

• Two native Ultra SCSI buses on the motherboard.• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with 3 connectors: 10Mb/s, 100Mb/s and AUI.• One native SVGA graphics controller with 1MB video memory.• Three RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One mouse and one keyboard port.• Redundant power supply.

The EPC400 drawer is 4U high.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

5.2. The EPC400 Expansion Drawer

The EPC400 expansion drawer provides:

• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).• Six additional PCI slots.

Six additional PCI slots can be added to the EPC400 expansion drawer installing the EPC400 BusExpansion.

The EPC400 expansion drawer occupies 4U.


• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communication adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• DLT tape library (Overland) with SCSI interface.


• Four CPUs.• Three GB of memory.• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).• Eighteen slots for adapters: 15 PCI, 2 PCI/ISA and 1 ISA with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 5

PCI, 2 PCI/ISA, and 1 ISA in the base drawer).


• AIX 4.2 or AIX 4.3.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

5.6. EPC400 Description

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

EPC400 Bus Expansion(optional)

EPC400 Expansion Drawer (optional)

Empty bay for 1 disk cage

fitting 3 x 1’’ disks







Empty bay for 2 media


PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

EPC400 Description





Floppy

PCI

PCI/ISA

ISA

Eth. 10/100

S2

S3S1

Cent.SVGA

PCI/ISA

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI





CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CD

ROM

Freeareafor 1

medium

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

Mem

slot

EPC400 Drawer

Media: VDAT, DAT, QIC, CD-ROM

9.1GB or

18.2 GB disks

128 MB to 3GB by adding

4*32MB, 4*64MB, or 4*128MBand 1 group of 4 riser cards

each providing 6 memory slots

1 to 4 PowerPC 604e@360MHz

5.7. Power Kits for the EPC400

5.7.1. Power Kit 604e@360MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


The power kit contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC 604e@360MHz - 4MB L2 cache.


• Any EPC400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).• No mix of PowerPC 604e and PowerPC 620 is allowed on the same node.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

5.7.2. Power Kit 620@180MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


This Power Kit is available under controlled commercialization only. It contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC 620@180MHz - 4MB L2 cache.


• Any EPC400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).• No mix of PowerPC 604e and PowerPC 620 is allowed on the same node.

5.8. Upgrade Kits from the EPC400 to the EPC430


This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC400 to an EPC430 reconnecting the existing disks, media,disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC400 will have the same memory andCPU capability as an EPC430. The system's serial number remains unchanged.

• From 256MB to 8 GB of memory.• Up to 4 PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz processors with 4MB of L2 cache.• Seven PCI slots and 1 PCI/ISA slot in the CPU drawer.• Expansion drawer with 12 additional slots making a total of 18 slots available.• 109.2GB disk capacity in the CPU drawer and 218.4GB with an expansion drawer.• Native 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet.• Native SVGA with 2MB of video memory.• Keyboard and mouse port.• Three asynchronous ports and one Centronics port.• One Ultra2 SCSI bus for disks.• One Ultra SCSI bus for Fast Wide SCSI media.

This upgrade kit is composed of:

• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC400 to EPC430.• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional single 604e/620 CPU board with an RS64-II-

based CPU board.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

5.8.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC430 The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC430 basic drawer.• One single CPU board with an RS64-II processor and 4MB of L2 cache.• Installation instructions.

Parts Removed Becoming the Property of Bull

• EPC400 basic drawer.• One single PowerPC 604e or 620 CPU board.• Memory on the EPC400. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

5.8.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards

This kit contains the following items:

• One single CPU board with an RS64-II@262 MHz processor and 4MB of L2 cache.• Installation instructions.


• One single PowerPC 604e CPU board. or• One single PowerPC 620 CPU board.

System Requirements

• Escala EPC400.• AIX 4.3.2 or later.



This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC400 to an EPC450 reconnecting the existing disks, media,disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC400 will have the same memory andCPU capability as an EPC450. The system's serial number remains unchanged.

• From 256MB to 8 GB of memory.• Up to 4 PowerPC RS64-III@400 MHz processors with 4MB of L2 cache.• Seven PCI slots and 1 PCI/ISA slot in the CPU drawer.• Expansion drawer with 12 additional slots making a total of 18 slots available.• 109.2GB disk capacity in the CPU drawer and 218.4GB with an expansion drawer.• Native 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• Native SVGA with 2MB of video memory.• Keyboard and mouse port.• Three asynchronous ports and one Centronics port.• One Ultra2 SCSI bus for disks.• One Ultra SCSI bus for Fast Wide SCSI media.


• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC400 to EPC450.• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional single 604e/620 CPU board with an RS64-

III-based CPU board (optional).

5.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from the EPC400 to the EPC450 The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC450 basic drawer.• One single CPU board with an RS64-III processor and 4MB of L2 cache.• Installation instructions.


• EPC400 basic drawer.• One single PowerPC 604e or 620 CPU board.• Memory on the EPC400. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

5.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Single 604e/620 CPU Boards


• One single CPU board with an RS64-III@400 MHz processor and 4MB of L2 cache.• Installation instructions.


• One single PowerPC 604e CPU board. or• One single PowerPC 620 CPU board.

System Requirements

• Escala EPC400.• AIX 4.3.3 or later.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

6. Escala EPC430 Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.

The EPC430 is based on an EPC430 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can beadded to the EPC430 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.Based on one single CPU drawer, this mid-size application server offers configuration flexibility formulti-purpose workloads.



• Four slots for single PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains oneprocessor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processorand memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.

• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 4 slots fitting 4 riser cards. Each card provides 8memory slots for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in quads: 4*64MB (256MB),4*128MB (512MB) or 4*256MB (1GB).

• One internal dual 64-bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x264 MB/s.• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI disks; at least one disk is

required for system operations.• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).• One floppy disk drive.• Eight slots for adapters:

4 64-bit PCI3 32-bit PCI1 combo (PCI or ISA).

• One native Ultra2 SCSI bus and one native Ultra SCSI bus on the motherboard.• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with one connector.• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.• Three RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One mouse and one keyboard port.• Redundant power supply.

The EPC430 drawer occupies 4U.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).• Twelve additional PCI slots.


6.3. Extensions and options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC Disk Subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• DLT Tape Library (Overland) with SCSI interface.


• Four CPUs.• Three GB of memory.• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).• Eighteen slots for adapters (17 PCI, 1 PCI/ISA) with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 7 PCI, 1

PCI/ISA).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003




PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI












PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

EPC430 Description





Floppy

PCI

PCI

PCI/ISA

Eth. 10/100

S2

S3S1

Cent.SVGA

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI





CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CD

ROM

Freeareafor 1

medium

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC430 Drawer


9.1GB or 18.2 GB disks


4*64MB, 4*128MB, or 4*256MBmemory modules

1 to 4 PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots


6.7.1. Power Kit RS64-II@262MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz, 4MB L2 cache.


• Any EPC430 with a CPU slot available.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

6.8. Upgrade Kit from EPC430 to EPC450


This upgrade kit contains the following items:

• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz, 4MB L2 cache.• Installation instructions.


• One CPU module PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz, 4MB L2 cache.

7. Escala EPC440

Discontinued as of 31/12/2000.All addons discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The EPC440 is based on an EPC440 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. The EPC440 can also beracked in an EPC1200 rack when ordered as an additional node in a configuration. Based on one singleCPU drawer, this general-purpose server is ideally suited to well-balanced workloads.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



• Two slots for single or dual PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards for a total of 4 CPUs. EachCPU board contains one processor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast datatransfer between the processor and memory; at least one CPU is mandatory.

• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 2 riser cards. Each card provides 16memory slots, for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in pairs: 2*128MB (256MB) or2*256MB (512MB) memory modules.

• Four 64-bit PCI buses.• Twelve disk bays (1" high) or 6 disk bays (1”6 high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI

disks; at least one disk is required for system operations.• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).• One floppy disk drive.• Eight slots for adapters:

four 32-bit PCItwo 64-bit@33MHz PCItwo 64-bit@33/50 MHz PCI.

• Two native Ultra SCSI buses on the motherboard.• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with 3 connectors: 10Mb/s, 100Mb/s, AUI.• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.• Three RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One mouse and one keyboard port.• Two power supply units.



• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for up to 6 internal disks• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• DLT tape library (Overland) with SCSI interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Four CPUs.• Eight GB of memory.• 218.4 GB of disk space.• Eight PCI slots.




EPC440 Description





Floppy

PCI

PCI

PCI

Eth. 10/100

S2

S3S1

Cent.Keyboard/

Mouse

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI





CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

16 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

16 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC440 Drawer

Media: VDAT, DAT, CD-ROM

9.1GB or

18.2 GB disks


2*128MB, or 2*256MBmemory modules


by adding 1- or 2-CPU boards

16 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

16 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

CD

ROM

Freeareafor 1

medium

Floppy



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


7.6.1. Power Kit RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz, 1-way, 4 MB L2 cache.



7.6.2. Power Kit 2*RS64-II@340MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz, 2-way, 4MB L2 cache per way.





This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC440 to an EPC610 reconnecting the existing media, externaldisk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC440 will have the same memory andCPU capability as an EPC610.

This upgrade kit is composed of:• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC440 to EPC610• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap EPC440 processor boards to EPC610 processor boards.

7.7.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC440 to EPC610 The basic kit includes:• One Escala EPC610 CEC and one EPC610 I/O drawer• One 16-slot memory board• Installation instructions.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

Warning:• Due to height difference between the EPC440 drawer (8U) and the EPC610 CEC drawer + I/O

drawer (5U+5U), an additional rack may be required.• Due to the minimum memory configuration on the EPC610 and other memory constraints,

additional memory may be required.• New internal disks must be ordered.


• EPC440 drawer.• EPC440 16-slot memory board.

7.7.2. Swap 1-way RS64-II@340 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz


• One EPC610 2-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.• Installation instructions.


• EPC440 1-way PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.





• EPC440 1-way PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.





• EPC440 PowerPC RS64-II@340MHz CPU boards.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

8. Escala EPC450


The EPC450 is based on an EPC450 drawer mounted in an EPC400 rack. An expansion drawer can beadded to the EPC450 drawer to provide additional PCI slots, disks or media.Based on one single CPU drawer, this mid-size application server offers configuration flexibility formulti-purpose workloads.



• Four slots for single PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz CPU boards. Each CPU board contains oneprocessor with 64KB internal cache and 4MB L2 cache for fast data transfer between the processorand memory for balanced system performance; at least one CPU is mandatory.

• From 256 MB to 8GB of memory provided by 4 slots fitting 4 riser cards. Each card provides 8memory slots for a total of 32 memory slots. Upgrades come in quads: 4*64MB (256MB),4*128MB (512MB) or 4*256MB (1GB).

• One internal dual 64bit PCI bus with a throughput of 2x264 MB/s.• 2 x 3 disk bays (1" high) for 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Ultra SCSI disks; at least one disk is

required for system operations.• Two media bays (one occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one free).• One floppy disk drive.• Eight slots for adapters:

four 64-bit PCIthree 32-bit PCIone combo (PCI or ISA).

• One native Ultra2 SCSI bus and one native Ultra SCSI bus on the motherboard.• One native 10/100Mb/s Ethernet bus with one connector.• One native SVGA graphics controller with 2MB video memory.• Three RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One mouse and one keyboard port.• Redundant power supply.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



• 2 x 3 disk bays (1” high) for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-swap disks.• Two media bays (CDROM, DAT, VDAT, or QIC).• Twelve additional PCI slots.


8.3. Extensions and options

• Ultra SCSI RAID adapter for internal disks.• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE 5000 JBOD subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC Disk Subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• DLT Tape Library (Overland) with SCSI interface.


• Four CPUs.• Three GB of memory.• 218.4 GB of disks with expansion drawer (109.2GB in the base drawer).• Eighteen slots for adapters (17 PCI, 1 PCI/ISA) with the expansion drawer (8 slots: 7 PCI, 1

PCI/ISA).





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI












PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

EPC450 Description





Floppy

PCI

PCI

PCI/ISA

Eth. 10/100

S2

S3S1

Cent.SVGA

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI





CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CPU

CD

ROM

Freeareafor 1

medium

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC450 Drawer


9.1GB or 18.2 GB disks


4*64MB, 4*128MB, or 4*256MBmemory modules

1 to 4 PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

8 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots


8.7.1. Power Kit RS64-III@400 MHz CPU - 4MB L2 Cache


• One CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@400MHz, 4MB L2 cache.





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

9. Escala PL400R

The Escala PL400R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Anadditional I/O drawer can be added to the system. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included inan I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-swap system disk and will be referred to asthe primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

9.1. The PL400R CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 1-way, 2-way or 4-way processor board.• From 256 MB to 32 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory

boards. Memory boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB(2x512MB) or 2GB (2x1GB) memory modules.

• Two Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/Odrawers in a loop-like fashion.

• Optional redundant power supply.

The PL400R CEC occupies 5U of vertical space.

The PL400R supports:• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator

(SOI) processor boards.• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator

(SOI) processor boards.• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards.Each processor has 128 KB of internal L1 cache.L2 associative cache is provided as follows:• 2 MB for the 1-way 450 MHz and 600 MHz CPU boards• 4 MB for the 2-way and 4-way 450 MHz and 600 MHz CPU boards• 8 MB for the 750 MHz CPU boards.

The PL400R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line withoutre-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor canrecord this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at atime convenient to your processing schedule.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

9.2. The PL400R Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (9.1GB, 18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can bemirrored using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in theprimary I/O drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).

• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is freefor additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).

• One floppy disk drive.• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit slots and four 32-bit slots). 64-bit slots do not support 5V

adapters.• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).• Four RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard and 1 mouse port.• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL400R I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

9.3. The PL400R Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

Note: The secondary I/O drawer is not available with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU boards.

9.4. The PL400R Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146,8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multipleconfigurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.

• Optional redundant power supply and cooling fans.• Up to four disk drawers.

The disk drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.



• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.


• Internal disk storage:2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.4x14x146,8GB=8220,8GB with four disk drawers.

• 32 GB of memory.• Up to 4 CPUs• Up to 28 PCI slots.


Note: 1-way models memory capacity ranges from 256 MB to 16 GB. 2-way, and 4-way modelsmemory capacity ranges from 512 MB to 32 GB. For more information refer to the "MemoryExpansion Cards" chapter.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


Two 128-bit wide system buses running at 150 MHz (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus).Two 64-bit wide memory ports running at 300 MHz (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per port).Two RIO ports: each RIO port has 2 uni-directional 8-bit-wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/saggregate bandwidth).Two I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64-bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).




9.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of systemmemory if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache.


• Any PL400R.

9.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz – 8 MB L2 cache (CPUG084)

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any PL400R.


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board, 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any PL400R.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

9.10.4. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@600MHz - 2MB L2 cache

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of systemmemory, if desired.

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache.


• Any PL400R.


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any PL400R.




• Any PL400R.

9.10.7. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-III@450MHz - 2MB L2 cache


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any PL400R.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003





• Any PL400R.





• Any PL400R.

9.10.10. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@750 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG262)



• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.

The removed CPU board becomes the property of Bull.








9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






9.10.13. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG245)



• Any PL400R with a 1-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache per CPU.








The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8MB L2 cache per CPU.






9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






9.10.21. Swap 1-way RS64-IV@600 with 2-way RS64-IV@600MHz

















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

9.10.24. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 2-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG227)






















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003













9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

10. EscalaPL420R18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

The Escala PL420R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL420R drawer . Up to 2 optional expansiondrawers can be added to provide up to 14 additionnal PCI slots and up to 24 disk additional hot-swapdisks. These drawers must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL420R andLPAR configurations.


This drawer contains:

• Up to two 2-way processor boards (for a total of 1, 2 or 4 processors).• From 1GB to 32GB of DDR SDRAM memory provided by 8 slots located on the 2-way CPU

boards. Each CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory. Each processor card must have anequal amount of memory installed.

• One Remote I/O (RIO) port.• The system service processor• 6 hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)• 4 internal hot-swap disk drive bays• 2 Medias Bays :

• 1 Open Bay for CD-ROM/DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM• 1 Open Bay for Disquette /DVD-RAM or tape drive (optionnal)

• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2• Keyboard and mouse ports• two 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port• 3 serial ports• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply• Optional redundant hot-swap fans• Up to 4 logical partitions.



8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors onthe board.

• 1-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boardwith 8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2processors on the board.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• 2-way [email protected] GHz 64-bit copper-based silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor boards with8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.44 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors onthe board.


The following table provides the number of expansion drawers and the amount of memory supporteddepending on the number of CPU boards installed in the PL420R.

Number of CPUboards installed


Maximum number ofExpansion drawers

Maximum number ofRIO loops

1 16 GB 2 12 32 GB 2 1

10.2. The PL420R Expansion Drawer

• Seven 64-bit hot plug PCI-X slots (133 Mhz ; 3.3 V)• 12 disk slots divided into two groups of six slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (36.4GB, 73.4GB

or 146.8GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional) separate SCSIbuses with up to six drives per bus.

• Optionnal redundant hot-swap power supply.Up to 2 six pack disk.

The PL420R expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space in a 19” rack.



• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).• Communications adapters (Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• 4 Internal disk storage: 4x146.8GB=587.2GB.• 6 Internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 32 GB of RAM memory.• Up to 4 CPUs.

Additional hot plug PCI-X slots :• Up to 14 additional hot plug PCI –X slots with 2 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (2 x 7).

External Storage :• Up to 24 external disks with 2 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (2 x 12)• Up to 56 external disks with 4 Storage plus disk Expansion Cabinet DRWG021/022 (4 x 14)


Memory Bandwidth :• Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s (12.8 GB/s in an 4-way system) provided through four

8 bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots bandwidth:• 6 Internal PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s bandwidth• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

Expansion drawer PCI-X slots bandwidth:• 7 PCI-X slots running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s per expansion drawer

• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

Two equiped expansion drawer PCI-X slots bandwidth ( 2 x DRWG048) :• 14 PCI-X buses running at 133 MHz (64 bit, 3.3V) for providing 1 GB/s per bus• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

One Remote I/O (RIO) port with bidirectional 8-bit wide links bandwidth:• 1 Remote I/O (RIO) port for providing 1 GHz (1 GB/s aggregate bandwidth per loop).





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


10.7.1. CPU Board with 1-way [email protected] - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG091)



• One 1-way PowerPC [email protected] CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache.


• Any PL420R with one CPU slot available.• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same PL420R

10.7.2. CPU Board with 1-way [email protected] - 8MB L3 cache (CPUG089)



• One 1-way PowerPC [email protected] CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache.



10.7.3. CPU Board with 2-way [email protected] – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG092)



• One 2-way PowerPC [email protected] CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache per CPU.





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

10.7.4. CPU Board with 2-way [email protected] – 8 MB L3 cache (CPUG090)

This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of systemmemory if desired.The Power Kit contains the following items:

• One 2-way PowerPC [email protected] CPU board – 8 MB L3 cache per CPU.



10.7.5. Swap 1-way [email protected] with 2-way [email protected] (CPKG272)


• One 2-way [email protected] CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.


• Any PL420R with a 1-way [email protected] CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.






• Any PL420R with a 1-way [email protected] CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.• All the 1-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003











• Any PL420R with a 1-way [email protected] CPU board - 8MB L3 cache per CPU.










9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

10.8. Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.

The PL420R can be divided into up to 4 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to eachLPAR.A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.A partition must have at least a SCSI and Ethernet adapter/controller. Note that the integrated internalSCSI bus and the integrated external SCSI bus must be assigned to the same partition.All the internal disk drives and media must be assigned to the same partition.External disk drives must be provided for all but the first partition. AIX does not support disklessLPAR operation.When running LPAR with AIX V5.1, fully populated processor cards cannot mix memory DIMMswith different capacities on the same card.

10.8.1. Virtual Console Devices for Each Partition

For each partition running on the server, one virtual tty is provided as a substitute to using a physicalconsole. This tty runs through the RS232 connection between the HMC and the service processor (andtherefore is isolated from the network), and can be used as a normal tty console. Console messagesfrom AIX are streamed to the output window in the HMC. The HMC also provides virtual operatorpanel functions for each partition, including a display of the firmware and AIX progress and errorcodes that would normally appear on the LCD display on the front of the server.

10.8.2. Install Media Devices

If there is only one installation device (for example, a CD-ROM or tape) available in a system, itshould not be connected under the same SCSI adapter as boot disks or other disks critical to thatpartition’s operation. Doing so would limit the ability to reconfigure that installation device to be usedby different partitions. Instead, the device should be connected to its own SCSI adapter so that it canbe independently allocated to any partition when required.

10.8.3. Boot Devices

Each partition requires its own separate boot device. This means the system must have at least oneboot device and associated adapter per partition.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

11. Escala EPC610


The Escala EPC610 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Anadditional I/O drawer can be added under SFR. Up to 2 disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swapdisks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.


11.1. The EPC610 CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 2-way, 4-way or 6-way processor board.• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory boards. Memory

boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB (2x512MB) or 2GB(2x1GB) memory modules.

• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 2 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connectthe I/O drawers.


The EPC610 CEC occupies 5U of vertical space.

The EPC610 supports 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards, 6-wayPowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor boards and 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bitprocessor boards.Each processor has 128 KB of internal cache and 4 MB of L2 associative cache for RS64-III, or 8 MBof L2 associative cache for RS64-IV.The EPC610 CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line withoutre-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor canrecord this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at atime convenient to your processing schedule.

11.2. The EPC610 Primary I/O Drawer

• Two bays for non hot-plug Ultra2 SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can bemirrored using two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in theprimary I/O drawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).


• One floppy disk drive.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit slots): 64-bit slots do not support 5Vadapters.

• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).• Four RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard and one mouse port.• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC610 I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

11.3. The EPC610 Secondary I/O Drawer (SFR)


11.4. The EPC610 Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,36.4GB or 73.4GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional)separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple configurationsusing AIX software mirroring or RAID options.


The disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.

The 10-bay disk drawers has been discontinued as of 31/01/2001.



• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, ATM,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Internal disk storage:2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.2x14x73.4GB=2055.2GB with 2 disk drawers.







9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






• Any EPC610.





• Any EPC610.





• Any EPC610.

11.9.4. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHzDiscontinued: October 31, 2003The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC610 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

11.9.5. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III@500MHzDiscontinued: October 31, 2003The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.




11.9.6. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-III @500MHzDiscontinued: October 31, 2003The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.




11.10. Upgrade Kits from RS64-III to RS64-IV CPU Boards


The kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC610 with a 2-way -PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.





• Any EPC610 with a 2-way -PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

11.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG223)Discontinued: October 31, 2003



• Any EPC610 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board – 4 MB L2 cache per CPU.



















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






11.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC610 to EPC810


This upgrade kit allows to upgrade a 4-way or 6-way EPC610 to an EPC810 reconnecting the existingI/O drawers and disk drawers including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. Theupgraded EPC610 will have the same memory and CPU capability as an EPC810. The EPC610memory is not compatible with the EPC810 processor boards and therefore should be replaced.

This upgrade kit is composed of:• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC610 to EPC810.• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap EPC610 processor boards to EPC810 processor boards. The

EPC610 must have at least 4 processors. The EPC810 will have 4 processors.

Additional EPC810 processor boards may complete the EPC810 configuration.

11.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC610 to EPC810 The basic kit includes:• One Escala EPC810 CEC.• One 32-slot memory board.• Installation instructions.

Warning:• Due to height difference between the EPC610 CEC drawer (5U) and the EPC810 CEC drawer

(8U), an additional rack may be required.• Due to the minimum memory configuration on the EPC810 and other memory constraints,

additional memory may be required.• As Redundant Power Supplies are mandatory for the EPC810, if the EPC610 does not have any,

they must be added.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• EPC610 CEC.• 16-slot memory board from the EPC610.

11.11.2. Swap 4-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz

This kit contains the following items:• One EPC810 4-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.• Installation instructions.


• One EPC610 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.

11.11.3. Swap 6-way RS64-III@500 with 4-way RS64-III @500MHz

This kit contains the following items:• One EPC810 4-way RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.• Installation instructions.


• One EPC610 6-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

12. Escala PL600R

The Escala PL600R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Anadditional I/O drawer can be added to the system. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks. The CEC, the I/O drawer and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.


12.1. The PL600R CEC

The CEC contains:

• One 1-way, 2-way, 4-way or 6-way processor board.• From 256 MB to 32 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 16-slot memory

boards. Memory boards can be populated by 256 MB (2x128MB), 512MB (2x256MB), 1GB(2x512MB) or 2GB (2x1GB) memory modules.

• Two Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/Odrawers in a loop-like fashion.



The PL600R supports the following processor boards:• 1-way, 2-way, 4-way and 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-

insulator (SOI) processor boards• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator

(SOI) processor boards• 1-way, 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processor boards• 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processor

boards.Each processor has 128 KB of internal L1 cache.L2 associative cache is provided as follows:• 2 MB for the 1-way 450MHz and 600MHz CPU boards• 4 MB for the 2-way and 4-way 450MHz and 600MHz CPU boards• 8 MB for the 668MHz and 750MHz CPU boards

The PL600R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line withoutre-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor canrecord this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at atime convenient to your processing schedule.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Two bays for non hot-plug SCSI disks (18.2GB or 36.4GB); these internal disks can be mirroredusing two SCSI buses; the use of these bays eliminates the use of two PCI slots in the primary I/Odrawer (therefore, only 12 slots are available).


• One floppy disk drive.• Fourteen hot-plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit slots and four 32-bit slots): 64-bit slots do not support 5V

adapters.• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).• Four RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard and 1 mouse port.• Optional redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL600R I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.



Note: The secondary I/O drawer is not available with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU boards.


• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (18.2GB,36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146,8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multipleconfigurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.


The disk drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.




Asynchronous and X25).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.


• Internal disk storage:2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.4x14x146,8GB=8220,8GB with four disk drawers.



Note: 1-way models memory capacity ranges from 256 MB to 16 GB. 2-way, 4-way and 6-waymodels memory capacity ranges from 512 MB to 32 GB. For more information refer to the "MemoryExpansion Cards" chapter.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


Two 128-bit wide system buses. These operate at the following speed:• 150 MHz with 600 or 750 MHz processors (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus)• 133.6 MHz with 668 MHz processors (2.14 GB/s bandwidth per bus).Two 64-bit wide memory ports. These operate at the following speed:• 300 MHz with 600 or 750 MHz processors (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per port)• 334 MHz with 668 MHz processors (2.67 GB/s bandwidth per port).Two RIO ports: each RIO port has 2 uni-directional 8-bit-wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/saggregate bandwidth).Two I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).




12.10.1. CPU Board with 1-way RS64-IV@750MHz - 8MB L2 cache (CPUG083)


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache.


• Any PL600R.


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any PL600R.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003




• Any PL600R.




• Any PL600R.


This processor card also incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of systemmemory, if desired.The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 1-way PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz CPU board - 2MB L2 cache.


• Any PL600R.




• Any PL600R.




• Any PL600R.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003





• Any PL600R.





• Any PL600R.





• Any PL600R.





• Any PL600R.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003







The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board – 8MB L2 cache per CPU.
















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003























9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






12.10.37. Swap 4-way RS64-IV@600 with 6-way RS64-IV @668MHz

















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

12.10.40. Swap 2-way RS64-III@450 with 4-way RS64-III@450MHz (CPKG206)Discontinued: December 12, 2003The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.














12.10.43. Swap 1-way RS64-III@450 with 6-way RS64-IV@668MHz (CPKG231)Discontinued: December 12, 2003The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 6-way PowerPC RS64-IV@668MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.






9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003













9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

13. Escala EPC800

Discontinued: 31/12/1999. All add-ons discontinued as of 30/06/2001.

The Escala EPC800 is a 19-inch rack-mounted model. It is a configuration based on one Escala [36U]rack including one 604e Escala CPU node drawer [6U].

The EPC800 basic model features two 200 MHz or 320 MHz PowerPC 604e RISC processors(maximum eight processors with 4 dual CPU boards).Each CPU board contains two processors with 64 KB internal cache and 2MB L2 cache (or 4MB L2cache with the 320 MHz processor) on each processor for fast data transfer between the processor andmemory for balanced system performance.

Each EPC800 basic model also includes one (upgradable to two) high speed 160 MB/sec MCA buswith 8 (up to 16) total and 6 (up to 14) open slots, and comes at minimum with 128 MB of memory(upgradable to 4096MB), 4.2GB internal disk and an internal CD-ROM.

Two bays for internal disk (1" high) are available in the EPC800 basic model.Two 5.25" bays for internal media/disk are available in the EPC800 basic model.The 5.25" bays for media/disk can be only used for additional media.

The basic Rack can hold up to 4 drawers and up to six expansion racks can also be linked to the basicmodel, with a capacity of four drawers each.

13.1. Configuration

The Escala EPC800 basic model configuration provides the following features:

• One 36U rack• One EPC800 drawer [6U]• One Power Distribution Bus [1U].The EPC800 drawer contains:• One dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache, or one dual CPU module

PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.• Three additional CPU slots for other dual CPU modules.• 128 MB minimum memory.• Four memory slots, each supporting up to 1GB memory board for a total of 4GB memory.• One LAN/SCSI SE adapter featuring:

One SCSI-2 SE port used to connect the standard internal disk and media devices.One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port, with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick-Ethernet (10Base-5)connector and a twisted pair (10Base-T) connector are standard on the system. This adapter isdedicated to the back-end network. The front-end network must be defined separately with theconfiguration tool. The front-end network is based on two Ethernet adapters or two FDDI adaptersdepending on Customer requirements.

• Three serial RS232 ports reserved for the system console, the remote maintenance and services,and UPS connections.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• One parallel printer port.• At least a 4.2 GB SCSI-2 internal disk.• One 1.44MB 3.5-inch Diskette Drive.• Six open MCA slots, with a total of 8 slots.• Two bays for SCSI disk device (1" high).• Two 5.25" bays for SCSI media device.• One Redundant Power Supply.• One 8 RS232-C asynchronous adapters.


• AIX 4.2 or AIX 4.3.• One internal 600MB CD-ROM high performance drive.

13.3. Factory Installable Select Options

• Two MCA buses (instead of 1 MCA bus) featuring 14 free MCA slots (instead of 6 free MCAslots).


• Up to 6 expansion racks.• External disk storage and media devices, including:

External tape drive drawers.SSA disk subsystem (multiple host allowing to be shared by up to 8 nodes - discontinued).DAS1300, DAS2900 RAID drawers (SCSI interface allowing to share a DAS by up to 4 nodes).EMC disk subsystem (SCSI interface allowing to share a CDA by up to 8 nodes depending on diskcapacity and performance required).

• System memory expansion up to 4096MB per node.• Upgrade kit to PowerPC 604e@320MHz.• Internal disk expansion up to 18.2GB (2x9.1GB) per node.• One redundant or non-redundant Public Network Adapter per node, with a choice between all

types of Ethernet, FDDI, Token Ring and ATM Adapters. Public network availability featuresneed at least 2 network accesses per node (i.e. 2 adapters per node connected to 2 differentnetworks).

• Two MCA buses per node (instead of 1 MCA bus) on-site option.14 free MCA slots (instead of 6 free MCA slots).

• Internal media devices (tape drives).• Disk/media drawer (4 open bays disk 1" or 1"6, 2 open bays media/disk 1"); up to 1 per node.• LAN, WAN and asynchronous communications adapters.• Power kit to upgrade the system to up to eight processors per node.• Redundant fans and power supplies per node.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

EPC800 Rack Options

• One redundant Power Distribution Bus per rack.• One UPS 3KVA per rack.

13.4.1. Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer for EPC800

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer is the Escala Mini Tower Disk Cabinet designedin a Drawer; it provides additional disk storage to Escala EPC800 model.

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer features:

• Four bays for 1-inch disks (2.1GB, 4.2GB, 9.1GB) or 1.6-inch disks (9.1GB)• Two bays for 1-inch media/disks

The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer can contain six SCSI-2 SE 2.1/4.2/9.1GB internaldrives for a maximum total disk storage per cabinet of 54.6GB.The Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer comes without any media or disks.

Two media bays are available for the attachment of the following combinations of media devices:

• One 7/14 GB internal 8-mm tape drive• One 12/24 GB internal 4-mm tape drive• One 13/26 GB internal 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive

If the media bays are used, the maximum disk capacity is: 4x9.1 = 36.4GB

Attachment

An Escala EPC800 is required to support External Additional Disk/Media Drawers.Maximum four Escala External Additional Disk/Media Drawer can be attached (Noemie allows oneExternal Additional Disk/Media Drawer per node).

13.5. Power Distribution Bus

The Power Distribution Bus (PDB) provides up to 8 AC outlets: 6 to the drawers, 1 for a modem, 1 forthe CPC in a 19" rack.

The PDB occupies 1 EIA unit of vertical mounting space in the rack.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


EPC800 Description

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

I/O Extension

DUALCPU

board MEMORY BOARD

DUALCPU

board

MEMORY BOARD

Mem.mod.

Mem.mod

1" DISK

1" DISK

1.6" MEDIA/DISKCD-ROMFloppy

DUALCPU

board

Mem.mod.

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

DUALCPU

board

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MC

A a

dap

ter

MEMORY BOARD

Mem.mod.

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

MEMORY BOARD

Mem.mod.

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

Mem.mod

MC

A a

dap

ter

Empty slot for I/O Extension

RedundantPower Supply

SC

SI/

Eth

ern

et

Optional Media/Disk Expansion Drawer for EPC800

Requires 1 SCSI SE adapter

1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK 1"/1.6" DISK

1" MEDIA/DISK1" MEDIA/DISK


13.7.1. Power Kit 2-way 604e@200MHz CPU - 2MB L2 cache


• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache.


• Any EPC800 (no mix of PowerPC 604e@200MHz and PowerPC 604e@320MHz in the samenode).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

13.7.2. Power Kit 2-way 604e@320MHz CPU - 4MB L2 cache


• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.


• Any EPC800 (processors must be of the same type).

13.8. Upgrade Kits for the EPC800

13.8.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC 604e@200MHz to PowerPC 604e@320MHz

This Upgrade Kit contains the following items:

• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@320MHz - 4MB L2 cache.• Installations instructions.


• One Dual CPU module PowerPC 604e@200MHz - 2MB L2 cache

13.9. Extension Kits for the EPC800

13.9.1. MCA Buses Upgrade

This Extension Kit allows to extend an 8 MCA Slots EPC800 with a second high speed 160 MB/secMCA Bus, upgrading the number of slots up to 16.


• Any 8 MCA Slots EPC800.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

14. Escala EPC810


The Escala EPC810 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Up to 3additional I/O drawers can be added. Up to 2 disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks.The CEC, the I/O drawers and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included inan I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-plug system disk and will be referred to asthe primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.


The CEC contains:

• Up to two 2-way, or 4-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).• From 1GB to 64 GB of memory provided by 2 slots fitting 32-slot memory boards. Memory

boards can be populated by 1GB (8x128MB), 2GB (8x256MB), 4GB (8x512MB), or 8GB(8x1024MB) memory modules.

• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/Odrawers in a loop-like fashion.

• One redundant power supply.

The EPC810 CEC occupies 8U of vertical space.

The EPC810 supports 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor boards.Each processor has 128 KB of internal cache and 4 MB of L2 associative cache.EPC810 CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without re-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor canrecord this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at atime convenient to your processing schedule.



• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is freefor additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM)

• One floppy disk drive.• Fourteen hot plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit): 64-bit slots do not support 5V adapters.• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).• Four RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• One keyboard and one mouse port.• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC810 primary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

14.3. The EPC810 Secondary I/O Drawer

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The EPC810 secondary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.

14.4. The EPC810 Disk Drawer

• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (9.1GB,18.2GB, 36.4GB or 73.4GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multipleconfigurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.


The EPC810 disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.

The 10-bay disk drawers has been discontinued as of 31/01/2001.




Asynchronous and X25).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface. DAS with SCSI interface are only

supported in case of reconnection.• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Internal disk storage:2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.2x14x73.4GB=2055.2GB with 2 disk drawers.

• 64 GB of memory.• Up to 8 CPUs.• Up to 56 PCI slots.



Four 128-bit wide system buses running at 125 MHz (2 GB/s bandwidth per bus).Two 512-bit wide memory ports running at 62.5 MHz (4 GB/s bandwidth per port).Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/saggregate bandwidth).Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).




Notes:• EPC810 configurations with 2 or 4 processors require a 76A power regulator (REFG001).• EPC810 configurations with 6 or 8 processors require a 190A power regulator (REFG002).



• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC810 (one CPU slot available).





• Any EPC810 (one CPU slot available).

14.10.3. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 4-way RS64-III@500MHz








9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

14.11. Upgrade Kits from EPC810 to PL800R

This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC810 to a PL800R reconnecting the existing I/O drawers,including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC810 will havethe same memory and CPU capability as a PL800R.


• One basic upgrade kit from EPC810 to PL800R• And at least a "swap kit" that allows you to swap RS64-III@500MHz CPU boards with RS64-

IV@750MHz CPU boards. RS64-III CPU boards and RS64-IV CPU boards cannot be mixed onthe same machine.

Additional RS64-IV@750Mhz CPU can be added, if needed.

14.11.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC810 to PL800R The basic kit includes:

• One System Planar board• One Processor Power Regulator• One Processor Frequency Regulator• Installation instructions.


• One System Planar board

14.11.2. Swap 2-way RS64-III@500MHz with 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz


• One 2-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.


• An EPC810 with a 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.







9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003












9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

15. Escala PL800R

The Escala PL800R is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one I/O drawer. Up to 3additional I/O drawers can be added. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide hot-swap disks.The CEC, the I/O drawers and the disk drawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included inan I/O drawer. This I/O drawer may also contain a non hot-plug system disk and will be referred to asthe primary I/O drawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.

15.1. The PL800R CEC

The CEC contains:

• Up to two 2-way, or 4-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).• From 2GB to 64 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 2 slots fitting 32-slot memory boards.

Memory boards can be populated by 1GB (8x128MB), 2GB (8x256MB), 4GB (8x512MB) or 8GB(8x1024MB) memory modules.

• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/Odrawers in a loop-like fashion.

• One redundant power supply.


The PL800R supports the following processor boards:• 2-way and 4-way PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI)

processor boards with 8 MB of L2 associative cache per processor.• 2-way PowerPC RS64-III@500MHz 64-bit processor board with 4 MB of L2 associative cache per

processor.Each processor has 128 KB of L1 internal cache.

PL800R CPU de-allocation function enables the system to take a failing processor off line without re-booting the system in the remote possibility that a failure should occur. The service processor canrecord this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition.Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at atime convenient to your processing schedule.



• Two media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and one is freefor additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM)

• One floppy disk drive.• Fourteen hot plug PCI slots (ten 64-bit and four 32-bit): 64-bit slots do not support 5V adapters.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• Integrated Ethernet 10/100Mbps.• Two integrated SCSI controllers (SCSI-2 Fast Wide and Ultra2).• Four RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard and one mouse port.• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL800R primary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.


• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).• Fourteen PCI slots (10*64-bit and 4*32-bit).• One redundant hot-swap power supply.

The PL800R secondary I/O drawer occupies 5 Units of vertical space.


• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks ( 18.2GB,36.4GB, 73.4GB or 146.8GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two(optional) separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multipleconfigurations using AIX software mirroring or RAID options.




• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters (FDDI, Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring,

Asynchronous and X25).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface. DAS with SCSI interface are only

supported in case of reconnection.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Internal disk storage:2x36.4GB=72.8GB in the primary I/O drawer.4x14x146.8GB=8220.8GB with four disk drawers.

• 64 GB of memory.• Up to 8 CPUs.• Up to 56 PCI slots.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


Four 128-bit wide system buses running at 150 MHz (2.4GB/s bandwidth per bus).Two 512-bit wide memory ports running at 75 MHz (4.8 GB/s bandwidth per port).Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (1 GB/saggregate bandwidth).Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).




Notes:• PL800R configurations with processors running at 500MHz require a 76A power regulator and a

processor frequency regulator (CKTG163).• PL800R configurations with processors running at 750MHz require an RS64-IV power regulator

and a processor frequency regulator (CKTG164).





• Any PL800R (one CPU slot available).








9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003






15.10.4. Swap 2-way RS64-IV@750MHz with 4-way RS64-IV@750MHz




















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

15.10.7. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@750 MHz CPU Boards

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the PL800R computing power intwo-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacityis demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity ischecked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala PL800R system and as an add-on for an installed PL800R base.

15.10.7.1. Power On Demand with zero operational ways (on additional CPU boards)

This Power Kit contains the following:

• One 4-way CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-IV@750MHz (CPKG235)” for a total of 2, or 4 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:• A PL800R with one four-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz and one free CPU slot.• Silver GlobalCare contract.• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

15.10.7.2. Power On Demand with two operational ways (on additional CPU boards)


• One 4- way CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-IV@750MHz(CPKG235)” for a total of 4 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:• A PL800R with at least one four-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@750MHz and one free CPU slot.• Silver GlobalCare contract.• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

16. Escala PL820R18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003

The Escala PL820R is based on a single rack drawer, the PL820R drawer . Up to 8 I/O drawer can beadded to provide additionnal PCI slots. Up to four disk drawers can be added to provide additional hot-swap disks. These drawers must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL820R andLPAR configurations.


This drawer contains:

• Up to four 2-way processor boards (for a total of 2, 4, 6 or 8 processors).• From 2GB to 64 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by 8 slots located on the 2-way CPU

boards. Each CPU board can house up to 16 GB of memory. Each processor card must have anequal amount of memory installed.

• Up to 8 Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect a maximum of fourI/O drawers in a loop-like fashion for a maximum of 8 I/O drawer per PL820R. (the number ofRIO loops must be les or equal to the number of 2-way processor cards).

• The system service processor• 7 hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 2 integrated Ultra3 SCSI busses (one for an internal port and one for an external port)• 4 hot-swap disk bays• 2 open bays for auto-docking media• 1 floppy disk 1.44 MB 3”1/2• Keyboard and mouse ports• 1 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port• 4 serial ports• 2 serial ports dedicated for HMC attachement• Redundant hot-plug power supplies• Up to 8 dynamic partitions.



8 MB of L3 cache per processor card. A 1.5 MB L2 cache is shared between the 2 processors onthe board.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

The following table provides the number of I/O drawers and the amount of memory supporteddepending on the number of CPU boards installed in the PL820R.

Number of CPUboards installed


Maximum number ofI/O drawers supported

Maximum number ofRIO loops

1 16 GB 4 12 32 GB 8 23 48 GB 8 34 64 GB 8 4

16.2. The PL820R I/O Expansion Drawer

• Five 64-bit hot plug PCI-X slots (133 Mhz ; 3.3 V)• One 64-bit hot-plug PCI slot (33 MHz; 5V)• Redundant hot-plug power supply and cooling.

The PL820R I/O expansion drawer occupies 4 Units of vertical space. Two PL820R I/O expansiondrawer can fit side by side in a 19” rack.


• 14 disk slots divided into two groups of seven slots for hot-swap Ultra3 SCSI disks (36.4GB,73.4GB or 146.8 GB). Disk drives can be installed on a single SCSI bus or on two (optional)separate SCSI buses with up to seven drives per bus. This flexibility allows multiple configurationsusing AIX software mirroring or RAID options.

• Redundant power supply and cooling fans.• Up to four disk drawers.

The PL820R disk drawer occupies 3 Units of vertical space.



• Fibre Channel Adapter (FC-AL – 2 Gb/s).• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• 4 Internal disk storage: 4x146.8GB=587.2GB.• 7 Internal hot plug PCI-X bus slots• 64 GB of RAM memory.• Up to 8 CPUs.

Additional hot plug PCI-X slots :• Up to 48 additional hot plug PCI-X slots with 8 Base I/O expansion drawer (8 x 6 ).• Up to 56 additional hot plug PCI –X slots with 8 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (8 x 7).

External Storage :• Up to 96 external disks with 8 Expansion Drawer DRWG048 (8 x 12)• Up to 56 external disks with 4 Storage plus disk Expansion Cabinet DRWG021/022 (4 x 14)




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

16.7. Buses Frequency and Bandwith

Communication between the processor cards is made by a “fabric bus” using 8 bytes to read and 8bytes to write. The processor to fabric bus clock ratio is 2:1 providing:• 5.8 GB/s aggregated peak bandwidth with 1.45 GHz processor (23.2 GB/s for an 8-way system)• 4.8 GB/s aggregated peak bandwidth with 1.2 GHz processor (19.2 GB/s for an 8-way system).

The processor I/O path is through a “GX bus” using 8 bytes to read and 8 bytes to write. The processorto fabric bus clock ratio is 3:1 providing:• 3.87 GB/s bandwidth with 1.45 GHz processor (15.47 GB/s for an 8-way system)• 3.2 GB/s bandwidth with 1.2 GHz processor (12.8 GB/s for an 8-way system).

The processor to Level3 cache clock speed ratio is 3:1 providing :• 15.47 GB/s of bandwidth for 1.45 GHz processors (61.9 GB/s for an 8-way system)• 12.8 GB/s of bandwidth for 1.2 GHz processors (51.2 GB/s for an 8-way system).

Memory aggregated bandwidth is 6.4 GB/s (25.6 GB/s in an 8-way system) provided through four 8bytes data path to memory.

Internal PCI-X slots:• 6 Internal PCI-X slots run at 133 MHz providing 1 GB/s bandwidth• 1 internal PCI-X slot at 66 MHz providing 528 MB/s bandwidth

Eight RIO ports, each with bidirectional 8-bit wide links that operate at 500 MHz (2 GB/s aggregatebandwidth per loop).Eight I/O drawers, each equipped with 2 PCI-X buses 133 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (1 GB/s bandwidthper bus).Each Base I/O expansion drawer has 6 PCI slots:• 5 PCI-X slots at 133 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (1 GB/s)• 1 PCI slot at 33 MHz, 64 bit, 5V (264 MB/s).

Each Expansion Drawer DRWG048 has 7 PCI slots:• 7 PCI-X slots at 133 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (1 GB/s) for providing 1 GB/s per bus• Extended Error Handling (EEH) support• 5V PCI adapters are not supported

16.8. RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

The RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attachingI/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003




16.10.1. CPU Board with 2-way 1.2 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 8MB L3 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way [email protected] CPU board - 8MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements• Any PL820R with one CPU slot available.• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same P.L820R

16.10.2. CPU Board with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+ processor card - 32MB L3 cache

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 2-way [email protected] CPU board - 32MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements• Any PL820R with one CPU slot available.• 1.2 GHz processor cards and 1.45 GHz processor cards cannot be mixed in the same P.L820R

16.10.3. Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+

The Power Kit contains the following items: Swap 2-way 1.2 GHz with 2-way 1.45 GHz POWER4+• One 2-way [email protected] CPU board - 32MB L3 cache

Operational Requirements• Any PL820R with one 2-way POWER4+ @ 1.2 GHz CPU board installed.• All the 2-way 1.2 GHz CPU boards must be swapped




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



The PL820R can be divided into up to 8 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to eachLPAR.A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.A partition must have at least a SCSI and Ethernet adapter/controller. Note that the integrated internalSCSI bus and the integrated external SCSI bus must be assigned to the same partition.All the internal disk drives and media must be assigned to the same partition.External disk drives must be provided for all but the first partition. AIX does not support disklessLPAR operation.When running LPAR with AIX V5.1, fully populated processor cards cannot mix memory DIMMswith different capacities on the same card.









9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

17. Escala EPC1200

Discontinued: 30/11/1999.All Addons discontinued: 08/07/2002.

The Escala EPC1200 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/Odrawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U Rack called the CEC Rack. The I/Odrawers must be racked in a 19-inch I/O Rack.

A service processor provides all the features for maintenance (tests, survey, alarm) and is included inan I/O drawer. This I/O drawer also contains the system disk and will be referred to as the primary I/Odrawer. Additional I/O drawers are called secondary I/O drawers.


The CEC contains:

• One, two, or three 4-way processor boards (for a total of 4, 8, or 12 processors).• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 512 MB

(4x128MB), 1GB (4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB) or 8GB (4x2048MB).(Although the system can house 40GB of memory, 32GB are supported.)


The EPC1200 supports two 64-bit processors: PowerPC RS64@125MHz and [email protected] processor board contains four processors with 64 KB internal cache and 4MB (for the RS64) or8MB (for the RS64-II) L2 associative cache on each processor.


• Twelve disk bays: 11 for 9.1GB or 18.2 GB hot-plug Fast Wide SCSI internal disks and one for amandatory 4.5 GB or 9.1 GB disk.

• Three media bays for internal media devices: one is occupied by a CD-ROM drive and two are freefor additional media (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).

• One floppy disk drive• Fourteen PCI slots (11 free slots) on 4 PCI buses

One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).One PCI slot is dedicated to a SCSI controller to drive the drawer's internal disks.One PCI slot is dedicated to a SCSI controller to drive the drawer's internal media.

• Two RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard port and 1 mouse port.• One dual Ultra2 SCSI PCI adapter.• Dual redundant hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Two areas of 6 disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSIinternal disks. Each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus.

• Two media bays for internal media devices (DAT, VDAT, or CD-ROM).• Fourteen PCI slots (5*64-bit and 9*32-bit).




Asynchronous and X25)• DAS SCSI RAID subsystems.• DAS fibre RAID subsystems with FC-AL interface.• DAE5000 JBOD enclosures with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.• Overland DLT tape library (DLT4000 or DLT7000) with SCSI interface.


• Internal disk storage:1x9.1GB + (11x18.2GB)=209.3GB with one I/O drawer.209.3GB+(3x218.4GB)=864.5GB with 4 I/O drawers.

• 32 GB of memory.• Up to 3 quad-CPU boards (i.e. 12-way).• Up to 14 PCI slots per I/O drawer.• Up to 56 PCI slots with four I/O drawers.





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


EPC1200 Description

S2S1

ParrallelKeyboard/

Mouse

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e s

lots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e s

lots

EPC1200 CEC

Media: VDAT, DAT,

CD-ROM

9.1 GB or

18.2 GB disks

(one 4.5 or 9.1 GB disk is mandatory)

1 GB to 32 GB by adding

4*128MB, 4*256MB, 4*512MB, 4*1GB

or 4*2GB memory modules


or PowerPC RS64@125MHzby adding 4-CPU boards

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

Service Processor

12 areasfor

1’’ disks

12 areasfor

1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

SCSI

SCSI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

S1 S2

Keyboard/Mouse

Parrallel

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Empty Bay for

2 media

Empty Bay for

2 media

EPC1200 Primary Drawer

1 to 3 EPC1200 Secondary Drawer

(Optional)

Free area for1 medium

CDROM

Floppy

12 areasfor

1’’ disks

12 areasfor

1’’ disks

Free area for1 medium


17.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64@125MHz - 4MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU



• One quad-PowerPC RS64@125MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC1200 (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200 from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgrade from8 CPU to 12 CPU.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

17.8.2. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU



• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC1200 (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200 from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgrade from8 CPU to 12 CPU.

17.9. Upgrade Kits for the EPC1200

17.9.1. Upgrade Kit from PowerPC RS64@125MHz to PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz


This Upgrade Kit contains the following items:

• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache.• Installations instructions.


• One quad-PowerPC RS64@125MHz CPU board - 4MB L2 cache.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

18. Escala EPC1200A

Discontinued: 31/12/2000.All Addons discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The Escala EPC1200A is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/Odrawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/Odrawer must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.


18.1. The EPC1200A CEC

The CEC contains:

• One, two, or three 4-way processor boards (for a total of 4, 8, or 12 processors).• From 512 MB to 32 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 512 MB

(4x128MB), 1GB (4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB) or 8GB (4x2048MB).(Although the system can house 40GB of memory, 32GB are supported.)


The EPC1200A supports the PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz 64-bit processors.Each processor board contains four processors with 64KB internal cache and 8MB L2 associativecache on each processor.

18.2. The EPC1200A Primary I/O Drawer

• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSIinternal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary


• One floppy disk drive• Fourteen PCI slots (11 or 12 free slots depending on the disk areas configuration) on 4 PCI buses

One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for mediaOne or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to adifferent SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first areaand the second bus for the second area.Note: some models were delivered with a dual Ultra2 SCSI controller to connect media and disks.

• Two RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.• One keyboard and one mouse port.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.• Dual redundant hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.

The EPC1200A I/O drawer occupies 10 Units of vertical space.

18.3. The EPC1200A Secondary I/O Drawer








• Internal disk storage:12x18.2GB=218.4GB with one I/O drawer.4x218.4GB=873.6GB with 4 I/O drawers.






9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

18.7. EPC1200A Description

EPC1200A Description

S2S1

ParrallelKeyboard/

Mouse

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC1200A CEC

Media: VDAT, DAT,

CD-ROM

9.1GB or

18.2 GB disks


4*128MB, 4*256MB, 4*512MB, 4*1GB

or 4*2GB memory modules


by adding 4-CPU boards

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

Service Processor

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Ultra SCSI

Ultra SCSI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Free area for1 mediumFree area for

1 medium

S1 S2

Keyboard/Mouse

Parrallel

PCI

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Empty Bay for

2 media

Empty Bay for

2 media

EPC1200A Primary Drawer

1 to 3 EPC1200A Secondary Drawer

(Optional)

CDROM

Floppy

18.8. Power Kits for the EPC1200A

18.8.1. Power Kit Quad-CPU RS64-II@262MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU


The Power Kit contains the following items:• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC1200A (a CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).

Remarks

• There are two different boards to upgrade the EPC1200A from 4 CPU to 8 CPU and to upgradefrom 8 CPU to 12 CPU.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

18.9. Upgrade Kits from the EPC1200A to the EPC2400


This upgrade kit allows to upgrade an EPC1200A to an EPC2400 reconnecting the existing I/Odrawers including disks, media, disk adapters and communication adapters. The upgraded EPC1200Awill have the same memory and CPU capability as an EPC2400.


• At least one basic upgrade kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400• A "swap kit" that allows you to swap each additional quad-RS64-II@262MHz CPU board with a

six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.

18.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC1200A to EPC2400 The basic kit includes:

• One Escala EPC2400 CEC.• One six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board with 8MB of L2 cache.• One service processor.• A cabling set for the primary I/O drawer.• One remote I/O hub - dual loop.• AIX 4.3.3 operating system CD-ROMs.• Installation instructions.


• EPC1200A CEC.• One quad PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board.• One service processor.• Replaced cables.• One remote I/O hub - dual loop.• Memory on the EPC1200A. The client has to acquire new memory for the upgraded machine.

18.9.2. Swap Kit for Additional Quad RS64-II@262MHz CPU Boards

This kit contains the following items:• One six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board.• Installation instructions.


• One quad-PowerPC RS64-II@262MHz CPU board.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

19. Escala PL1600R & 1600R+CPUG075/CPUG077/CPUG080 Discontinued: December 31, 2003

The Escala PL1600R/R+ is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC), a media drawer andone to three I/O drawers. The CEC, the I/O drawers and the media drawer must be racked in a 24-inchrack. Other additional drawers (e.g. DAS) must be racked in a 19-inch rack.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL1600R &PL1600R+ and LPAR configurations.

19.1. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC

The CEC contains:

• Up to two Multi-Chip Modules (MCM); each MCM contains 4 or 8 POWER4 processors and 5.6MB of L2 cache shared between the processors providing each processor with 0.72 MB of L2cache for 8 processors MCM and 1.44MB of L2 cache for 4 processors MCM.

• These processors run at 1.1 GHz with PL1600R and 1.5 GHz with PL1600R+• Each processor contains 32 KB of data cache and 64 KB of instruction cache.• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM. The L3 cache operates at 366 MHz.• From 4 GB to 128 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by up to 4 memory cards. Memory cards

capacity can be 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, or 32 GB.• Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect each I/O drawer in a loop-like

fashion. Four RIO ports are provided to connect the first and second I/O drawers. A RIO LoopAdapter must be added to provide additional RIO ports allowing the attachment of the third I/Odrawer.

• Service Processor.• 4 serial ports (2 dedicated to the HMC - Hardware Management Console).

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ CEC is a 17U, 24-inch rack mounted drawer.

The following table provides the number of I/O drawer and the amount of memory supporteddepending on the number of MCMs installed inPL1600R & PL1600R+.

Number ofMCMs installed

Number / type of CPUswith PL1600R

Maximum Memorywith PL1600R


1 4 or 8 / 1.1GHz 64 GB 22 16 / 1.1 GHz 128 GB 3


Number / type of CPUswith PL1600R+

Maximum Memorywith PL1600R+


1 4 or 8 / 1.5GHz 128 GB 22 16 / 1.5 GHz 256 GB 3



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

19.2. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O Drawer

At least one I/O drawer is mandatory in each PL1600R or PL1600R+.Each I/O drawer is divided in two separate PCI planars. Each half allows:• Ten 64-bit PCI slots (seven 3.3V, 66 MHz and three 5V, 32 MHz)• Eight hot-swap disk bays• Two Ultra3 SCSI controllers used to connect the 8 internal disks by sets of 4.

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ I/O drawer is a 4U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

Note: the first I/O drawer delivered in the PL1600R & PL1600R+ base only contains one PCI planar;the second PCI planar for the first I/O drawer is available as an option.

Number of PCI Adapters supported withPL1600R I/O Drawer versus

PL1600R+ I/O Drawer

Maximum perI/O Drawer

Maximum persystem


20/20 40/59


10/20 30/59


10/20 30/59


10/20 30/59


na/20 na/40


na/20 na/59


na/20 na/40

19.3. The PL1600R & PL1600R+ Media Drawer

This media drawer is required for each PL1600R or PL1600R+.It is split into 2 separate sections.The front section provides:• One floppy disk• Two media bays for DAT, CD-ROM or DVD-RAM.The rear section provides two additional media bays for CD-ROM.Each section must be attached to separate PCI adapters located in one of the I/O drawers.

The PL1600R & PL1600R+ media drawer is a 1U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



The PL1600R & PL1600R+ can be divided into up to 16 logical partitions. System resources can bededicated to each LPAR.A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.I/O adapters in PCI slots and the integrated Ultra3 SCSI controllers of the I/O drawers may beallocated to an LPAR on an individual basis, but it is recommended to assign half I/O drawer perLPAR whenever possible.








• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• 128 GB of system memory with PL1600R.• 256 GB of system memory with PL1600R+.• Up to 16 CPUs.• Up to 16 internal disks and up to 20 PCI slots per Drawer• Up to 48 internal disks and up to 60 PCI slots with up to 3 maximum drawers




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

19.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R :

• Maximum memory bandwidth : More than 100 GB per second.• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2 GB of data per second.

• Each half I/O drawer provides:seven PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)three PCI slots at 64-bit, 5V, 32 MHz (256 MB/s)

19.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL1600R+ :

• Maximum memory bandwidth : More than 100 GB per second.• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2.6 GB of data per second.• Each half I/O drawer provides ten PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003




Note: Power kits including processors provide additional power cables, DC Power Converters,Capacitor books and Processor Bus Pass Through Modules as needed.

19.12.1. 4-way POWER4 Processor


• One 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.


• Any PL1600R with no MCM board installed.

19.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.


• Any PL1600R with no MCM board installed or with an 8-way MCM board installed and one CPUslot available.

19.12.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4


• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.


• Any PL1600R with one 4-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.

The removed parts become the property of Bull.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

19.13. Power Kits for the PL1600R+

19.13.1. 4-way POWER4+ Processor


• One 4-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.


• Any PL1600R+ with no MCM board installed.

19.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Processor


• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128MB L3 cache.


• Any PL1600R+ with no MCM board installed or with an 8-way MCM board installed and oneCPU slot available

19.13.3. Swap 4-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+


• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board with 128 MB L3 cache.












9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

19.13.5. Swap 8 way POWER4 with 16-way POWER4+














9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

20. Escala EPC2400


The Escala EPC2400 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/Odrawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/Odrawer must be racked in a 19-inch I/O rack.


The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2400 computing power intwo-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it.


The CEC contains:• One, two, three or four 6-way processor boards (for a total of 6, 12, 18 or 24 processors).• From 2GB to 64GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 1GB

(4x256MB), 2GB (4x512MB), 4GB (4x1024MB), 8GB (4x2048MB) or 16GB (4x4096MB).• One Remote I/O (RIO) controller supporting 4 connections at 500MB/s. These are used to connect

the I/O drawers.• Redundant power and redundant cooling.

The EPC2400 supports PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz 64-bit processors.Each processor board contains six processors with 128KB internal cache and 8MB L2 associativecache on each processor.


• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSIinternal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary.



One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for mediaOne or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to adifferent SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first areaand the second bus for the second area.Note: some models were delivered with a dual Ultra2 SCSI controller to connect media and disks.

• Two RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• One keyboard and one mouse port.• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.• Dual hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.
















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


EPC2400 Description

S2S1

ParrallelKeyboard/

Mouse

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC2400 CEC

Media: VDAT, DAT,

CD-ROM

9.1GB or

18.2 GB disks


4*256MB, 4*512MB, 4*1GB4*2GB or 4*4GBmemory modules

6 to 24 PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz

by adding 6-CPU boards

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

Service Processor

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Ultra SCSI

Ultra SCSI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

S1 S2

Keyboard/Mouse

Parrallel

PCI

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Empty Bay for

2 media

Empty Bay for

2 media



(Optional)

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs


1 medium

CDROM

Floppy


20.8.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz - 8MB L2 cache per CPU.


• Any EPC2400 (one CPU slot available - 4 CPU slots maximum).• 18- and 24-CPU configurations require a power supply extension (PSKG006).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

20.8.2. Power On Demand

The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2400 computing power intwo-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it. When additional capacityis demanded, the Power on Demand feature enables additional CPUs simply using an AIX command.The company pays when the additional capacity is turned on. The additional activated capacity ischecked by the Bull remote maintenance center.

Power on Demand is available as an option when acquiring an Escala EPC2400 system and as an add-on for an installed EPC2400 base.

20.8.2.1. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on the first CPU board)


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated

2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450MHz(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:• Initial order of an EPC2400.• Silver GlobalCare contract.• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.8.2.2. Power On Demand with zero operational ways


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.

Operational Requirements:• An EPC2400 with at least one standard six-CPU board and one free CPU slot.• Silver GlobalCare contract.• Remote maintenance via modem and a customer connection agreement.

20.8.2.3. Power On Demand with two operational ways


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


20.8.2.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways



2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450 MHz(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.



20.9.1. Basic Upgrade Kit from EPC2400 to EPC2450 This upgrade kit allows to upgrade the first six-way RS64-III@450MHz CPU board of an EPC2400 toa six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU board. Additional six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU boards canbe ordered as needed.

The basic kit includes:

• One six-way RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU board with 16 MB of L2 cache.• Installation instructions.


• One six-way PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz CPU board with 8 MB of L2 cache.

This upgrade kit allows an EPC2400 to have the same memory capacity as an EPC2450: up to 96 GBof memory using 32 GB quad-memory boards.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

21. Escala EPC2450

The Escala EPC2450 is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC) and one to four I/Odrawers. The CEC is packaged inside a dedicated 19-inch 32U rack called the CEC rack. The I/Odrawer must be racked in a 36U I/O rack.


The Power on Demand (PoD) option allows customers to upgrade the EPC2450 computing power intwo-CPU increments, adding just the capacity they need when they need it.


The CEC contains:• One, two, three or four 6-way processor boards (for a total of 6, 12, 18 or 24 processors).• From 2 GB to 96 GB of memory provided by 5 slots fitting quad-memory boards of 2 GB

(4x512MB), 4 GB (4x1024MB), 8 GB (4x2048MB,) 16 GB (4x4096MB) or 32 GB (4x8192MB).• Four Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO port is necessary to connect a maximum of two I/O

drawers in a loop-like fashion.• Redundant power and redundant cooling.

The EPC2450 supports the following processor boards:• PowerPC RS64-IV@600 MHz 64-bit copper-based, silicon-on-insulator (SOI) processors with 16

MB L2 associative cache on each processor• PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz 64-bit processors with 8 MB L2 associative cache on each

processor.Each processor board contains six processors with 128 KB internal cache.


• Two areas of 6 Disk bays (total of 12 disk bays) for 9.1GB or 18.2GB hot-plug Ultra2 SCSIinternal disks; each area must be driven by a dedicated SCSI bus; at least one disk is necessary.



One PCI slot is dedicated to the service processor (PowerPC 603).One PCI slot is dedicated to an Ultra SCSI controller for mediaOne or two PCI slots are dedicated to SCSI controllers to connect each area of disk bays to adifferent SCSI bus (depending on the system configuration). The first bus is used for the first areaand the second bus for the second area.

• Two RS232 serial ports.• One parallel port.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

• One keyboard and one mouse port.• Two Ultra SCSI PCI adapters.• Dual hot-swap power supplies for enhanced reliability.
















9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


EPC2450 Description

S2S1

ParrallelKeyboard/

Mouse

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

EPC2450 CEC

Media: VDAT, DAT,

CD-ROM

9.1GB or

18.2 GB disks


4*512MB, 4*1GB, 4*2GB, 4*4GB or 4*8GBmemory modules

6 to 24 PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz

or PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz by adding 6-CPU boards

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

4 m

emor

y m

odul

e sl

ots

Service Processor

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Ultra SCSI

Ultra SCSI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

S1 S2

Keyboard/Mouse

Parrallel

PCI

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

Empty Bay for

6 x 1’’ disks

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

PCI

Empty Bay for

2 media

Empty Bay for

2 media



(Optional)

6 C

PUs

6 C

PUs


1 medium

CDROM

Floppy


Ten 128-bit wide system buses (2 to each processor card and 2 to the I/O interface) running at 150MHz (2.4 GB/s bandwidth per bus).Four 512-bit wide memory ports running at 75 MHz (4.8 GB/s bandwidth per port).Four RIO ports, each with 2 uni-directional 8-bit wide links that operate at 250 MHz (500 MB/saggregate bandwidth).Four I/O drawers, each equipped with a 66 MHz, 64 bit-wide bus (528 MB/s bandwidth).Each I/O drawer has 14 PCI slots:• 10 slots at 66 MHz, 64 bit, 3.3V (528 MB/s)• 4 slots at 33 MHz, 32 bit, 5V (132 MB/s).



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


21.9.1. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600 MHz - 16 MB L2 cache per CPU.



21.9.2. Power Kit Six-CPU RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 Associative Cache per CPU


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450 MHz - 8 MB L2 cache per CPU.



21.9.3. Power On Demand with RS64-IV@600 MHz CPU Boards





• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003




• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG209)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.




• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-IV@600MHz (CPKG209)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.


21.9.3.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on additional CPU boards)


• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-IV@600MHz – 16MB L2 cache with four CPUs activated





9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

21.9.4. Power On Demand with RS64-III@450 MHz CPU Boards






2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450MHz(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.




• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with no CPU activated

2 to 6 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 2, 4 or 6 activated CPUs.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003



• One six-CPU board PowerPC RS64-III@450MHz – 8MB L2 cache with two CPUs activated

2 to 4 CPUs can be activated in increments of 2 using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of2 RS64-III@450 MHz (CPKG210)” for a total of 4 or 6 activated CPUs.


21.9.4.4. Power On Demand with four operational ways (on additional CPU boards)



2 CPUs can be activated using the “Power On Demand – Upgrade Capacity of 2 RS64-III@450 MHz(CPKG210)” for a total of 6 activated CPUs.




9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

22. Escala PL3200R & 3200R+CPUG075/CPUG077/CPUG080 Discontinued: December 31, 2003

The Escala PL3200R/R+ is composed of a Central Electronics Complex (CEC), a media drawer andone to eight I/O drawers. The CEC, the I/O drawers and the media drawer must be racked in a 24-inchrack. Other additional drawers (e.g. DAS) must be racked in a 19-inch rack.Up to 2 Optional Battery Backups will be available in 2Q2002.

A Hardware Management Console (HMC) provides the set of functions to manage the PL3200R &PL3200R+ and LPAR configurations.

22.1. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC

The CEC contains:• Up to four Multi-Chip Modules (MCM); each MCM contains 8 POWER4 processors and 5.6 MB

of L2 cache shared between the eight processors providing each processor with 0.72 MB of L2cache.

• POWER4 processors can run at 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz with PL3200R.• POWER4+ processors can run at 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz with PL3200R+.• All processors must operate at the same speed.• Each processor contains 32 KB of data cache and 64 KB of instruction cache.• 128 MB of L3 cache per MCM. The L3 cache operates at 400 MHz for 1.1 GHz processors and

433 MHz for 1.3 GHz processors• From 8 GB to 256 GB of Chipkill ECC memory provided by up to 8 memory cards. Memory cards

capacity can be 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, or 32 GB.• Remote I/O (RIO) ports. A pair of RIO ports is necessary to connect each I/O drawer in a loop-like

fashion. Four RIO ports are provided to connect the first and second I/O drawers. In order toconnect subsequent I/O drawers, additional RIO ports must be added in the form of RIO books of 8RIO ports allowing to connect up to 4 I/O drawers. All the RIO ports of an RIO book must be usedbefore adding another RIO book.

• Redundant power and cooling.• Service Processor.• 4 serial ports (2 dedicated to the HMC - Hardware Management Console).

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ CEC is a 17U, 24-inch rack mounted drawer.

The following table provides the number of I/O drawer and the amount of memory supporteddepending on the number of MCMs installed inPL3200R & PL3200R+.


Number / type of CPUsWith PL3200R

Maximum Memorywith PL3200R


1 8 / 1.1GHz or 1.3 GHz 64 GB 22 16 / 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz 128 GB 43 24 / 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz 192 GB 64 32 / 1.1 GHz or1.3 GHz 256 GB 8



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


Number / type of CPUsWith PL3200R+

Maximum Memorywith PL3200R+


1 8 / 1.5GHz or 1.7 GHz 128 GB 22 16 / 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz 256 GB 43 24 / 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz 384 GB 64 32 / 1.5 GHz or1.37GHz 512 GB 8

22.2. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O Drawer

At least one I/O drawer is mandatory in each PL3200R or PL3200R+.Each I/O drawer is divided in two separate halves. Each half contains:• Ten 64-bit PCI slots (seven 3.3V, 66 MHz and three 5V, 32 MHz)• Eight hot-swap disk bays• Two Ultra3 SCSI controllers used to connect the 8 internal disks by sets of 4.

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ I/O drawer is a 4U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.

Number of PCI Adapters supported withPL3200R I/O Drawer versus

PL3200R+ I/O Drawer

Maximum perDrawer

Maximum persystem


20/20 40/140


10/20 40/139


10/20 40/139


10/20 40/139


na/20 na/40


na/20 na/80


na/20 na/40



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

22.3. The PL3200R & PL3200R+ Media Drawer

This media drawer is required for each PL3200R or PL3200R+.It is split into 2 separate sections.The front section provides:• One floppy disk• Two media bays for DAT, CD-ROM or DVD-RAM.The rear section provides two additional media bays for CD-ROM.Each section must be attached to separate PCI adapters located in one of the I/O drawers.

The PL3200R & PL3200R+ media drawer is a 1U, 24-inch rack-mounted drawer.


Static LPAR is supported with AIX V5.1 or V5.2. Dynamic LPAR requires AIX V5.2.The PL3200R can be divided into up to 16 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated toeach LPAR.A minimum of one processor is required per LPAR.I/O adapters in PCI slots and the integrated Ultra3 SCSI controllers of the I/O drawers may beallocated to an LPAR on an individual basis, but it is recommended to assign half I/O drawer perLPAR whenever possible.









9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


• Fibre Channel Adapter.• Communications adapters Ethernet 10/100Mb/s, Gigabit Ethernet, Token Ring, Asynchronous).• DAS fibre RAID disk subsystems with FC-AL interface.• EMC disk subsystems with SCSI or FC-AL interface.


• 256 GB of system memory with PL3200R.• 512 GB of system memory with PL3200R+.• Up to 32 CPUs.• Up to 16 internal disks and up to 20 PCI slots per Drawer• Up to 128 internal disks and up to 160 PCI slots with up to 8 maximum drawers



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003


22.8. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R :

• Per MCM, the system can transfer up to 51.2 GB of information per second between processorsand memory.

• L3 cache: data transmitted to and from the POWER4 chip at a speed of one-third of the processorfrequency; rate of data transfer between the L3 cache and the POWER4 chip can reach 13.8 GB ofdata per second.

• Maximum memory bandwidth : 204.8 GB per second.For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2 GB of data per second.• Each half I/O drawer provides:

seven PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s)three PCI slots at 64-bit, 5V, 32 MHz (256 MB/s)

• Reminder: each MCM holds 4 POWER4 chips; each POWER4 chip contains 2 processors



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

22.9. Buses frequency and bandwidth with PL3200R+ :

• Per MCM, the system can transfer up to 51.2 GB of information per second between processorsand memory.

• L3 cache: data transmitted to and from the POWER4+ chip at a speed of one-third of the processorfrequency.

• Maximum memory bandwidth : more than 204.8 GB per second.• For each I/O drawer, the 2 RIO ports offer a bandwidth of 2.6 GB of data per second.• Each half I/O drawer provides ten PCI slots at 64-bit, 3.3V, 66 MHz (528 MB/s).• Reminder: each MCM holds 4 POWER4+ chips; each POWER4+ chip contains 2 processors







22.12.1. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (First)

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM board.



22.12.2. 8-way POWER4 Processor Option (Additional)



• Any PL3200R with at least one MCM board installed and one CPU slot available.



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

22.12.3. 128 MB L3 Cache, 400MHz

128 MB L3 cache operating at 400MHz is necessary for each 8-way [email protected] MCM board.

22.12.4. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First)




22.12.5. 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (Additional)



• Any PL3200R with at least one MCM board installed and one CPU slot available.

22.12.6. 128 MB L3 Cache, 433MHz

128 MB L3 cache operating at 433MHz is necessary for each 8-way [email protected] MCM board.

22.12.7. Basic Upgrade Kit from 24-to 32-way

The Power Kit contains the following items:• Four 8-way POWER4 @ 1.3 GHz MCM boards.• Four 128 MB L3 cache at 433 MHz.


• Any PL3200R with three 8-way POWER4 @ 1.1 GHz MCM boards.

The removed MCM boards and L3 cache become the property of Bull.

22.13. Power Kits for the PL3200R+


22.13.1. 8-way POWER4+ Processor Option



9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board.


Any PL3200R+ with no MCM board installed.

22.13.2. 8-way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option

The Power Kit contains the following items:• One 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.7 GHz MCM board.


Any PL3200R+ with no MCM board installed.

22.13.3. Swap 8-way POWER4 with 8-way POWER4+ (First & Add)














9pw5s1c2.doc Rev8 04/12/2003













22.13.7. Swap 8-way POWER4+ with 8-way POWER4+




• Any PL3200R+ with one 8-way POWER4+ @ 1.5 GHz MCM board.



Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems 1/1269pw5s1c3.doc Rev 8 05/12/2003

Chapter 3: External Storage and SAN Subsystems

1. EXTERNAL SUBSYSTEMS................................................................................................7

1.1. External Subsystems Summary Tables .....................................................................................................................7

2. DAS AND DAE FIBRE DISK SUBSYSTEMS.....................................................................8

2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series ..............................................82.1.1. Highlights...............................................................................................................................................................82.1.2. Disks ......................................................................................................................................................................82.1.3. DAE enclosure .....................................................................................................................................................102.1.4. iDAE Enclosure ...................................................................................................................................................132.1.5. DPE Enclosure .....................................................................................................................................................20

2.2. Disks and SP for CX line...........................................................................................................................................28

2.3. CX200 Mono SP.........................................................................................................................................................292.3.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................292.3.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................29

2.4. CX200 Dual SP...........................................................................................................................................................292.4.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................302.4.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................31



2.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems) ...........................................................................................362.7.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................362.7.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................362.7.3. SAN features ........................................................................................................................................................36

2.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems)........................................................................................................372.8.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................372.8.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................372.8.3. SAN features ........................................................................................................................................................38

2.9. DAS 4500 ....................................................................................................................................................................382.9.1. Highlights.............................................................................................................................................................382.9.2. Configurability and Packaging ............................................................................................................................392.9.3. SAN features ........................................................................................................................................................39

2.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2......................................................................................................................................402.10.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................402.10.2. Configurability and Packaging ..........................................................................................................................412.10.3. SAN Features .....................................................................................................................................................41



2.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) ..................................................................................................... 422.11.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 422.11.2. Configurability and Packaging .......................................................................................................................... 422.11.3. SAN features...................................................................................................................................................... 43

2.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems).......................................................................................... 432.12.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 432.12.2. Configurability and Packaging .......................................................................................................................... 432.12.3. SAN features...................................................................................................................................................... 44

3. DAS SCSI SUBSYSTEMS (DAS 1000, 2000 AND 3000 SERIES) ................................. 45

3.1. Highlights ................................................................................................................................................................... 45

3.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)........................................................................................................................ 46

3.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules ................................................................................................................................ 46

3.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet................................................................................................................................... 47



3.7. The Power Subsystem ............................................................................................................................................... 48

3.8. The Cooling Subsystem............................................................................................................................................. 48

3.9. The SCSI Host Connection....................................................................................................................................... 48

3.10. Disk Drives Specifications....................................................................................................................................... 49

3.11. Mirrored Caching Option....................................................................................................................................... 49

3.12. Single board Caching Option ................................................................................................................................. 49

3.13. Prerequisites & Configurability............................................................................................................................. 50

3.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 ..................................... 513.14.1. Basic Cabinet ..................................................................................................................................................... 513.14.2. Number of Disk Drives Allowed....................................................................................................................... 513.14.3. RAID Group Binding Rules .............................................................................................................................. 523.14.4. Number of Power Modules................................................................................................................................ 523.14.5. Number of Storage Processors (SP) .................................................................................................................. 523.14.6. Mirrored Cache.................................................................................................................................................. 523.14.7. Single Board Cache ........................................................................................................................................... 52

3.15. Performance............................................................................................................................................................. 53



4. DAS MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................54

4.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems .................................................................................................................54

4.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT) ......................................................................................544.2.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................544.2.2. Product’s Deployment..........................................................................................................................................564.2.3. Prerequisites.........................................................................................................................................................564.2.4. Licensing..............................................................................................................................................................56

4.3. Navisphere for AIX....................................................................................................................................................574.3.1. Product Overview ................................................................................................................................................574.3.2. Product’s Deployment..........................................................................................................................................584.3.3. Prerequisites.........................................................................................................................................................604.3.4. Licensing..............................................................................................................................................................60

4.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide ...............................................................................................................................61

4.5. ATF .............................................................................................................................................................................61

4.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base ......................................................................................................................62

4.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)...........................................................................................63

4.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)...................................................................................................................65

4.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2) ...............................................................................................................65

5. EMC² SYMMETRIX FAMILY SUBSYSTEMS ...................................................................66

5.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy ................................................................................................................................665.1.1. Highest Performance............................................................................................................................................665.1.2. Scalability ............................................................................................................................................................665.1.3. Connectivity.........................................................................................................................................................665.1.4. Information Protection .........................................................................................................................................665.1.5. Information Sharing .............................................................................................................................................675.1.6. Information Management.....................................................................................................................................67

5.2. Symmetrix Product Description...............................................................................................................................675.2.1. Host Channel connection .....................................................................................................................................675.2.2. Internal Data Flow ...............................................................................................................................................685.2.3. Disk Drives ..........................................................................................................................................................685.2.4. Disk Directors ......................................................................................................................................................685.2.5. Symmetrix Data Protection..................................................................................................................................69

5.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family ............................................................................................................................................695.3.1. Symmetrix 3930-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................695.3.2. Symmetrix 3830-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................705.3.3. Symmetrix 3630-18/36 Architecture ...................................................................................................................705.3.4. Configuration Summary.......................................................................................................................................715.3.5. Ultra-SCSI Director .............................................................................................................................................715.3.6. Fibre Channel Director ........................................................................................................................................715.3.7. ESCON Director ..................................................................................................................................................715.3.8. SRDF Remote Link Director ...............................................................................................................................725.3.9. Cache Memory.....................................................................................................................................................725.3.10. Disk Drives ........................................................................................................................................................72



5.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family ............................................................................................................................................ 735.4.1. Symmetrix 8730 and 8830-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture .................................................................................. 735.4.2. Symmetrix 8430 and 8530-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture .................................................................................. 735.4.3. Configuration Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 745.4.4. Ultra-SCSI Director............................................................................................................................................. 745.4.5. 4-Port Fibre Channel Director ............................................................................................................................. 745.4.6. Multi Mode Fibre Channel Director .................................................................................................................... 745.4.7. Multi Mode / Mono Mode Fibre Channel Director ............................................................................................. 755.4.8. 4-Port ESCON Director....................................................................................................................................... 755.4.9. ESCON Director.................................................................................................................................................. 755.4.10. SRDF Remote Link Director ............................................................................................................................. 755.4.11. Cache Memory................................................................................................................................................... 765.4.12. Disk Drives ........................................................................................................................................................ 76

6. TAPE LIBRARIES AND SUBSYSTEMS.......................................................................... 77

6.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library................................................................................................ 77

6.2. Magnetic Tape Drive................................................................................................................................................. 796.2.1. STK9914 1/2" 9 TrackTape Drive Drawer ......................................................................................................... 79

7. STORAGE AREA NETWORK (SAN) INTRODUCTION .................................................. 80

7.1. Challenges and Risks................................................................................................................................................. 82

7.2. SAN Management...................................................................................................................................................... 82

7.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure........................................................................................................................ 837.3.1. Media Speed ........................................................................................................................................................ 837.3.2. Cabling................................................................................................................................................................. 837.3.3. Fibre Channel Networks...................................................................................................................................... 847.3.4. Zoning, Switched Loops, Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics.............................................................................. 887.3.5. Interconnection with Legacy Technologies......................................................................................................... 90

8. SAN - INFRASTRUCTURE COMPONENTS ................................................................... 92

8.1. [email protected]!...................................................................................................................................................................... 928.1.1. Product Overview................................................................................................................................................ 928.1.2. Product’s Deployment ......................................................................................................................................... 938.1.3. Prerequisites......................................................................................................................................................... 94

8.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager).................................................................................................................................. 948.2.1. Product Overview................................................................................................................................................ 948.2.2. Product’s Deployment ......................................................................................................................................... 968.2.3. Prerequisites......................................................................................................................................................... 998.2.4. Licensing ........................................................................................................................................................... 1008.2.5. Memory Usage................................................................................................................................................... 100

8.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch.................................................................................................................. 1008.3.1. Highlights .......................................................................................................................................................... 1008.3.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability .................................................................................................................. 1018.3.3. Technical Specifications.................................................................................................................................... 102



8.4. SilkWorm 3800 Fibre Channel Switch ..................................................................................................................1038.4.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................1038.4.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................1048.4.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................105

8.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel...............................................................................................................................1078.5.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................1078.5.2. Limitations .........................................................................................................................................................1078.5.3. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................1078.5.4. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................108

8.6. SilkWorm 2800 Fibre Channel Switch ..................................................................................................................1098.6.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................1098.6.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................1118.6.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................112

8.7. SilkWorm Software Components...........................................................................................................................114

8.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender...................................................................................................................1168.8.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................1168.8.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................1168.8.3. Packaging...........................................................................................................................................................1168.8.4. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................116

8.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub ...............................................................................................................................1178.9.1. Highlights...........................................................................................................................................................1178.9.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability...................................................................................................................1188.9.3. Technical Specifications ....................................................................................................................................118

8.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub ..........................................................................................................1208.10.1. Highlights.........................................................................................................................................................1208.10.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability.................................................................................................................1218.10.3. Packaging.........................................................................................................................................................1218.10.4. Technical Specifications ..................................................................................................................................122

8.11. MIA .........................................................................................................................................................................1238.11.1. Highlights.........................................................................................................................................................1238.11.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability.................................................................................................................1238.11.3. Packaging.........................................................................................................................................................1238.11.4. Technical Specifications ..................................................................................................................................123

9. STORAGE PLUS DRAWER AND SHARED STORAGE DRAWER...............................125

10. ULTRA320 STORAGE PLUS DRAWER AND ULTRA320 SHARED STORAGEDRAWER..............................................................................................................................126





1. External Subsystems

1.1. External Subsystems Summary TablesPL220R EPC400 EPC430 EPC440 EPC450 PL400R

DAS5700 - EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 -DAS5720 - EOC=31/12/99 - EOC=31/12/99 - -DAS5300 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003DAS4500 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=21/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002DAS4700/4700-2 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003DAE5000 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 -DAS2900 - EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 -DAS3500 - EOC=30/06/99 EOC=30/06/99 (1) - - -DAS3200 - EOC=30/09/99 EOC=30/09/99 (1) EOC=30/09/99 EOC=30/09/99 (1) -DAS1300 - EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 EOC=31/10/00 -EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y Y YDLT 4000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -DLT 7000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -CX400/600 Y (3) 1Q 2003 1Q 2003 (3) 1Q 2003 1Q 2003 Y (3)

PL420R EPC610 PL600R EPC800 EPC810 PL800R PL820RDAS5700 - EOC=31/03/01 - - EOC=31/03/01 - -DAS5720 - EOC=31/12/99 (2) - - - - -DAS5300 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -DAS4500 - EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 - EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 -DAS4700/4700-2 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -DAE5000 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 - EOC=31/10/01 - -DAS2900 - EOC=31/10/00 (2) - EOC=31/10/00 - - -DAS3500 - - - - - - -DAS3200 - EOC=30/09/99 (2) - EOC=30/09/99 - - -DAS1300 - EOC=31/10/00 (2) - EOC=31/10/00 - - -EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y Y Y YDLT 4000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 - -DLT 7000 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 - -CX400/600 Y 1Q 2003 Y (3) - 1Q 2003 Y (3) Y(1) Available through reconnection only, when upgrading from EPC400 to EPC430/EPC450.(2) Available through reconnection only, when upgrading from EPC440 to EPC610.(3) Support with AIX 4.3 is planned for 1Q 2003.

EPC1200/1200A PL1600R EPC2400 EPC2450 PL3200RDAS5700 EOC=31/03/01 - EOC=31/03/01 EOC=31/03/01 -DAS5720 EOC=31/12/99 - - - -DAS5300 EOC=30/04/2003 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 -DAS4500 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002 EOC=31/12/2002DAS4700/4700-2 - EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003 EOC=30/04/2003DAE5000 EOC=31/10/01 - EOC=31/10/01 EOC=31/10/01 -DAS2900 EOC=31/10/00 - EOC=31/10/00 - -DAS3500 EOC=30/06/99 - - - -DAS3200 EOC=30/09/99 - - - -DAS1300 EOC=31/10/00 - - - -EMC Symmetrix Y Y Y Y YDLT 4000 EOC=30/06/01 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -DLT 7000 EOC=30/06/01 - EOC=30/06/01 EOC=30/06/01 -CX400/600 1Q 2003 Y (3) 1Q2003 1Q 2003 Y (3)



2. DAS and DAE Fibre Disk Subsystems

2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 SeriesCABG024/CABG026/DRWG010 Discontinued : December 31, 2003

2.1.1. Highlights The DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series storage subsystems constitute apowerful, highly scalable, family of fibre channel storage solutions. They provide JBOD or RAIDcapabilities, terabytes of disk storage capacity, high transfer rates, flexible configurations, and highavailability. These storage systems are ideal solutions for today's sophisticated enterprise.

The main customer benefits are:

• high performance• scalability, modularity and flexibility• low foot print with capability to mix servers and storage in the same packaging (rack only)• capability to build high availability solutions, using multipath failover software and cluster

integration• sharing between heterogeneous servers• easy to use management tools

This line of disk subsystems is based on a common modular architecture, reusing the same componentsacross the complete range. These basic building blocks are:

disks dual-ported fibre channel disks.DAE enclosure a 10 disk module, which can be chained to provide the

required capacity.iDAE Intelligent DAE, a DAE module with one or two RAID

Storage Processors (SP) designed for mid-range disk DPE a high end single or dual RAID Storage Processors with up to

10 disks.

2.1.2. Disks

2.1.2.1. Overview

The DAS 4700-2/4700/4500/5300/5700 and DAE 5000 Series storage subsystems use fibre channel,dual-port disk drives. The dual port architecture has better resilience to failures than the old single portSCSI technology.



The disks are offered in 18 GB, 36 GB and 72 GB capacities and different formatting, as described inthe table below. All of them are high performance, 10K rpm or 15K rpm disks.

Format(Bytes per

sector)9 GB

18 GB10,000 rpm

18 GB (1)15,000 rpm

36 GB (1)36 GB

15 Krpm72 GB

DAS 5300 520 EOC EOC Y Y Y YDAS 5700 520 EOC EOC Add on Y Add on YDAS 5720 520 EOC EOC Add on Add on Add on Add onDAS 4500 520 N EOC Y Y Y YDAS 4700/4700-2 520 N N Y Y Y YDAE 5000 512 EOC EOC N EOC N/A N/A(1) EOC=31/12/2003

2.1.2.2. Disk formatting

Disk formatting depends on the disk subsystem in which they are integrated: it is either 520 bytes persector (for RAID subsystems), or 512 bytes per sector (JBOD). Thus, it is not possible to move disksfrom a JBOD subsystem to RAID subsystem. Reformatting is required. (And could be proposed inSFR). Changing disk formatting is not possible with the tools shipped with the disk subsystems, andcannot be performed on site.

2.1.2.3. Technical specifications

8.8 GB – 10 K rpm 17.8 GB – 10K rpm 36 GB – 10K rpm 72 GB – 10K rpm 17.1 GB – 15K rpm 36 GB – 15K rpm

Form factor 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.5”Height 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0” 1.0”

Rotational speed 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 10 000 rpm 15 000 rpm 15 000 rpmInterface Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel

Data buffer 1 MB 4 MB 16 MB 16 MB 8 MB 8 MBTransfer rates

Buffer to/from media 17.2 – 25.3 MB/s 26.7 – 40.2 MB/s 26.7 - 40.2 MB/s 36.0 - 58.0 MB/s 51.8 - 68.1 51.8 - 68.1SP or HBA to/from buffer 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max) 100 MB/s (max)

Access timeaverage access read 5.2 ms read 5.4 ms read 5.4 ms read 5.2 ms read 3.8 ms read 4.0 ms readaverage access write 6.0 ms write 6.2 ms write 6.2 ms write 5.9 ms write 4.2 ms write 4.2 ms writeRotational latency 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms 2 ms 2 ms

Connector 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2 40-pin, FC-SCA-2Monitoring protocol SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067 SES/SFF-8067

EOC31/10/2000

EOC31/10/2001

EOC31/12/2002

EOC31/12/2002



MTBF

9 GB, 10K rpm 1,000,000 h18 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h36 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h72 GB, 10K rpm 1,200,000 h

2.1.3. DAE enclosureCABG024/CABG026/DRWG010 Discontinued : December 31, 2003

2.1.3.1. Overview

The DAE (Disk-Array Enclosure) is a 10-slot enclosure without RAID capabilities (no SPs), playingthe role of the capacity building block. Several enclosures can be chained to create largerconfigurations.

The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of a DAE enclosure. A DAE contains at leastone Fibre Channel loop. The hardware to implement the second FC-AL loop is optional. Individualhardware components are discussed later in this document.

AC Branch A AC Branch B

PowerSupply

A

PowerSupply

B

RedundantFan

Module

SP A SP B

Dual-ported Drives

Fibre ChannelCircuitry A

Fibre ChannelCircuitry B

The DAE components include:

• One or two LCCs (Link Controller Cards, shown as “fibre channel circuitry” in the figure above)to implement one or two FC-AL loops.

• Up to 10 fibre channel dual port disk modules.• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord.• One redundant fan module to cool the disks.

All these components can be replaced under power.



2.1.3.2. Packaging The DAE enclosure is available as a rackmount (4U) unit.

2.1.3.3. Host connectivity and management

The DAE offers one Fibre Channel DB/9 copper connectors per LCC for the connection to servers,hubs, converters, and other kind of fibre channel devices. MIAs are supported to provide opticalinterface for the connection of 50 µm multimode optical fibers. 62.5 µm fibers may also be acceptable. The DAE, when used as a JBOD (and not within a RAID array), can be managed by NavisphereSupervisor or Navisphere Manager from an NT server.

2.1.3.4. Architecture: SP, LCC, disks, memory

2.1.3.4.1. LCC (Link Control Cards) DAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two LCCs. The LCC receives and electrically terminatesthe incoming FC-AL signal from the host or other kind up “up stream” devices. The LCC passes theinput signal to its disk drives and then conducts the output signal, via cables, to an LCC of the nextDAE in the loop (if any). In addition, each LCC monitors the environmental status of the enclosure. When enclosures are equipped with two LCCs, two distinct internal fibre channel loops can beimplemented, and in the event of an LCC failure, access remains possible through the other LCC. Each LCC contains two connectors. One is reserved for the connection to another DAE. The other canbe used to connect another DAE or other type of devices, like servers, iDAE enclosures or DPEenclosures. The distance between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m with copper cables.

2.1.3.4.2. Power Supplies DAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fullyconfigured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply if one is present. Each powersupply is equipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sourcespossible.



2.1.3.4.3. Cooling Fans DAE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disk modules. The fan pack contains3 fans. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed (for exampleto change a failed power supply), a fan pack can be removed for exchange operation while the storagesystem continues to operate. The exchange operation, however, must not exceed two minutes,otherwise disks will shut down.

2.1.3.4.4. Disk drives The minimum number of disks per DAE enclosure depends on the number of LCCs. The maximum isalways 10 disks:

Minimum

(DAE enclosure) Maximum

(DAE enclosure) 1 LCC 2 10 2 LCC 4 10

Notes:• The DAE 5000 (JBOD) is a DAE enclosure with a single LCC.• DAE enclosures in DAS RAID subsystems with a single SP have a single LCC. With dual SP, all

the DAE enclosures have also dual LCC.

2.1.3.5. Summary of high availability features

• Dual port disks• Dual loops / LCCs• Dual Power supply with independent power cords• Redundant fans• No electronics in the chassis or backplane• All active components are hot plug.

2.1.3.6. Performance figures The performance of the DAE enclosure is given by the performance of the individual disks that are inthe enclosure.


Interface to host Fibre Channel interfaces of 100 MB/s (1 LCC) or 200 MB/s (2 LCCs). 9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters (MIA).



Dimensions (approximate)

• Height - 6.07 in. (15.4 cm), 3.5 EIA units (occupies 4 units of rack space)• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)• Depth - 24 in. (60.9 cm)• Weight - 78 lb. (35.4 kg) max.

Power requirements• Frequency: 47-63 Hz• AC Voltage: 100-240 VAC +- 10%, single phase• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input – 10-slot DAE: 4A• Power consumption: 10-slot DAE: 400VA.

Operating environmentTemperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hrRelative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m) @ 37°C.Operating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulseOperating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 - 500 Hz

Other• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC Class A, EN55022 Class A, CE Mark, VCCI Class 1• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, and EN 60950.

MTBFDrive Fan pack: 667 000 hDAE LCC: 781 000 hDAE power supply 162 000 hDAE midplane: 4 761 000 h

2.1.4. iDAE Enclosure

2.1.4.1. Overview The iDAE (Intelligent DAE) is a 10-slots enclosure DAE with RAID functionality provided by one ortwo SPs (Storage Processors), which replace the LCC cards of the basic DAE. It has been designed tobuild mid range disk subsystems, with up to 30 disks. It is a “full Fibre Channel” RAID subsystem,using Fibre Channel for both host connect (i.e. font-end) and internal disks connection (i.e. back-end).

Entry price configurations can be defined with the minimum of hardware redundancy, to enable costattractive solutions. Upgrade to a fully redundant high availability configuration is a simple matter ofadding redundant hardware components (described below). Dual SP configurations are stronglyrecommended, for performance reasons (use of write cache is only possible with dual SP), and highavailability reasons (in conjunction with dual HBA and ATF). All these components are designed fornon-disruptive removal and insertion, and can be replaced under power.



The iDAE can operate in a homogeneous AIX environment, or in a mixed AIX/NT environment, inconjunction with ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or [email protected]!.

The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of an iDAE enclosure. An iDAE contains atleast one SP. The second SP is optional. Individual hardware components are discussed later in thisdocument.

Mirrored

WriteData

StandbyPower

System A

SP A

RAIDengine

Hub

SP B

Hub

StandbyPower

System B

AC Branch A

AC Branch B

Mutualsurvey

Dual-ported Drives

To Hosts

PowerSupply

A

PowerSupply

B

RedundantProcessor

FanModule

RedundantDiskFan

Module

FibreChannel

Circuitry 1

cache cache

RAIDengine

FibreChannel

Circuitry 1

The iDAE components include:• One or two SPs (Storage Processors), with Fibre Channel circuitry, to manage the internal loops of

the RAID subsystem.• Up to 10 fibre channel dual ported disks.• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord.• One redundant fan module to cool the disks and another to cool the SPs.• To implement write caching, one or two SPSs (Standby Power Supplies – also called BBUs, i.e.

Battery Backup Units).

All these components can be replaced under power.



2.1.4.2. Packaging

The iDAE enclosure is available as a rackmount (4U) unit.

Note: for rackmount systems, the SPS is placed in a tray directly beneath the iDAE (one or two SPSunits fit in a 1 U space, one beside the other)

2.1.4.3. Host connectivity and management The iDAE has two fibre channel DB/9 copper connectors per Storage Processor for servers, hubs,converters, and other fibre channel devices connection. MIAs are supported to provide opticalinterface for 50 µm multimode optical fibers connection. 62.5 µm fibers can also be used.

The two ports of one SP correspond to a single fibre channel loop. The typical usage is the directconnection of two servers on the same SP. The use of the two connectors to chain multiple devices(servers, SPs or other disk subsystems, …) is not recommended. In case of connection to a fibrechannel fabric (switch), a single connector must be used. The second connector is inactive.

The iDAE can be managed in-band, (i.e. through the host fibre channel interfaces), from any serverconnected to the iDAE, using the Navisphere software.

A RS232 with RJ11 connector is also available, enabling the management through a serial line.RJ11/DB9M, plus DB9F/DB25M converters and a RS232 6m DB25F/DB25F cable are shipped witheach iDAE.




2.1.4.4.1. SPs (Storage Processors) and host interface The SP provides the following features to the disk subsystem:• RAID processing• host interface management• backend management• memory• built-in hub for external connection• Fibre Channel circuitry for backend.

Each SP has 3 fibre channel connectors.

Port A and port B connectors correspond to a built-in hub, offering a 100 MB/s logical connection.Using these connectors, 2 devices (like HBA within servers) can be connected to the same SP, withoutany external device. They share the 100 MB/s bandwidth. Above two devices, an external hub must beused.

The host interface implements the FCP-SCSI-3 protocol. Command tag queuing is implemented.

The third connector is a DB9 expansion connector (EXP) which enables the connection to anadditional DAE enclosure. It is not possible to chain more than 2 DAEs. When iDAE is equipped withtwo SPs, two distinct internal fibre channel loops are available, and the chained DAEs must beequipped with dual LCCs. In the event of a failure, disk access remains possible through the other SP.The distance between iDAE and DAE or between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m withcopper cables.

2.1.4.4.2. Power Supplies (and PDUs)

iDAE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fullyconfigured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply if present. Each power supply isequipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sources possible.

2.1.4.4.3. Standby Power Supply (SPS)

The SPS protects the iDAE against external power supply failures, and enables to properly stop a disksubsystem in case of power outage.

SPS are optional, but at least one SPS must be installed to use the write cache. Optionally, a secondSPS can be installed to provide higher availability.

The SPS is also named BBU (Battery Backup Units).



2.1.4.4.4. Cooling Fans iDAE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disks and the SPs. The fan packcontains 3 fans. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed, a fanpack can be removed for exchange operation while the storage system continues to operate (theexchange operation, however, must not exceed two minutes, otherwise disks and SPs shut down).

2.1.4.4.5. Disk drives

The iDAE enclosures use the same disk than the other enclosures of the 5000 Series. The minimumnumber of disks per iDAE enclosure depends on the number of SP. The maximum is always 10 disks,but one or two DAE can be chained to increase the capacity of the array.

Minimum

(iDAE enclosure) Maximum

(iDAE enclosure) 1 SP 3 10 2 SP 5 10

Disks are formatted with 520 bytes per sectors.

2.1.4.4.6. Memory

Each SP can have 64, 128 or 256 MB of memory.

The Flare (micro code running on the SP) requires 15 to 18 MB. The remaining 110 MB of memorycan be used as a read cache, or write cache, or a mixture of both, to improve the subsystemperformance.

To ensure data consistency in case of failure, the write cache is always mirrored, and the followinghardware configuration must be used:• Two SPs per iDAE• Two power supplies and two LCCs in the iDAE and in each DAE• Disk slots 0 through 4 of the iDAE enclosure must be populated.• One SPS with a fully charged battery (two SPSs provide higher availability)• Identical cache memory in both SPs (64, 128 or 256 MB per SP).

It is not possible to use write caching without mirroring across SPs and without the hardwareconfiguration described above. For example, it is not possible to configure a write cache on an iDAEwith a single SP.



The usable cache size is computed as described in the next table:

1 SP 2 SP Raw memory per SP (64, 128 or 256 MB)

M M

Write cache 0 W < M Read cache M 2 x (M – W) Total M W + 2 x (M – W)

M is the amount of available raw memory per SPW is the value configured for the write cache size.

Because of the mirroring, the usable write cache is not multiplied by the number of SPs.


• dual port disks• dual loops / LCCs• dual Power supply with independent power cords• redundant fans.• no electronics in the chassis or back plain• all active components are hot plug• RAID protection• redundant SP• mirrored write cache.

2.1.4.6. Supported Fibre Channel topologies

The iDAE supports various fibre channel topologies:• point to point (connection with a direct cable)• loop (connection to a fibre channel hub)• fabric (connection to a fibre channel switch)

2.1.4.7. RAID features

The RAID features of the iDAE are:

• RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1/0, RAID 3, RAID 5 and “individual disk” modes supportLUN type: Possible number of disks in the RAID volume:RAID 0: 3 to 16 disksRAID 1: 2 disksRAID 1/0: 4 to 16 disks (must be an even number)RAID5: 3 to 16 disksAll disks within a RAID volume must have the same capacity,otherwise disk storage space is wasted.

• Any combination of RAID levels can exist in the same subsystem



• Up to 224 LUNs with LUN partitioning enabled (require Navisphere Supervisor or NavisphereManager, both running on NT)

• Up to 32 LUNs without LUN partitioning• Dynamic RAID volume expansion (with LUN partitioning feature)• 2 global hot spares, with rebuild priority adjustment (configurable threshold for the minimum

number of IO reserved for server use during rebuild). The capacity of a hot spare disk must be atleast as great as the capacity of the largest disk module that it might replace.

2.1.4.8. Performance figures

• 8400 IO/s from SP cache, with dual SP• 120 MB/s with dual SP These values are measured from SP cache to servers. They represent the processing power of the SP,and the maximum performance that could be obtained with optimal configuration. In realconfigurations, performance is lower, and mainly depends on the number of disks: less disks meanslow throughput and low read/write I/O rates.


Interface to host:• Fibre Channel interfaces of 100 MB/s (1 SP) or 200 MB/s (2 SPs).• 9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters (MIA). Fibre Channel related standards:• FC-PH, Rev 4.4• FC-AL Rev 4.5• Private Loop Direct Attach PLDA Rev 1.10• SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) Rev 8a Dimensions (approximate):• Height - 6.07 in. (15.4 cm), 3.5 EIA units (occupies 4 units of rack space)• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)• Depth - 24 in. (60.9 cm)• Weight - 80 lb. (36 kg) max.

Power requirements:• Frequency: 47-63 Hz• AC Voltage: 90-264 Vrms, single phase (auto-ranging power supplies)• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input: 4A• Power consumption: 400VA (fully configured)



Operating environment:Temperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hrRelative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m)Operating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulseOperating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 - 500 Hz

Other:• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC part 15 Class A and B, EN55022 Class A and B, CE Mark, VCCI

Class 1 and 2• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, EN 60950

MTBF:SP: 125 000 hDrive Fan pack: 667 000 hSP FAN pack: 162 000 hiDAE power supply 4 761 000 hiDAE midplane: 4 761 000 hSPS: 100 000 h

2.1.5. DPE Enclosure

2.1.5.1. Overview The DPE (Disk-Array Processor Enclosure) is a 10-slots enclosure with RAID functionality providedby one or two SPs (Storage Processors). It has been designed to build high-end disk subsystems, withup to 100 disks. It is a “full Fibre Channel” RAID subsystem, using Fibre Channel for both hostconnect (i.e. front-end) and internal disks connection (i.e. back-end).

Configurations can be defined with the minimum of hardware redundancy, to enable cost attractivesolutions with high end SPs. Upgrade to a fully redundant high availability configuration is a simplematter of adding redundant hardware components (described below). Dual SP configurations arestrongly recommended, for performance reasons (use of write cache is only possible with dual SP),and high availability reasons (in conjunction with dual HBA and ATF). All these components aredesigned for non-disruptive removal and insertion, and can be replaced under power.

The DPE can host various SPs:• 4700 and 4700-2, the latest generation of SP, deliver about twice the performance of a DAS 4500.

The 4700 and 4700-2 support sharing between multiple operating systems. They also support thenew SnapView and MirrorView software.

• 4500, the third generation of SP, delivers the highest performance levels and can connect toheterogeneous servers (in conjunction with Access Logix). The 4500 supports sharing betweenmultiple operating systems.

• 5700, the second generation of SP. The 5700 supports sharing between AIX and NT servers, whenused in conjunction with ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or [email protected]!.



2.1.5.2. Packaging

The DPE enclosure is available as a 7U rackmount unit (shown below).

Note: for rackmount systems, the Standby Power Supply (SPS) is placed in a tray directly beneath theDPE (one or two SPS units fit in a 1U space, one beside the other).

2.1.5.3. Host connectivity and management

The DPE offers two fibre channel connectors per Storage Processor for servers, hubs, switches,converters, and other fibre channel devices connection.

On DAS 4500/5700, the two ports correspond to a single fibre channel loop. When connecting to aswitch, a single connector must be used. In other circumstances, both connectors are usable. Thetypical usage is the direct connection of two servers on a single SP. The use of the two connectors tochain multiple devices (servers, SPs or other disk subsystems, …) is not recommended.

On a DAS 4700/4700-2, the two ports of the SPs are independent and can be connected to servers orswitches. The DAS 4700/4700-2 must not be connected to hubs, as FC-AL loops are not supported.The two ports of an SP must not be connected to the same server. The same rule applies in fabricenvironments. Fabric zoning must be used to ensure that each server has a single path to each SP (i.e.two paths between a server with dual HBA / ATF and a DAS with dual SP). To benefit of theperformance enhancements delivered by the two independent ports, at least two servers must beconnected to the DAS 4700/4700-2.Use of remote mirroring with MirrorView product requires dedicating one port per SP for theMirroring traffic.

The type of connector depends on the SP considered.

4700-2 4500/4700 5700

Interface typeShort Wave Length laser

for multimode fibersdual LC connectors

Short Wave Length laser for multimode fibersdual SC connectors

Active copper (30 m cables)

DB9 connectors

MIA support n/a n/a with MIA



The DPE for DAS 4500/5700 is managed in-band, (i.e. through the host fibre channel interfaces), fromany server connected to the DPE, using the Navisphere software.

The DPE for DAS 4700/4700-2 is managed through the Ethernet interface of each SP, using built-inNavisphere agents. Each SP must be connected to the LAN, and must be able to communicate with theNavisphere management stations. The host agents also transmit host configuration information to themanagement station, and must be able to communicate with the SP through the LAN.

A RS232 serial line is also available. Appropriate converters to obtain a DB25M interface and aRS232 6m DB25F/DB25F cable are shipped with each DPE.


The figure below summarizes the hardware architecture of a DPE enclosure. A DPE contains at leastone SP and one LCC. The hardware to implement the second FC-AL loop is optional. Individualhardware components are discussed later in this document.

Mirrored

WriteData

StandbyPower

System A

SP A

RAIDengine

SP B

StandbyPower

System B

AC Branch A

AC Branch B

Mutualsurvey

Dual-ported Drives

To Hosts

PowerSupply

A

PowerSupply

B

RedundantProcessor

FanModule

RedundantDiskFan

Module

LCC

cache cache

RAIDengine

LCC

Po

rt 0

Po

rt 1

Po

rt 0

Po

rt 1

Dual-ported Drives

Redundant FC-AL loopTo first DAE string

Redundant FC-AL loopTo second DAE string

The DAS 4700/4700-2 architecture



Mirrored

WriteData

StandbyPower

System A

SP A

RAIDengine

Hub

SP B

StandbyPower

System B

AC Branch A

AC Branch B

Mutualsurvey

Dual-ported Drives

To Hosts

PowerSupply

A

PowerSupply

B

RedundantProcessor

FanModule

RedundantDiskFan

Module

LCCFibre Channel

Circuitry 1

cache cache

RAIDengine

LCCFibre Channel

Circuitry 1

port 0 port 1

Hub

port 0 port 1

The DAS 4500 / 5700 architecture

The DPE components include:• One or two SPs (Storage Processors)• One or two LCCs (Link Controller Cards, shown as “fibre channel circuitry” in the figure above)

to implement one or two FC-AL loops• Up to 10 fibre channel dual ported disk modules• One or two power supplies each with its own power cord• One redundant fan module to cool the disks and another to cool the SPs• To implement write caching, one or two SPSs (Standby Power Supplies – also called BBUs, i.e.

Battery Backup Units).

2.1.5.4.1. SPs (Storage Processors) and host interface

The SP provides the following features to the disk subsystem:• RAID processing• host interface management• backend management• memory• built-in hub for external connection.

Each SP has 2 fibre channel connectors.

On DAS 4500/5700, port 0 and port 1 connectors correspond to a built-in hub, offering a 100 MB/slogical connection. Using these connectors, 2 devices (like HBA within servers) can be connected tothe same SP, without any external devices. They share the 100 MB/s of bandwidth. Above twodevices, an external hub or switch must be used.



On DAS 4700, port 0 and port 1 connectors are independent, offering two 100 MB/s logicalconnections. On DAS 4700-2, port 0 and port 1 connectors are independent, offering two 200 MB/slogical connections. Using the 2 connectors on DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2, two devices (like HBAwithin servers) can be connected to the same SP, without any external devices. They do not share the100 MB/s or 200 MB/s bandwidth. Above two devices, an external switch must be used. Both portscan be connected to the same switch, or use two distinct switches.

The host interface implements the FCP-SCSI-3 protocol. Command tag queuing is implemented, withup to 256 tags.

2.1.5.4.2. LCC (Link Control Cards)

DPE enclosures can be equipped with one or two LCCs (depending on the number of SP). The LCCreceives and electrically terminates the incoming FC-AL signal from the host or other kind up “upstream” devices. The LCC passes the input signal to its disk drives and then conducts the outputsignal, via cables, to an LCC of the next DAE in the loop (if any). In addition, each LCC monitors theenvironmental status of the enclosure.

There is a one-to-one relation between SPs and LCCs. Either the DPE enclosure has one SP and oneLCC, or the DPE has 2 SPs and 2 LCCs. When enclosures are equipped with two LCCs, two distinctinternal fibre channel loops can be implemented, and all the DAE enclosures chained in the backendmust have 2 LCCs each. In the event of a failure, disk access remains possible through the otherSP/LCC.

The connector of the LCC of the DPE enclosure is reserved for the connection to another DAE.Technically, up to 9 DAE enclosures can be chained to create a RAID subsystem with 100 diskcapacity (10 in PDE plus 9x10 in DAE enclosures). Interconnection is made with copper cables.The distance between DPE and DAE or between chained DAE enclosures is limited to 10m withcopper cables.

2.1.5.4.3. Power Supplies (and PDUs)

DPE enclosures can be equipped with one or two power supplies. Each power supply supports a fullyconfigured enclosure and shares power with the other power supply, if present. Each supply isequipped with its own power cord, making the connection to two different power sources possible.

2.1.5.4.4. Standby Power Supply (SPS)

The SPS protects the DPE against external power supply failures, an enable to properly stop a disksubsystem in case of power outage.

SPS are optional, but at least one SPS must be installed to use the write cache. Optionally, a secondSPS can be installed to provide higher availability.

The SPS is also referred to as BBU (Battery Backup Units).



2.1.5.4.5. Cooling Fans

DPE enclosures are equipped with a drive fan pack that cools the disk modules. DPE enclosures alsoinclude an SP fan pack that cools the SPs. Any type of fan pack contains three fans. If a fan fails, thespeed of the remaining fans increases to compensate. If needed, a fan pack can be removed forexchange operation while the storage system continues to operate (the exchange operation, however,must not exceed two minutes, otherwise disks and SPs will shut down).

2.1.5.4.6. Disk drives

DPE enclosures use the same disks as the DAE and iDAE enclosures. The minimum number of disksper DPE enclosure depends on the number of LCCs and SP. The maximum is always 10 disks, but oneor two DAE can be chained to increase the capacity of the array:

Minimum

(DPE enclosure) Maximum

(DPE enclosure) 1 SP / 1 LCC 5 10 2 SP / 2 LCC 9 10

Disks are formatted with 520 bytes per sectors.

2.1.5.4.7. Memory

The available memory depends on the SP model.

4500 256, 512, 10245700 64, 128, 256, 512

4700/4700-2 1024

A few amount is reserved to store the LIC (Licensed Internal Code) running on SPs. The exact sizedepends on version, and is around 12 MB. The rest of the cache is available for read cache, or write, ora mixture of both, to improve performances of the subsystem. To ensure data consistency in case offailure, the write cache is always mirrored, and the following hardware configuration must be used:• Two SPs per DPE• Two power supplies and two LCCs in the DPE and in each DAE• Disk slots 0 through 8 of the DPE enclosure must be populated.• One SPS with a fully charged battery (two SPSs provide higher availability)• Identical cache memory in both SPs.

It is not possible to use write caching without mirroring across SPs and without the hardwareconfiguration described above. For example, it is not possible to configure a write cache on a DPEwith a single SP.



The usable cache size is computed as described in the next table:

1 SP 2 SP Raw memory per SP M M Write cache 0 W < M Read cache M 2 x (M – W) Total M W + 2 x (M – W)

M is the amount of available raw memory per SPW is the value configured for the write cache size.

Because of the mirroring, the usable write cache is not multiplied by the number of SPs.


• dual port disks• dual loops / LCCs• dual Power supply with independent power cords• redundant fans.• no electronics in the chassis or back plain• all active components are hot plug• RAID protection• redundant SP• mirrored write cache.

2.1.5.6. Supported Fibre Channel topologies

The DPE supports various fibre channel topologies:• point to point (connection with a direct cable)• loop (connection to a fibre channel hub)• fabric (connection to a fibre channel switch)

2.1.5.7. RAID features The RAID features of the DPE are:• RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 1/0, RAID 3, RAID 5 and “individual disk” modes support

LUN type: POSSIBLE NUMBER OF DISKS IN THE RAID VOLUME:RAID 0: 3 to 16 disksRAID 1: 2 disksRAID 1/0: 4 to 16 disks (must be an even number)RAID5: 3 to 16 disksAll disks within a RAID volume must have the same capacity, otherwise,disk storage space is wasted.



• Any combination of RAID levels can exist in the same subsystem• Up to 224 LUNs with LUN partitioning enabled (require Navisphere Supervisor or Navisphere

Manager)• Up to 32 LUNs without LUN partitioning• Dynamic RAID volume expansion (with LUN partitioning feature)• 2 global hot spares, with rebuild priority adjustment (configurable threshold for the minimum

number of IO reserved for server use during rebuild). The capacity of a hot spare disk must be atleast as great as the capacity of the largest disk module that it might replace.

2.1.5.8. Performance figures

4700/4700-2 4500 5700IO/s (2 SPs, 2 KB blocks) 50000 30000 22000Bandwidth M/s (2 SPs) 360 175 120

These values are measured from SP cache to servers. They represent the processing power of the SP,and the maximum performances that could be obtained with optimal configuration. In realconfigurations, performance is lower, and depends mainly on the number of disks: less disks meanslow throughput and low read/write I/O rates.


Interface to host

• 4700-2: LC connector, Short Wave Length laser for multimode fibers• 4500/4700: SC connector, Short Wave Length laser for multimode fibers• 5700: 9-pin, DB9 shielded connector, compatible with copper/optical Media Interface Adapters

(MIA). Dimensions (approximate)

• Height - 11.25 in. (28.6 cm), 6.5 EIA units (occupies 7 units of rack space)• Width - 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) (Standard NEMA 19-inch rack)• Depth - 27.2 in. (69.2cm)DAS 4500• Weight - 115 lb. (52 kg) max. With 2 SPSs: 163 lb. (74 kg) max.DAS 4700• Weight - 121 lb. (55 kg) max. With 2 SPSs: 169 lb. (77 kg) max.

Power requirements

• Frequency: 47-63 Hz• AC Voltage: 100-240 VAC +-10%• Current Draw: At 100 v ac input: 8A max; SPS: 4 A max per unit during charge• Power consumption DPE: 800 VA max; SPS 400 VA max per unit during charge.



Operating environment

Temperature: 50 - 104 degrees F (10 - 40 degrees C)Temperature Gradient: 10 degrees C/hrRelative Humidity: 20% - 80% (non-condensing)Elevation: 10,000 ft (3048m) @ 37°COperating Shock: 3 G @ 11 ms, ½ sine pulseOperating Vibration: .25 G @ 5 – 500 Hz

Other

• Electromagnetic emissions: FCC Class A, EN55022 Class A, CE Mark, VCCI Class 1• Safety: UL 1950, CSA C22.2-950, EN 60950

MTBFSP: 125 000 hDrive Fan pack: 667 000 hSP FAN pack: 667 000 hDPE power supply 162 000 hDPE power supply 162 000 hDPE LCC: 750 000 hDPE midplane: 3 200 000 hSPS: 140 000 h

2.2. Disks and SP for CX line

36GB (10K) 36GB (15K) 73GB (10K) 146GB (10KFormatted capacity(520 bytes/sector) Raw Capacity Usable Capacity

35.15 GB8.6 TB7.2 TB

32.9 GB8.6 TB6.7 TB

71.25 GB17.5 TB14.6 TB

135.7 GB

Form Factor 3.5" 3.5" 3.5" 3.5"Height 1.0" 1.0" 1.0" 1.0"Rotational Speed 10,000 rpm 15,000 rpm 10,000 rpm 10,000 rpmInterface Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre Channel Fibre ChannelData Buffer 16 MB 8 MB 16 MB 32 MB# of Segments Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16Transfer Rates Buffer to/from Media SP to/from Buffer

26.7-40.2 MB/s200 MB/s (max)

51-69 MB/s200 MB/s (max)

26.7-40.2 MB/s200 MB/s (max)

43 to 78 MB/s200 MB/s (max)

Access Time Average Seek 5.2 ms Read

6.0 ms Write3.6 ms Read4.2 ms Write

5.2 ms Read6.0 ms Write

4.7 ms Read5.3 ms Write

Rotational Latency 2.99 ms 2 ms 2.99 ms 2.99 ms

CX200 (mono or dual SP) limitation, versus CX400 & CX600 (dual SP) :



• CX200 mono SP• 1 direct link and 15 disks maximum• No possible link to a Switch

• CX200 Dual SP• 1 direct link and 30 disks maximum (+ internal Hub)• 2 maximum links to a Switch

• CX400 Dual SP• 1 direct link and 60 disks maximum• 4 maximum links to a Switch

• CX600 Dual SP – Dual Channel• 2 direct link and 150 disks maximum• 4 maximum links to a Switch

• CX600 Dual SP – Quad Channel• 4 direct link and 150 disks maximum• 8 maximum links to a Switch

2.3. CX200 Mono SP

2.3.1. Highlights

The CX200 Mono SP extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storagemarket. It offers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storageenvironment. The CX200 Mono SP belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX200 Mono SP is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE). The DPE enclosure includes one Storage Processor with 512MB memory cache. In addition to the SP,the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 3drives is mandatory in the DPE and an additionnal drive is requested in case of hot spare.CX200 Mono SP supports 36GB, 73 GB and 146GB 10krpm or 15 krpm drives.

2.3.2. Configurability and Packaging

HARDWARE CX200 Mono SPDisk Processor Enclosure Includes :

- 1SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 512 MB cache per SP- Up to 15 drives , minimum 3 drives, 4 w/ hot

spare- 2 Power Supplies- 3 fansSize : 3U

Cache memory 512 MB (512 MB per SP) Front end connectors 1 dual LC (1 per SP)Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpm

2.4. CX200 Dual SP



2.4.1. Highlights

The CX200 Dual SP extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storagemarket. It offers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storageenvironment. The CX200 Dual SP shares consistent software and identical architecture with theCX400 and CX600. The CX200 belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX200 Dual SP is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE), up to one Disk ArrayEnclosures 2 Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure. The DPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end four 2Gb/s fibrechannel ports (two per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channelloops to connect the DAE2. Each storage processor supports a 1GB memory cache. In addition to theSP, the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 5drives is mandatory in the DPE and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare.A DAE2 enclosure is a disk drawer which can include up to 15 drives. The CX200 Dual SP supportsup to one additionnal DAE2 to reach a total of 30 drives. CX200 Dual SP supports 36GB, 73 GB and146GB 10krpm or 15 krpm drives. The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX200 Dual SP reaches a high level of performance for a medium range a new level ofperformance for high bandwidth and high throughput demanding applications.The CX200 Dual SP supports all the already known array based software provided in the previousDAS : AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes inboth mixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased dataavailability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX200 Dual SP, maintaininga view of the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backupor application testing. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using thesnapshot copies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX200 Dual SP,CX400, CX600 and DAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous datamirroring between the arrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images.MirrorView is an array base software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature.

CX200 Dual SP supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through thedifferent SP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX200 Dual SP does not support ATF.



The CX200 Dual SP can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the [email protected]! Manager.Support of mix of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX200 Dual SP.CX200 Dual SP supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX,Linux , Netware, …


HARDWARE CX200 Dual SPDisk Processor Enclosure Includes :

- 2 SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 1 GB cache per SP- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot

spare- 2 Power Supplies- 3 fans- 1 HubSize : 3U

Additionnal Disk Array Enclosure (DAE2) (up to 1 DAE2 and 30 drives max)

Includes :- 2 LCC- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans- Up to 15 drives , minimum 0 drivesSize : 3U

Cache memory 2GB (1GB per SP) Front end connectors 4 dual LC (2 per SP)Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpmUsable disk space First five drives :

User space starts at @5.881GBOther drives :

User space starts at @32.43 MB

2.5. CX600 Dual SP

2.5.1. Highlights

The CX600 is the sixth generation of the DAS line (called NDAS). CX600 provides a powerfulstorage foundation that offers an end to end 2 Gb fibre channel technology and a raw capacity up to17.5 TB. With a fully redundant and highly available architecture with no single points of failure, theCX600 retains all of the same data integrity and high availability features of the DAS offer. Thisincludes global hot spares, redundant power and cooling, on-line RAID group expansion and data pathparity checking throughout the array.



The CX600 is composed of one Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE), up to 16 Disk Array Enclosures2 Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure.The SPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end eight 2Gb/s fibrechannel ports (four per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channelloops to connect the DAE2. The SPE includes also 2 power supplies and 3 fan modules and does notinclude any disk drives. Each storage processor supports 2GB or 4GB of cache, ie up to 8 Gb for thearray.The DAE2 enclosure is the disk drawer which includes up to 15 drives. A minimum of 5 drives ismandatory and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare. The CX600 supports up to 16 DAE2 toreach a total of 240 drives and a raw capacity of 17.5 TB. CX600 supports 36GB, 73GB and 146GB10krpm and 15 krpm drives.The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX600 brings a new level of performance for high bandwidth and high throughput demandingapplications. As it can deliver up to 1000 MB/s and 80000 IO/s in cache.

The CX600 supports all the already known array based software provided in the previous DAS withincreased capabilities : AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes in bothmixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased dataavailability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX600, maintaining a view ofthe data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backup orapplication testing . CX600 supports up to 300 active snapshots with the ability to generate eightsnapshots per LUN. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using the snapshotcopies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX600 and acrossCX600 and DAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroringbetween the arrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images.MirrorView is an array base software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature. CX600 cansupport up to 100 mirrors.

CX600 supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through the differentSP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX600 does not support ATF.

The CX600 can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the [email protected]! Manager. Support of mixof AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX600.

CX600 supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX, Linux ,Netware, …




The CX600 is available only with rack packaging and dual SP configurations. The configurability issummarized in the next table.

HARDWARE CX600 Dual SPStorage Processor Enclosure Includes :

- 2 SP w/ 4 ports each, 2 or 4 GB cache each- 2 Power Supplies- 3 fansSize : 4U

Disk Array Enclosure w/ Operating System (firstDAE2)

Includes :- 2 LCC- 2 PowerSupplies w/ fans- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot

spareSize : 3U



Cache memory 4GB (2GB per SP) ; option additionnal 4GBFront end connectors 8 dual LCOffered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpmUsable disk space First five drives :


User space starts at @32.43 MBSOFTWARE

Max number of iniators(w/ AccessLogix)

256 initiators (HBA ports)32 initiators per SP port128 hosts w/ 2 HBA

Max nb of LUNs w/o AccessLogix w/ AccessLogix

2561024

Nb of LUNs per RAID group 32MAX LUN size 2TBMax RAID groups 240Snap View Nb snapshots per arrayNb Snapshot cache LUNs Nb of Snapshot sessions at the same timeNb of Snashot per LUN

3001001008

MirrorView Nb of mirrorsNb of write intent logs

100 (primary & secondary)50



2.6. CX400 Dual SP

2.6.1. Highlights

The CX400 extends the CX full 2 Gb product family into the heart of the mid-tier storage market. Itoffers the advanced functionality and connectivity required for this networked storage environment.The CX400 shares consistent software and the identical architecture with the CX600. The CX400 belongs to the DAS line called NDAS.

The CX400 is composed of one Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE), up to 3 Disk Array Enclosures 2Gbits (DAE2) and one Standby Power Supply (SPS) enclosure. The DPE enclosure includes the 2 Storage Processors which offer in the front-end four 2Gb/s fibrechannel ports (two per storage processor) and in the back-end two dual 2Gb back-end fibre channelloops to connect the DAE2. Each storage processor supports a 1GB memory cache. In addition to theSP, the DPE includes up to 15 disk drives and 2 power supplies with integrated fans. A minimum of 5drives is mandatory in the DPE and a sixth drive is requested in case of hot spare.A DAE2 enclosure is a disk drawer which can include up to 15 drives. The CX400 supports up to 3additionnal DAE2 to reach a total of 60 drives. CX400 supports 36GB, 73GB and 146GB 10krpm and15 krpm drives.The SPS enclosure includes 2 SPS for redundancy purpose.

The CX400 reaches a high level of performance for a medium range a new level of performance forhigh bandwidth and high throughput demanding applications. As it can deliver up to 700 MB/s and40000 IO/s in cache.

The CX400 supports all the already known array based software provided in the previous DAS :AccessLogix, SnapView and MirrorView.

The Access Logix software provides a secure, shared or selective access to the storage volumes inboth mixed and homogeneous platform environments.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased dataavailability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a CX400, maintaining a view ofthe data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses such as backup orapplication testing . CX400 supports up to 150 active snapshots with the ability to generate eightsnapshots per LUN. An additionnal host is requested on AIX to run the application using the snapshotcopies.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several CX400, CX600 andDAS4700, possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroring between thearrays, MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images. MirrorView is an arraybase software so that hosts are not impacted by this feature. CX400 can support up to 50 mirrors.

CX400 supports also Powerpath that provides both load balancing to access data through the differentSP ports, and end to end failover capabilities. CX400 does not support ATF.



The CX400 can be shared by AIX and Windows servers using the [email protected]! Manager. Support of mixof AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 6 is mandatory to manage a CX400.

CX400 supports various operating systems environments : Windows, AIX, Solaris, HP-UX, Linux ,Netware, …


HARDWARE CX400 Dual SPDisk Processor Enclosure Includes :

- 2 SP w/ 2 ports per SP, 2 or 4 GB cache per SP- Up to 15 drives , minimum 5 drives, 6 w/ hot spare- 2 Power Supplies- 3 fansSize : 3U



Cache memory 2GB (1GB per SP) Front end connectors 4 dual LC (2 per SP)Offered drives 36GB 15 krpm, 73GB 10krpm, 146GB 10krpmUsable disk space First five drives :


User space starts at @32.43 MBSOFTWARE

Max number of iniators(w/ AccessLogix)

128 initiators (HBA ports)32 initiators per SP port64 hosts w/ 2 HBA

Max nb of LUNs w/o AccessLogix w/ AccessLogix

256512

Nb of LUNs per RAID group 32MAX LUN size 2TBMax RAID groups 60Snap View Nb snapshots per arrayNb Snapshot cache LUNs Nb of Snapshot sessions at the same timeNb of Snashot per LUN

15050508

MirrorView Nb of mirrorsNb of write intent logs

5025



2.7. DAE5000 (Full Fibre JBOD Disk Array Subsystems)


2.7.1. Highlights

The DAE5000 Series constitutes a powerful, JBOD fibre channel storage solutions. It is based on aDAE enclosure and contains up to 10 disks.

The direct access from servers to the Fibre Channel disks offers very high transfer rates, enabling tooperate near full Fibre Channel speed (around 95 MB/s), with a single DAE5000.

The DAE5000 is ideal to increase the storage capacity of AIX servers, without investing in moreexpensive RAID subsystems. Use of AIX software RAID 1 brings protection against disk failures.Protection against HBA, connection or DAE failures can be obtained using 2 DAE5000 per server.

The DAE5000 is also proposed as an entry range shared storage solution for dual node clusters, usingAIX mirroring and redundant DAE5000 for complete data protection.


The DAE5000 is based on DAE enclosures with a single LCC. A DAE5000 can host from 2 to 10disks. Two DAE5000 can be connected per server.There is no hardware option available for the DAE5000.

For more information, refer to "2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 andDAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.7.3. SAN features

Each DAE5000 is connected to a dedicated fibre channel adapter on the AIX server, or to a hub forsharing by 2 servers. Interconnection of DAE5000 is not proposed, due to the high performanceobtained with the 10-disk enclosure, and the risk of saturation of the fibre channel loop.

The connection to hubs or servers is made with copper cables. Connection to switches has not beenqualified.



2.8. DAS5300 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems) Discontinued as of 30/04/2003

2.8.1. Highlights

The DAS5300 constitutes an entry-level RAID subsystem, offering up to 30 disks (18 / 36 / 72 GB). Itis based on iDAE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for the host connectionbrings an optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP).

The basic packaging, containing 1 SP, and a single power supply, can be upgraded with optionalhardware to offer a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity options allow tobuild the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 30 disks.

The DAS5300 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as ashared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes.

The DAS 5300 can be shared by AIX and NT servers, using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or [email protected]!.


The configurability is summarized in the next table.

basic configuration 1 SP

high availability configuration 2 SP

base drawer(s) 1 iDAE – 10 slots 5 U drawer including a 1U tray for one or two additional SPS

1 iDAE – 10 slots 5 U drawer including one 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS

additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..2single LCC/PS DAEs

0..2dual LCC/PS DAEs

minimum number of disks 3 5minimum number of disks per additional DAE

2 4

maximum number of disks 30 30memory (MB) 64, 128, 256 64, 128, 256write cache not supported yespower supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2SPS 0 1

second SPS optional for higher availability

ATF not applicable yes




2.8.3. SAN features One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5300, using the connectors of the SP (2 connectorper SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase the connectivity. MIA can be plugged onthe DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connect to deviceswith native optical interfaces. Several DAS5300 can be connected to a single HBA on a server usingexternal hubs or switches.

2.9. DAS 4500 Discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.9.1. Highlights The DAS 4500 is the mid-range model of the Fibre Channel DAS product line. It is a highly flexibledisk subsystem, with high performance levels, up to 80 disks slots and 18 / 36 / 72 GB disks. Highercapacities (up to 100 disks) can be proposed in SFR.

The DAS 4500 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for hostconnection brings optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates. The Storage Processors of theDAS 4500 perform extremely well for both I/O intensive and bandwidth hungry applications.Delivering 30,000 I/Os and 175 MB/s with two Storage Processors, the DAS 4500 is the ideal solutionfor a wide range of applications. From OLTP and Web servers to data warehouses and graphics-intensive environments, the DAS 4500 delivers information fast.

The DAS 4500 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as astorage system shared between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes, but also between NT andother UNIX variants (using Access Logix). It is well suited for environments requiring high volumesof storage, and high I/O performance.

The DAS 4500 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or [email protected]!.Support of mix of AIX with other operating systems requires Access Logix.

The basic package contains 1 SP and a single power supply. It can be upgraded with optional hardwarecomponents to provide a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity optionsallow to build the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 100 disks.





basic configuration 1 SP


base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including a 1U tray for one or two additional SPS

1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS

additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 single LCC/PS DAEs 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEsminimum number of disks 5 9minimum number of disks per additional DAE

2 4

maximum number of disks 80 80memory (MB) 256, 512, 1024 256, 512, 1024

same value on both SPswrite cache not supported yespower supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2SPS 0 1



Note: The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.

For more information, refer to"2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 andDAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.9.3. SAN features One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS 4500, using the connectors of the SP (twoconnectors per SP). The host interface provides SC connectors, with short Wave Length laser formultimode fibers. External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. Several DAS 4500can be connected to a single HBA on a server using external hubs or switches.



2.10. DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 Discontinued as of 30/04/2003

2.10.1. Highlights The DAS 4700-2 is equipped with four 2Gb/s fibre channel ports. It is a highly flexible disk subsystemwith high performance levels. It supports up to 120 disk slots with 36 and 72 GB disks, i.e. 8.8 TB perarray. The DAS 4700 is the high-end model of the 1Gb/s DAS product line. It is a highly flexible disksubsystem with high performance levels. It supports up to 80 disk slots with 36 and 72 GB disks.

Both DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 support direct-attach and SAN topologies.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used forhost connection brings optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates. The DAS 4700/4700-2includes new multiprocessor Storage Processors, four independent fibre channel connections on thefront-end side to connect to servers or switches, and two couples of redundant fibre channel loops toconnect disks drives on the back-end. These new Storage Processors dramatically increaseperformance. Delivering 50,000 I/Os and 360 MB/s with two Storage Processors, the DAS 4700/4700-2 is the best mid-range solution for a wide range of applications in OLTP, Web servers or datawarehouses environments.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, oras a storage system shared between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes, but also between NTand other UNIX variants. It is well suited for environments requiring high volumes of storage, andhigh I/O performance.

The DAS 4700-2 and DAS 4700 are the two DAS disk subsystem supporting the SnapView andMirrorView storage software.

The SnapView software is a non disruptive backup and recover enabler that facilitates increased dataavailability. It provides a point in time image of information stored on a DAS 4700/4700-2,maintaining a view of the data at the desired point and allowing access to that view for other uses suchas backup or application testing.

The MirrorView software provides highly available data storage across several DAS 4700/4700-2possibly at separate locations. By maintaining synchronous data mirroring between the arrays,MirrorView ensures data availability of byte for byte mirrored images. MirrorView is an array basesoftware so that hosts are not impacted by this feature.

The DAS 4700/4700-2 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using [email protected]! Manager. Mixing AIXwith other operating systems requires Access Logix.

Navisphere Manager Version 5 is mandatory for the DAS 4700/4700-2.




The DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2 are only available with rack packaging and dual SP configurations.Their configurability is summarized in the next table.

DAS 4700 high availability configuration - 2 SP

DAS 4700-2 high availability configuration - 2 SP

base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one 1 U tray to fit two SPS

1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one 1 U tray to fit two SPS

additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEs 0..11 dual LCC/PS DAEsminimum number of disks 9 w/o hot spare, 10 w/ hot spare) 9 w/o hot spare, 10 w/ hot spare)minimum number of disks per additional DAE 4 4maximum number of disks 80 120memory (MB) 1024 MB per SP 1024 MB per SP

write cache yes yespower supply 2 2SPS 2 2

Connectors 4 dual SC 4 dual LCATF yes yes

Notes:• The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.• 10 drives are required in a DPE if a hot spare is configured.• The DAS 4700-2 requires LC cables.

For more information, refer to"2.1. Common Features of the DAS 4500/4700/4700-2/5300/5700 andDAE 5000 Series" earlier in this chapter.

2.10.3. SAN Features One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS 4700 or DAS 4700-2, using the connectors of theSP (two connectors per SP, SC or LC according to speed). The host interface provides also SC or LC connectors, with short Wave Length laser for multimodefibers. External switches can be used to increase connectivity. Fabric zoning must be configured to ensure that each server has a single path to each SP. Each servercan use only one port of each SP.



2.11. DAS5700 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Subsystems)

Discontinued as of 31/03/2001.All addons discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.11.1. Highlights The DAS5700 was the high-end model of the 5000 Series. It is a highly flexible disk subsystem, withhigh performance levels, up to 80 disk slots (rack packaging) and 18 / 36 / 72 GB disks. Highercapacities (up to 100 disks) can be proposed in SFR.

The DAS5700 is based on DPE and DAE enclosures. The Fibre Channel technology used for the hostconnection brings an optimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP).With the DPE design, optimized for OLTP and RAID 5 processing, and the high number of disk, it isable to sustain a very high IO rate, supporting heavy transactional applications.

The basic package contains 1 SP and a single power supply. It can be upgraded with optional hardwarecomponents to offer a fully redundant disk subsystem. Several packaging and capacity options allow tobuild the most suited configuration, while preserving the evolutivity up to 120 disks.

The DAS5700 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as ashared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes. It is well suited for environmentsrequiring high volumes of storage, and high levels of I/O performance.

The DAS 5700 can be shared by AIX and NT servers using ASM (AIX SAN Manager) or [email protected]!.


The configurability is summarized in the next table.basic configuration

1 SPhigh availability configuration

2 SPbase drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including a

1U tray for one or two additional SPS1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one

1 U tray to fit one or two SPSadditional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..7 single LCC/PS DAEs 0..7 dual LCC/PS DAEsminimum number of disks 5 9minimum number of disks per additional DAE

2 4

maximum number of disks 80 80memory (MB) 64, 128, 256, 512 64, 128, 256, 512

same value on both SPswrite cache not supported yespower supply 1 PS - No dual PS option 2SPS 0 1



Note: The number of additional DAE drawers depends on the rack size.




2.11.3. SAN features One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5700 using the connectors of the SP (twoconnectors per SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. MIA can beplugged on the DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connectto devices with native optical interfaces. Several DAS5700 can be connected to a single HBA on aserver using external hubs or switches.

2.12. DAS5720 (Full Fibre RAID Disk Array Subsystems)

Discontinued: December 1999. All addons discontinued as of 31/12/2002.

2.12.1. Highlights

The DAS5720 is a bundled product based on a dual SP DPE enclosure and a single DAE. It isconfigured to offer a very attractive price for high availability configurations, with medium storageresource requirement (20 disks). The Fibre Channel technology used for the host connection brings anoptimal cabling flexibility, and high transfer rates (up to 120 MB/s with dual SP). The DAS5720 offers an excellent data protection solution for use with standalone servers, or as ashared storage between multiple AIX servers and/or cluster nodes.




base drawer(s) 1 DPE – 10 slots 8 U drawer including one 1 U tray to fit one or two SPS

additional DAE – 4 U / 10 disks drawer 0..1dual LCC/PS DAEs

minimum number of disks 9minimum number of disks per additional DAE 4

maximum number of disks 20memory (MB) 64, not upgradablewrite cache yespower supply 2SPS 1

additional SPS optional for higher availability

ATF yes




2.12.3. SAN features

One or multiple servers can be connected to a DAS5720 using the connectors of the SP (twoconnectors per SP). External hubs or switches can be used to increase connectivity. MIA can beplugged on the DAS connectors to enable longer distances with multimode optical fibers, or to connectto devices with native optical interfaces. Disaster recovery configurations can be setup with externalcopper to single mode converters. Several DAS5720 can be connected to a single HBA on a serverusing external hubs.



3. DAS SCSI Subsystems (DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series)

DAS3500 discontinued as of 30 June 1999.DAS3200 discontinued as of 30 September 1999.DAS1300 and DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000.

3.1. Highlights

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series, are standalone SCSI-2 based disk array subsystems. TheDAS3500 uses SCSI disks but provides FC-AL fibre channel attachment to servers. The DAS 1000,2000 and 3000 Series extend Bull's ESCALA disk offering with a scaleable, "worry free" storagesolution, for customers who need both high availability and high capacity for mission criticalapplications.

The DAS 2000 and 3000 Series consist of model DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500, near faulttolerant storage subsystems with highly competitive performance and price. The DAS2x00 andDAS3x00 are recommended for high availability software applications requiring large capacity diskstorage. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, based on Power PC technology provide 50%more performance. The DAS 1000 Series consists of model DAS1300, a redundant subsystemproviding half of the DAS2900 maximum capacity.

The DAS3200/DAS3500 provide 50¨% more disk capacity than the DAS2900.

The DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 provide availability, and high performance withcaching options.

DAS1300 DAS2900 DAS3200/DAS3500Disk modules 10 20 30

Embedded memory per SPCache and buffers

Yes (optional)32, or 64 MB

Yes (optional)32 or 64 MB

Yes (optional)32 or 64 MB

RAID levels 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0 0, 1, 3, 5, 1/0Global spare Yes Yes Yes

HW Redundancy Yes Yes (near fault tolerant) Yes (near fault tolerant)

Major features of the 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series models include:• High availability design• RAID technology based storage subsystems• Write cache memory for high performance needs• Scalable host connectivity with the Fibre Channel connectivity on DAS3500• Scaleable storage subsystems (capacity and performance)• Small footprint• Low cost of ownership



The major components of the 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are:• Storage-Control Processor (SP) with optional single or mirrored cache memory• Disk modules (3.5" SCSI-2, high performance, single ended drives)• Disk array cabinet (10 drives chassis for DAS1300, 20 drives chassis for DAS2900, and 30 drives

chassis for DAS3200/DAS3500)• Redundant power subsystem• Redundant cooling subsystem• Battery Backup Unit for cache security

3.2. The Storage Control Processor (SP)

The Storage Control Processors (SP) are the main components of the DAS1300, DAS2900 andDAS3200/DAS3500. One or two SPs can be configured in a disk array cabinet. The DAS1300 StorageProcessor design is based on a 25MHz AMD 29000 RISC processor, 4MB of instruction and datamemory, three or six SCSI-2 interface controllers, power regulator and RS232 interface. TheDAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 Storage Processor is based on Power PC technology, with a basic8 MB memory.

The Storage Control Processor serves a number of functions including the RAID 0, 1, 1/0, 3, and 5modes of operation, as well as individual disk operation. The SP continuously monitors the status ofthe other major components concurrently with the temperature within the storage subsystem andnotifies the host in the event of a failure.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are optimized to provide high I/O throughput in serverenvironments. They can support two Storage Control Processors (dual active) within the same cabinet.Dual active SPs induce higher overall I/O performance by minimizing bus contention and parallelingdata access.

The two SPs can be interfaced directly to a host resident SCSI-2 adapter (or Fibre Channel Adapter forthe DAS3500) or daisy chained on the SCSI bus. Each SP is configured as a unique SCSI ID and cansupport up to 32 logical units (LUNs) each. A LUN would be equivalent to a RAID stripe. The diskdrives within the array can be logically connected to any of the Storage-Control Processors. However,dynamically shared access to a drive group is not supported.In the event of an SP failure, access to data is insured due to the dual-ported subsystem architecturewith active dual initiator. The SP can house a modular memory for write cache option.

3.3. The 3.5" SCSI-2 Disk Modules

All DAS models support high performance 4.2GB (7200RPM), 8.8GB (7200RPM) and 17.8GB diskdrives. Up to 30 Winchester disk units can be configured in the 3000 Series, up to 20 disk units in the2000 Series, up to 10 disk units in the DAS 1000 Series. The disks within the storage system can beconfigured as either individual disks, RAID 0 groups, RAID 1 or RAID 1/0 pairs, RAID 3 or RAID 5groups. Any or all of these modes of operation can be configured concurrently. This allows the tuningof the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series to adapt to specific attributes of a given application.A small amount of disk capacity will be used to save the write cache when a power failure occurs.



Each disk drive is housed in a hot plug disk module. Each module consists of a disk drive, a drivecarrier, and a regulator PCB. In redundant RAID configurations, when a disk failure occurs, anymodule can be removed from a logical group without halting operation of the array. When drivereplacement is done, data is automatically rebuilt on the new disk.

On redundant RAID configurations global sparing is another area where the DAS 1000, 2000 and3000 Series offers significant benefit. Global sparing allows the user to designate one or more spareswhich will satisfy the requirements of any redundant logical group within the subsystem. By initiatinga rebuild on the global spare, the disk array essentially heals itself; thereby re-establishing disk levelredundancy, minimizing the impact of degraded mode operation, and minimizing exposure to doublefailures within a single group.

Manufacturers specify disk capacities in GB. One gigabyte (GB) is 1,000,000,000 bytes (ten to theninth). Under AIX, volume sizes are given in MB (two to the twentieth) with the convention: one MBis 1024 x 1024 bytes. A 5 percent difference in size appears between both measurements of the samespace. For example a 4.2 GB disk (4.2 x 10**9 bytes) will be viewed as a 4,091 MB volume at AIXlevel.

3.4. The DAS 3000 Series Cabinet DAS3500 discontinued as of 30 June 1999.DAS3200 discontinued as of 30 September 1999.

The DAS 3000 rackmount cabinet includes space for 5 to 30 replace-under-power (hot plug) diskdrives, two Storage Control Processors, one mid-plane, three DC power supplies, and one coolingassembly to support the array's operation and replace-under-power features. DAS3200/DAS3500cabinets manage room for a Battery Backup Unit for write cache security.Hot plug technology results in dynamic expansion ability. Users can expand capacity or add any othercomponent while the system remains on line and operating.There is no difference between the cabinet models.

The DAS3500 subsystems is connected to the host either via a copper connection (limited to 30meters) or via an optic fiber connection using an Media Interface Adapter (MIA) depending on thedistance between the Host and the DAS3500.The distance is up to 10Km by using Link Extender box and suited optic fiber connection (9µ).

3.5. The DAS 2000 Series Cabinet DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000. The DAS 2000 rackmount cabinet includes space for 5 to 20 replace-under-power (hot plug) diskdrives, two SPs, one mid-plane, three DC power supplies, and one cooling assembly to support thearray's operation and replace-under-power features. DAS2900 cabinets manage room for a BatteryBackup Unit for write cache security. Hot plug technology results in dynamic expansion ability. Userscan expand capacity or add any other component while the system remains on line and operating.There is no difference between the cabinet models.



3.6. The DAS 1000 Series Cabinet DAS2900 discontinued as of 31 December 2000.

In the DAS 1000 Series cabinet 3 to 10 hot-plug disk modules and two Power Modules can be housed.All other features of the 2000 Series cabinet are supported.

3.7. The Power Subsystem It includes power supplies (VSCs) (three for the DAS 2000 and 3000 Series or up to two for the DAS1000 Series), AC input and AC circuit breaker. The subsystem supports n+1 DC power supplyconfiguration to allow for automatic failover in the event of a single supply failure. Each DC powersupply is contained in a replace-under-power module and can be replaced without disruptingsubsystem operation. Power fault design ensures data integrity even in the event of power loss during awrite operation. The third Power Module is automatically configured with every DAS 2000 and 3000Series.

3.8. The Cooling Subsystem Like the power subsystem, the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series incorporate an n+1 cooling design.Two fan pack modules are contained in a single cooling subsystem (one for the DAS 1000 Series), andeach fan pack module consists of 3 fans and a fan monitoring PCB. One fan in the system can failwithout impacting operation of the disk array. The entire cooling subsystem can be detached from thearray cabinet and replaced while the system continues to operate.

3.9. The SCSI Host Connection The main component of the connection to the ESCALA host is the standard dedicated SCSI-2 SE/DEadapter except for the DAS3500 (Fibre Channel). It is a 20MB/s Fast Wide differential MCA/PCI-to-SCSI-2 Adapter. The connection uses also a SCSI-2 bus cable and an asynchronous RS232 cable forthe DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200.

The DAS3500 uses a Fibre Channel connection (FC-AL) to connect the SP to the Host. It provides 2internal 3-port hubs (one for each Storage Processor) to chain the SP of one DAS3500 or between twoDAS3500. The Host Connection can use also an external hub to chain or to share SP of DAS3500.This solution is more secure than the internal hub and it is recommended for HA solutions.

The local connections can use copper cables up to 30 meters. The distant connections (DAS3500 orhost) have to use a mix of copper cables and fiber cables (up to 500 meters) with MIAs modules on thehubs or on the SPs. For Customers who want to get more than 500 meters between DAS3500 and theHosts, the Fibre Link Extender module has to be used with fiber cables (9/125µm).

Limits: 3 DAS3500 per FC-AL loop.



3.10. Disk Drives Specifications 4.2 GB disks discontinued as of 30 November 1999.8.8 GB and 17.8 GB disks discontinued as of 31 December 2001.

Nominal Disk Capacity (GB) 4.2 8.8 17.8

Actual Disk Capacity (10*6 B) 4372 8800 17800

Interface SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2

Form Factor 3.5" 3.5" 3.5"

Seek Time (Average R/W) (ms) 8.4 /9.9 8.5 /10.5 8.5 /10.5

Spindle speed (RPM) 7202.7 7202.7 7202.7

Latency (ms) 4.17 4.17 4.17

Transfer Rate

buffer to/from media (MB/sec) 9.59 to 12.58 10 to 15 10 to 15

buffer to/from host (MB/sec) up to 20

Buffer Size (kB) 512 1024 1024

Disk drives are common to the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series.

3.11. Mirrored Caching Option

On DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, with dual SP, a cache memory is available.Mainly dedicated to write access caching, it can be also configured as a read cache or as a read andwrite cache.The write cache drops the response time for every write access and thus alleviate the write penalty tiedto RAID5. A small amount of read cache (2 to 4 MB) will benefit sequential access.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series write cache is fully protected against power failures by a BatteryBackup Unit (BBU), against memory components by an ECC (Error Correcting Code) and against SPfailures by mirroring. The mirrored copy of data and associated address is saved on the second SP.

The DAS1300 can have 32, or 64 MB of cache memory. A 2 MB memory space is reserved by the SPfor internal use. DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 can have 32 or 64 MB of cache memory. A 4 MBmemory space is reserved by the SP for internal use. The actual memory capacity is twice the user sizedue to mirroring protection.

3.12. Single board Caching Option On the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 models, with only one SP, a cache memoryoption is also available. This option offers a competitive price for basic configurations.The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series single board cache is protected against power failures by aBattery Backup Unit (BBU), and against memory component failure by an ECC (Error correctingCode). No mirrored copy of data is provided.

The DAS1300 can have 32 MB of cache memory. A 2 MB memory space is reserved by the SP forinternal use. DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 can have 32 MB of cache memory. A 4 MB memoryspace is reserved by the SP for internal use.



3.13. Prerequisites & Configurability

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series are available as a standard offering on the ESCALA platforms.AIX 4.1, or later, is required.

The following configurations are possible for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500:

Dual SP Co nfigura tio n (with op tional Daisy chain)

R S 2 3 2P O RT

STORAGEPROCESSOR

M CA /S C S IADAPTER

STORAGEPROCESSOR

R S 2 3 2P O R T S

E S C A L A /D P X /2 0

S T O R A G EPROCESSOR


Basic Co nfigura tio n (with op tional Daisy chain)

RS232P O RT

M CA /S C S IA DA P T E R

STORAGEPROCESSOR

ES CA LA /DPX/20

D AS1300 / D AS2300

STORAGEPROCESSOR

RS232PORT

R S 232PORT



R S 232PORT



E SC ALA /D PX /20

D ua l SCSI / D ua l SP Con figura tion

R S 232PORT



ES CA LA / DPX/20#1

Cabin et Shar ing - Basic Configura tion


ES C ALA / DP X/20#2

R S 232P O RT

MCA/SCSIA DA P T E R


ES C ALA / D P X/20#1

Cab inet Sharing - Dual SP Configuration (HACM P on DPX20 m od es 1 & 2)

RS232P O R T

ES CA LA /DPX/20#2



RS232P O RT

MCA/SCSIADAPTER

STORAGEP RO C E S S O R

ES CA LA / D PX/20#1

Hig h Ava ilability Con fig ura tion (HACM P m od e 3 on D PX2 0 )

RS232 ES C ALA / D P X/20#2


M CA /S C S IMCA/SCSIADAPTER

M CA /S C S IA DA P T E RADAPTER

PORT

MCA/SCSIADAPTER


ES CA LA / D PX/20#3

HACM P th ird p arty ta ke-over

RS232 ES C ALA / D P X/20#2


MCA/SCSIADAPTER


P O RTR S 232P O RT


ES CALA / D P X/20#1

D AS1300 / D AS2300 D AS1300 / D AS2300 D AS1300 / D AS2300

D AS1300 / D A S2300

D AS1300 / D AS2300

D AS1300 / D AS2300

D A S1300 / D A S2300

Performance in these configurations is dictated by a number of factors, including host CPU utilization,SCSI bus traffic, individual disk usage, write cache option.



The basic configuration includes a single ESCALA host interfaced to the DAS through a standardMCA-to-Differential/SCSI-2 host adapter or a Fiber Channel adapter (DAS3500 only). In thisconfiguration, a single Storage-Control Processor (SP) is used to access up to 10 (DAS1300), 20(DAS2900) or 30 (DAS3200/DAS3500) drives in the array chassis. A second array can be daisychained to the first (up to 534GB: 30x17.8GB for the 3000 Series). The cache memory is available asan option. The dual Storage Control Processor (SP) configuration offers a higher performance and availabilityalternative to the basic configuration through the addition of second SP. The mirrored cache memoryis available as an option. The SPs can be configured to any of the disks within the subsystem; however,shared access to a single drive is not supported. A second DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series array canbe daisy chained to the first. In the dual SP configuration, system level redundancy is provided at thedrive, power supply and cooling levels. Redundancy at the Storage Control Processor level is alsoprovided: failover requires operator interaction with the host system.

The dual SCSI adapter or Fibre Channel adapter/dual SP configuration extends the capabilities ofthe dual SP configuration by extending a separate SCSI or Fibre bus to the second SP. As with theprevious configurations, the optional cache is available and a second array can be daisy chain to thefirst system. Failover of the storage processors, or SCSI-2 adapters, or Fibre Channel adapters can beinitiated through operator interaction with the host system.

The cabinet sharing configurations: in this configuration, the SCSI-2/Fibre Channel-to-SPconnections are on separate SCSI/Fibre buses, thereby allowing both host systems to share the DASarray as a highly integrated, high availability storage solution. Limitations to the DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series Cabinet Sharing Configuration:

• Dynamically shared access by two systems to a single drive requires host software (HACMP).• HACMP configurations are supported on redundant configurations.

3.14. Configuration Rules and Hints for the DAS1300, DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500

3.14.1. Basic Cabinet

One SP is included in the basic cabinet, with 3 power modules for DAS2900 or DAS3200/DAS3500,only 1 for DAS1300.

3.14.2. Number of Disk Drives Allowed

DAS3200/DAS3500: 5 to 30DAS2900: 5 to 20DAS1300 without cache: 3 to 10DAS1300 with cache: 5 to 10All models with cache and hot-spare disk 6 to 10, 20 or 30A location exclusion exists between the hot-spare disks and the 5-disk group dedicated to cachesaving.



3.14.3. RAID Group Binding Rules

RAID0: 3 to 16 drives per group (3 to 10 for DAS1300)RAID1: always 2 drives per groupRAID1/0: 4 to 20 drives per group (4 to 10 for DAS1300)RAID3: always 5 drives per groupRAID5: 3 to 16 drives per group (3 to 10 for DAS1300)

In a DAS1300, or in a DAS 2000 Series with more than 5 drives per group, a very small risk of singlepoint of failure exits at internal SCSI bus level.When configured in RAID1 RAID3 or RAID5 an amount of capacity of one disk is used for redundantdata storage.

3.14.4. Number of Power Modules DAS1300:The second power supply is an option, power redundancy is only assumed with it. Add the secondpower supply with 2SPs or with the cache option. NOEMIE will set the option as default. You mayremove it to get a lower price, but availability will become poor.DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500:The third power supply will be delivered with every subsystem.

3.14.5. Number of Storage Processors (SP)

The second SP is recommended for higher availability (associated or not with the second SCSIconnection) and for performance over 10 drives.For high availability, it is mandatory to have the mirrored cache option.For DAS2900, the single SP configuration is able to manage up to 15 disks without internal I/Osaturation (short random I/Os).

3.14.6. Mirrored Cache

The mirrored cache option needs the dual SP configuration, 5 disk drives or more, and the BatteryBackup Unit. The memory modules are provided by pairs. Memory size is 32 or 64 MB per SP. A 2-MB space will be reserved for internal use on the DAS1300. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500need a 4-MB reserved space.

3.14.7. Single Board Cache

The single board cache option is available in single SP configuration, 5 disk drives or more, and theBattery Backup Unit. The memory size is limited to 32 MB for every model. A 2-MB space will bereserved for internal use on the DAS1300. The DAS2900 and DAS3200/DAS3500 need a 4-MBreserved space.



3.15. Performance

Performance takes advantage of the capability of mixing RAID architectures to fit application needs.The appropriate RAID level must be chosen according to the file size and the type of access. The writecache drops the write response time for all RAID levels, sweeps out the RAID 5 penalty and boosts theread after write access.

The raw performance of the DAS1300 reaches in RAID 5 for one 5-disk LUN:• 350 I/Os per second (100 % of READ, random access of 512 bytes, without cache)• 120 I/Os per second (100% of WRITE, random access of 512 bytes, with an 8MB cache).• a 13ms response time for 20 I/O per second (read without cache)• a 7.3 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (write with an 8MB mirrored cache)• a 5 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (write with an 8MB single cache).

The raw performance of the DAS2900 is much higher for large configurations (more than 12 drives).

• 1200 I/Os per second (100 % of READ, random access of 4 Kbytes, cache hit = 0, access time =32 ms, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Dual SP Dual SCSI configuration).

• 4 ms less than DAS1300 in access time for 4 Kbytes I/Os in the same conditions.• 500 I/Os per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB of mirrored write

cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Dual SP Dual SCSI configuration).• 340 I/Os per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB of mirrored write

cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Single SP Single SCSI configuration).• a 7 ms response time for 20 I/O per second (100 % of WRITE, random access of 4 Kbytes, 30 MB

of mirrored write cache, 20-disk 4-LUN RAID5, Single SP Single SCSI configuration).

These values are worst cases, measured within a full size working space, the access time includes ahigher seek time than the one usual applications get.



4. DAS Management

4.1. DAS Connection Kit for Escala Systems

Each Escala server connected to a DAS subsystem can use a set of basic software products that arepart of the DAS connection kit for AIX, delivered on the Bull Enhancement CD-ROM.

The basic software provides the following:• Interoperability of AIX servers with DAS subsystems. The interoperability requires a set of ODM

configuration database, drivers and configuration commands. Some basic management commandsand utilities are also delivered, to simplify task automation.

• The latest version of Flare (firmware) for the DAS subsystems.• Navisphere AIX agent, to enable the management of the server's attached DAS subsystems from

Windows NT based Navisphere management tools (or AIX based management tools). A license ismandatory for each agent.

• Navisphere AIX CLI (command line interface).• AIX errlog wrapper, which monitors the DAS subsystems and writes in the server's AIX errlog

service all the problems detected by the DAS itself. AIX errlog enables a reporting of DASoperations and problems, either locally or remotely. The customization capabilities of AIX errlogenable to activate administrator's defined scripts and commands for each event. AIX events canalso be automatically transmitted to Bull's remote maintenance centers.

• Navisphere Supervisor, a Windows NT based management tool for DAS subsystems.

This basic software also contains Navisphere for AIX, DAS Manager and ArrayGuide. This softwaresupports legacy DAS systems.

4.2. Navisphere Supervisor and Manager (for Windows NT)

4.2.1. Product Overview

Navisphere Supervisor and Navisphere Manager are management and monitoring tool for DAS andDAE storage systems connected to AIX and non-AIX servers either with a point-to-point SCSI orFibre Channel connection, or through a Storage Area Network. They provide a graphical user interfacethat let administrators configure and manage DAS disk-array storage systems from a physicalcomponent viewpoint.

Navisphere Supervisor and Manager run on a Microsoft Windows NT host, called a Navispheremanagement station. The managed array(s) can be connected to the management station or to a serverthat is accessible to the management station over a TCP/IP network. The server with the attached arrayruns a Navisphere agent, which acts as a gateway between Navisphere applications and the attacheddisk array.



Navisphere lets administrators configure the storage systems on local and remote servers. UsingNavisphere, they can:• Set the configuration, memory, and cache properties for storage systems.• Combine physical disks into RAID groups and create logical units (LUNs) on those RAID Groups

on storage systems with RAID Group support.• Combine physical disks into LUN on storage systems without RAID Group support.• Change the user-defined parameters of LUNs, such as their rebuild time and storage processor (SP)

owner.• Update the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and programmable read-only memory (PROM) code that

controls storage systems.

Navisphere lets administrators monitor faults and problems with storage systems on local and remoteservers. Using Navisphere they can:• Monitor the status of the storage system and the physical disks and other customer-replaceable

units (CRUs) that comprise it and the RAID Groups and LUNs on it.• Monitor the status of ATF software on the storage-system server.

Navisphere Manager Version 5 supports all DAS models and all features:• DAS 5300, 5700, 4500, 4700 and 4700-2• management of Access Logix, SnapView, MirrorView• capability to manage multiple DAS connected to multiple servers

Navisphere Manager Version 4 and Navisphere Supervisor have the following limitations:• DAS 4700 (or later) not supported• Access Logix, SnapView and MirrorView not supported• Management of a single DAS at a time.

However, for compatibility reasons, Bull will still provide the latest available version of NavisphereSupervisor.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of the Navisphere Manager for AIX does not affectDAS operations; it is fully transparent to the applications using the managed DAS and does notprevent ATF operations.

Navisphere Manager vs. Navisphere Supervisor

The difference between managing a single or multiple DAS is easy to understand. When starting theNavisphere Supervisor, the administrator must select a server on the LAN, and then, one of the DASattached to this server. To manage another DAS, the administrator must exit the tools and restart it.The monitoring is limited to the DAS currently selected. With Navisphere Manager, a window allowsto browse all the known servers and disk arrays. It is also possible to have simultaneously twowindows to compare configuration parameters of two different DAS. The monitoring is done for allthe DAS, and there is a global indicator telling that a problem occurred in one of the managed DAS.Thus the Navisphere Manager is better suited to the management of multiple DAS than the NavisphereSupervisor.



4.2.2. Product’s Deployment

The next figure shows a sample of Navisphere Supervisor or Manager deployment, to manage DASsubsystems connected to AIX servers.

SCSI

AIX server

Navisphere Supervisor orManager

Navisphere agent

AIX server

DAS

DASFibre Channel

DAS

Multiple DAS perserver

AIX server

DAS

Fibre Channel

AIX server

AIX server

Single DAS Shared DAS

NT host Navispheremanagement

station

4.2.3. Prerequisites

The Navisphere Management Station requires Windows NT 4 with SP6.

Navisphere Supervisor and Manager are backward compatible with previously installed AIX agents.But the AIX agents must be upgraded to benefit from the latest DAS features and models.

4.2.4. Licensing

A Navisphere AIX agent is mandatory on each AIX server. The Navisphere Supervisor license isbundled with the AIX agent's license.Navisphere Supervisor for NT is delivered in the Bull Enhancement CD-ROM.

Navisphere Manager is a separately priced and packaged product.



4.3. Navisphere for AIX



Bull Navisphere Manager for AIX® is a management and monitoring tool for DAS RAID storagesystems (1300, 2900, 3200, 3500, 5300, 5700 and 5720) connected to AIX server, either with a point-to-point SCSI or Fibre Channel connection, or through a Storage Area Network.

Bull Navisphere Manager for AIX enables an efficient and easy management of the DAS subsystems,and delivers the following services to AIX and DAS administrators:

• An easy control of DAS configuration and status, with a tree representation of all the DAScomponents (Storage Processors, enclosures, LUN, individual disks, LCC, power supplies, standbypower supplies, fans, …), and icons varying upon the component status.

• Simple management of the storage resources (RAID and LUN creation, binding / unbinding, hotspare management, …).

• Performance management (read and write cache configuration, cache page size, cache prefetchpolicy, rebuilt priority, cache hit ratio, I/O activity, disk errors statistics, …).

• Diagnostic and maintenance operations (component status, event log display, firmwaredownload,…).

The Navisphere Manager for AIX is integrated in WebSM, and offers an easy-to-use Graphical UserInterface (GUI). A graphical terminal or X11 terminal is mandatory, like for any other WebSMapplications. A Java enabled Web browser may be used to access to the Navisphere Manager for AIXfrom non-AIX environments.

The Navisphere Manager for AIX provides the same unified user interface for all the model of DASsubsystems, thus reducing training of administrators.

The Navisphere Manager for AIX may be used locally to manage the DAS subsystems connected tothe AIX server on which it is installed. But storage administrators will be much more efficient usingthe distributed mode of the Navisphere Manager for AIX, enabling to consolidate the management ofmultiples DAS subsystems connected to multiple AIX servers. When operating in distributed mode,the main Navisphere window displays all the managed AIX servers, and enables to manage all theDAS subsystems connected to these servers from a single window.

The security policy of Navisphere Manager for AIX is the same as the other WebSM applications. Itrelies on AIX and WebSM built-in security controls. All the users can view all the information. Onlyroot users can modify the DAS configuration.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of the Navisphere Manager for AIX does not disturbDAS operations, is fully transparent to the applications using the managed DAS, and does not preventATF operations.




The Navisphere Manager for AIX is based on a manager / agent architecture. The Navisphere agentsrun on AIX servers connected to DAS subsystems and get information or send configuration ordersthrough Fibre Channel or SCSI connections, or through a serial line. The Navisphere managermanages the information received from one or multiple DAS, and implements a Graphical UserInterface (GUI) for the administrators.

The Navisphere manager can be used either in local or distributed mode. In local mode, the managerand the agent are on the same server. In distributed mode, the Navisphere manager and all theNavisphere agents communicate through TCP/IP. The distributed mode requires to install a softwarelicense (NetLS key) on the AIX server hosting the Navisphere manager. A Navisphere agent can beused simultaneously from a local Navisphere manager, or from one or multiple distributed Navispheremanagers. The packaging of the Navisphere Manager for AIX allows to install separately the managerand the agent, to reduce the disk space requirements for AIX servers.

The recommended mode of deployment uses a single Navisphere manager operating in distributedmode, and Navisphere agents for each DAS connected to an AIX server. Each DAS must have at leastone agent on an AIX server. When a DAS subsystem is connected to multiple servers, the deploymentof two (or more) agents on distinct AIX servers is recommended to preserve the manageability in caseof AIX server failure.

Case study: local mode

The next figure shows a sample of DAS configuration using only the local mode, in variousconfigurations (server connected to multiple DAS, shared DAS, DAS dedicated to a single server).With this mode, the Manager of each AIX server manages only the DAS subsystems connected to thisserver. A remote X11 display or a web browser can be used to display the Navisphere Manager forAIX on other servers.

The local mode can be used either with standalone servers or cluster nodes. The PowerConsole canactivate the local Navisphere managers installed on cluster nodes. Nevertheless, the distributed modeis preferable with the PowerConsole.



SCSI

Enterprise LANX terminal

AIX server

Navisphere manager/GUI Navisphere agent

AIX server

Optional

DAS

DASFibre Channel

DAS

1 Agent/Managerfor 2 DAS

AIX server

DAS

Fibre Channel

AIX server

AIX server

1 Agent/Managerfor 1 DAS

2 Agent/Manager for 1 DAS1 connected server can not

manage the DAS

Web browser

Optional

Local Navisphere mode

Case study: distributed mode

The next figure shows a sample of Navisphere Manager for AIX® deployment, in distributed mode, toconsolidate DAS management in a single point. The default configuration rule is to install an AIXagent on each server connected to a DAS.If required by AIX servers' administrators, it is also possible to deploy Navisphere Managers operatingin local mode on a part or on all the AIX servers hosting Navisphere agents, or to deploy multiplemanagers in distributed mode.

SCSI


AIX server

Navisphere manager/GUIwith NetLS key

Navisphere agent

AIX server

Optional

DAS

DASFibre Channel

DAS

Multiple DAS

AIX server

DAS

Fibre Channel

AIX serverAIX server

Single DAS Shared DAS

Web browser

OptionalAIX server

Distributed Navisphere mode



Case study: cluster configuration with PowerConsole

The recommendation for this type of configuration is to install Navisphere Manager for AIX on thePowerConsole itself. The private network for cluster management can be used, when available. Elsethe Manager / Agent exchanges will use the enterprise LAN.


PowerConsole

Navisphere manager/GUIwith NetLS key

Navisphere agent

AIX server

Optional

DAS

Fibre Channel

DAS

AIX server

DAS

Fibre Channel

AIX serverAIX server

Web browser

Optional

DAS

AIX server

DAS

Escala cluster

Private networkfor cluster

management

Cluster with PowerConsole


Bull Navisphere Manager requires:

• A graphic terminal or console connected to the server on which it is located, or an X11 terminal.• AIX 4.3.2 or later.

4.3.4. Licensing

The Navisphere agents are licensed components. A license is mandatory for each agent, regardless ofthe number of DAS managed by the agent.

The Navisphere Manager can operate in local mode without specific license (except the agent's one).

Licenses are mandatory to operate in distributed mode. The license defines the maximum number ofmanaged Navisphere agents. The pricing depends on the number of managed agents. The number ofmanaged agents is dedicated to a single Navisphere Manager, and can not be shared with otherNavisphere Managers that could be deployed by the customer.



4.4. DAS Manager and ArrayGuide

DAS Manager and ArrayGuide support only the DAS 1000, 2000, and 3000 Series.

The DAS 1000, 2000 and 3000 Series Storage System Manager (DASMGR) software, is an integratedset of utilities that allow users to configure the array, monitor the status of the major storage systemcomponents, and download updates of the arrays internal microcode. DASMGR is delivered with AIXversion 4.

In addition we can take advantage of a new graphic array management tool simplifying day-to-dayoperational tasks. Called ArrayGUIde, this tool is basically available and requires a graphical colordisplay on the host or somewhere on a LAN connected to the host.

4.5. ATFATF V2.1 & ATF V2.2 Discontinued : December 31, 2003ATF, Application Transparent Failover is a host based software, running on Escala servers, whichdelivers uninterrupted information access to DAS subsystems equipped with dual storage processors.ATF delivers automatic rerouting of I/O traffic in the event of a host-to-storage path failure. Failoverto a redundant I/O path is transparent to the server's application software and users. With ATF,production is not impacted by the failure of a cable, host bus adapter or storage processor. Instead, datacontinues to be delivered without interruption. ATF ensures that no I/O is lost.

Storage

Applicationdisk1 disk2

SP A SP B

ATF

Server

Applicationdisk1 disk2

SP A SP B

ATF

1 2 1 2

HBA failureCable failure

Storage Processor failure

I/O path

Load balancing dual active SP

I/O rerouted single active SP

In the unlikely event of a failure, the failover occurs in seconds, permitting continuous access to theinformation stored on the disk subsystem(s). Without the user intervention, ATF reconfigures theRAID subsystem (e.g. bind the LUNs to the surviving SP), retrieves I/Os in the mirrored write cacheand completes them, and finally, on the server it self, route the I/O through a secondary path to thesurviving (provided that the server is equipped with two fibre channel adapters).



ATF is easy to manage. The initial configuration is fully automatic. ATF retrieves itself the SP pairs.Failover is automatic, based in the IO errors returned by the host bus adapters in case of unreachabilityof LUNs. The trespass command enables to force I/O rerouting, for example for maintenanceoperations. The restoration of initial IO routing after repair is also controlled by the administrator. AllATF path management operations are logged in each server's errlog (for AIX), enabling an easytracking. Navisphere tools (for AIX or for NT) enable to check the current SP attached for each LUN,to control which path is currently used, and what is the default configuration.

Furthermore, ATF is integrated with HA-CMP to enable intelligent failover: failure of a single path ismanaged by ATF, whereas dual path failure leads to node takeover.ATF fully uses the dual active architecture of the DAS subsystems. During normal operations, the twopaths to the disk subsystem are active, and are used by the server's I/O traffic. The I/O workload canbe balanced between the two storage processors, to deliver optimal performances. This load balancingis managed by the storage administrators, at the initial DAS configurations. There is a single activepath for each LUN, through the SP processor where it is bound be default. Thus, administrators mustbalance the LUNs across both storage processors, taking into account the expected IO load for eachLUN, to optimize the performances. The load balancing is automatically tuned based on the effectiveIO load, but it is possible to change the LUN to SP bindings, transparently for the applications.Administrators can modify the LUN balancing to optimize the performances, without stopping theapplications.

ATF operates with all DAS models (series 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 5000), but not with the DAE5000, which is a JBOD and not a RAID subsystem. Any type of Escala server and AIX versions aresupported. Any type of connection can be used (SCSI, fibre channel point-to-point, loop, fabrics, …).ATF is compatible with LUN access control features deployed in SAN environments (such as zoning,LUN masking with AIX SAN Manager or Access Logix), as long as the SAN administrators take careto allow LUN access through two distinct paths.

ATF Version 2.1 requires iFOR/LS license keys. ATF Version 2.2 is delivered without license keys.The migration ATF to PowerPath is available only for DAS4500, DAS4700 and DAS5300ATF does not support the CX400 and CX600.

4.6. PowerPath Full and PowerPath Base

PowerPath software is a server-resident, performance and information availability enhancing softwaresolution. PowerPath also supports high availability cluster environments.

• PowerPath Full integrates multiple path I/O capabilities, automatic load balancing, and pathfailover functions into one comprehensive package for use on platforms connected to Symmetrixor DAS storage sub-systems.

• PowerPath Base integrates only path failover functions into one comprehensive package for use onplatforms connected to Symmetrix or DAS storage sub-systems.

The PowerPath software resides on the open server platforms and supports SCSI (Symmetrix only),and Fibre Channel for both switched fabric and arbitrated loop environments.



With PowerPath, not only are multiple channels used to share the I/O workload, but also the automaticload balancing capability ensures that they are utilized in the most efficient manner possible.Multipathing allows for two or more data paths (up to 16 for DAS and up to 32 for Symmetrix) to besimultaneously used for read/write operations. Performance is thereby enhanced by automatically andequally dispersing data access across all the available paths. PowerPath’s workload balancing featureensures that no one path can become overloaded while others have underutilized bandwidth causing anI/O bottleneck. When one or more paths become busier than others, PowerPath shifts the I/O trafficfrom the busy paths to the others, further enhancing throughput over the already efficient multipathingfeature.

PowerPath’s automatic path failover and dynamic recovery feature permits data access to beimmediately and non-disruptively dispersed to an alternate data path or paths in the event of a failure.This eliminates the possibility of disrupting an application due to the failure of an adapter, cable, orchannel controller. In the event of a path failover, all outstanding and subsequent I/O requests areautomatically and non-disruptively directed to the alternative path. Mission-critical applicationscontinue without interruption and the customer business stays online.

PowerPath has increased its functionality by extending Intelligent Path Management to supportfailover between the switch and the storage. Instead of losing an active HBA in the event of a pathfailure, PowerPath fails over to an alternative channel resulting in the path being restored. Mission-critical applications continue without interruption, your business remains online, performance ismaximized, and your storage assets are maximized. PowerPath's Auto Detect and Auto Restorefeatures allow for periodic probing of inactive paths to check for path failures. Once the failure hasbeen detected and repaired, the path is automatically restored. There is no user intervention required.

PowerPath is particularly beneficial in cluster environments in that it can prevent costly interruptionsto operations. PowerPath’s path failover capability avoids node failover, thus maintaininguninterrupted application support on the primary node in the event of a single path disconnect.

4.7. Access Logix (DAS 4500, DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

Access Logix is an optional feature of the DAS 4500 DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2, which is managedexclusively by the Navisphere Manager on NT. The purpose is to control storage allocation when thearray is shared and/or reachable by multiple servers, typically in SAN configurations. Access Logixenables safe, secure information access.

This feature controls the access of hosts to LUNs within the DAS unit. LUNs are grouped in storagegroups. For each storage group, one or multiple servers are authorized, and will be able to discover theLUNs, read and write the data. The other servers will not be able to send any SCSI command to theLUNs of the storage group. A server can use resources spread across multiple DAS subsystems. Insuch a case, the storage administrator must configure the LUN access rule for each individual DAS.

From the server point of view, each server can only access to its allocated storage resource, (definedthrough Navisphere Manager), avoiding conflicts and administrator errors with other servers sharingthe same array.



��

Cluster A

Cluster A

Cluster A

Cluster AServer B

Server BServer C

NTSolarisSGI...

Server C Server C

Server CServer B

Rest of theworldAIX - Escala

Access Logix requires well defined configurations:• DAS 4500 with dual SP or DAS 4700/4700-2• connection to fibre channel switches, or direct attachment• dual adapters and ATF on all the servers sharing the DAS

Access Logix cannot be used for DAS connected to hubs, neither external, nor SP's built-in hubs.

switch switch

NTNavisphere Manager

(NT management station)

ATF

LAN

ATFServers

AIX, NT, Solaris, ...

DAS 4000 series - dual SP(one or more)

Switches

There is a version of Access Logix for each DAS product (4500, 4700 and 4700-2). Access Logixprovides the same features on all subsystems.



4.8. SnapView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

SnapView is a software application that captures a snapshot image of a LUN and retains the imageindependently of subsequent changes to the LUN. The snapshot image can serve as a basis for decisionsupport, revision testing, backup, or in any situation where you need a consistent, copyable image ofreal data.

The snapshot image consists of the unchanged LUN block and, for each block that changes from thesnapshot moment, a copy of the original block. The software stores the copies of original blocks in aprivate LUN called a snapshot cache. For any block, the copy happens only once, when the block isfirst modified. A snapshot can be performed on all LUNs except the PSM LUN.

Since only changed data blocks are retained in the private area, the storage capacity required toimplement SnapView is a fraction of the capacity of the LUN. The SnapView documentation containsexamples of the appropriate size of a snapshot cache LUN. Navisphere contains simulation toolsenabling to evaluate the optimal cache size for a real application. A guideline is a cache size of 10% to20% of the source LUN.

In a failover situation, ATF routes the LUN, but the snapshot session for this LUN is stopped.

SnapView is tightly integrated and managed from within Navisphere Manager. In addition, theAdmsnap program allows to run the SnapView commands (start, activate, deactivate, stop) on the hostservers.

SnapView requires two hosts running the same operating system.

4.9. MirrorView (DAS 4700 and DAS 4700-2)

MirrorView is a software application running that provides synchronous data mirroring between twoDAS 4700/4700-2.

In a MirrorView configuration, a host is attached to the primary or production DAS 4700/4700-2array. The host writes to the primary array, which records the data and synchronously writes the samedata to the secondary DAS 4700/4700-2 array. An acknowledgement is sent back to the host once thedata has been written to both the primary and secondary arrays, ensuring a complete transaction onboth sides of the mirror. The resulting mirror can be used for many purposes, most importantly, fastfailover to the secondary site so business operations can continue.

MirrorView arrays must be connected directly, using port 1 of each SP. The connection between theSPs of the two arrays can be done either directly or through a fabric.

It is recommended not to configure more than 50 mirrors including primary and secondary copies or25 mirrors using the Write Intent Log feature.

In a failover situation, ATF routes the LUN to the second SP and the MirrorView Session continues onthe second path.

MirrorView is tightly integrated and managed from within Navisphere Manager.



5. EMC² Symmetrix Family Subsystems

5.1. Symmetrix Storage Philosophy

5.1.1. Highest Performance

Symmetrix systems use large cache memory configurations, and proprietary caching algorithms enablethe highest probability for “cache hits” when reading data. One hundred percent cache fast writesensure the highest possible performance when writing data. Fast, 100 percent cache writes enableSymmetrix performance to appear as close to that of solid-state disk as possible while being able tosupport the largest data capacity per system in the industry.

5.1.2. Scalability

Symmetrix systems enable consolidated storage strategies by providing scalable storage in a commonfamily. System capacities scale from some gigabytes to multiple terabytes of fully protected storage.Symmetrix offers new ways to manage change and growth in applications, databases, servers, andoverall business requirements.

5.1.3. Connectivity

Connectivity to host platforms is provided through industry-standard interfaces.

Symmetrix systems support connectivity to open UNIX, Windows NT, and AS/400 systems withconnectivity to Ultra SCSI, and Fibre Channels. When optional Symmetrix ESP software is added toSymmetrix systems, they simultaneously support mainframe connections through ESCON channels.

This level of Symmetrix connectivity enables simultaneous support of multiple hosts and multiple hosttypes for greater configuration flexibility and the fulfillment of Symmetrix Enterprise Storagephilosophy.

5.1.4. Information Protection

Symmetrix software provides a variety of information protection/business continuance options,including Mirroring the optimum RAID level for both performance and availability.

The following software offerings supplement the Symmetrix Enterprise Storage philosophy:• Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) provides fast enterprise-wide data recovery capability in

the event of a planned or unplanned data center outage.• TimeFinder supports the online creation of multiple independently addressable business

continuance volumes (BCVs) of information allowing other processes such as backup, batch,application development and testing, and database extractions and loads to be performedsimultaneously with OLTP and other business operations.

Bull’s Remote Support network can be used to upgrade Symmetrix operating software (microcode) onan operational Symmetrix system with minimal interruption of service. This unique approach upgrades



Symmetrix software and functionality without downtime, combining fast functional enhancementswith continuous data availability.

5.1.5. Information Sharing

Symmetrix provides centralized, sharable information storage that supports changing environmentsand mission-critical applications. This leading-edge technology begins with physical devices sharedbetween heterogeneous operating environments and extends to specialized software that enhancesinformation sharing between disparate platforms:• Symmetrix Enterprise Storage Platform (ESP) software provides simultaneous mainframe and

open systems support for Symmetrix systems.• InfoMover extends information sharing. InfoMover facilitates high-speed bulk file transfer

between heterogeneous mainframe, UNIX, and Windows NT host platforms without the need fornetwork resources.

5.1.6. Information Management

Symmetrix systems improve information management by allowing users to consolidate storagecapacity for multiple hosts and servers. Powerful tools are offered and it dramatically simplifies andenhances Symmetrix configuration, performance, and status information gathering and management:• ControlCenter™ is a family of applications that provides extensive user management tools.

ControlCenter’s monitoring, configuration, control, tuning, and planning capabilities simplifymanagement of the Symmetrix supporting open systems and mainframe environments, whilekeeping track of changing requirements

• PowerPath™ optionally offers a combination of simultaneous multiple path access, workloadbalancing, and path failover capabilities between Symmetrix systems and supported server hosts.

• Volume Logix allows multiple UNIX and NT server hosts to share the same Symmetrix FibreAdapter port while providing multiple volume access controls and data protection. The VolumeLogix software also provides volume access management for non-supported Volume Logix GUIand Host Utilities platforms that are connected via Fibre Channel.

• Symmetrix Optimizer provides automatic performance tuning for Symmetrix by balancingperformance and eliminating potential bottlenecks. It reduces the effort and expertise required toachieve optimal Symmetrix performance by automatically balancing I/O activity across physicaldrives. RAID-S is not supported.

5.2. Symmetrix Product Description

5.2.1. Host Channel connection

Symmetrix systems provide exceptional host channel connectivity through combinations of ChannelDirectors, each with two advanced microprocessors. Each Channel Director is connected to twomemory buses and supplies multiple independent data paths to cache, then to disk, from the hostsystem. Channel Directors are installed in pairs, providing redundancy and continuous availability inthe event of repair or replacement to any one Channel Director. These include ESCON channels, SCSIand Fibre Channels, and Remote Link Directors.



Multi Host Support:Open systems connect to Symmetrix systems through Ultra SCSI and Fibre Channel interfaces.For a more detailed list of specific server models and supported operating system versions andinterface technologies check EMC partner’s web site at: https://powerlink.emc.com/

Host Cluster Support:Configuring hosts in clusters achieves high availability and high performance. Cluster nodes shareaccess to Symmetrix systems via fast-wide SCSI, Ultra SCSI, and Fibre Channel interfaces. For moredetailed information on Symmetrix support for clustered environments, check EMC partner’s web siteat: https://powerlink.emc.com/

5.2.2. Internal Data Flow

Intelligent cache configurations allow Symmetrix systems to transfer data at electronic memory speedsthat are much faster than physical disk speeds. Symmetrix products are based on the principle that theworking set of data at any given time is relatively small when compared to the total system storagecapacity. When this working set of data is in cache, there is a significant improvement in I/Operformance. The performance improvement achieved is dependent on both:• Locality of Reference: If a given piece of data is used, there is a high probability that a nearby

piece of data will be used shortly thereafter,• Data Reuse: If a given piece of data is used, there is a high probability that it will be reused shortly

hereafter.

5.2.3. Disk Drives

Symmetrix systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhance Symmetrixcapabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilities such asadvanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. This furtherenhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easily compatiblewith a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

5.2.4. Disk Directors

The Disk Directors manage the interface to the physical disk, and are responsible for data movementbetween the HDAs and cache. HDAs are connected to Disk Directors through industry-standard SCSIinterfaces with two microprocessors per Disk Director. This connection allows rapid introduction ofthe latest disk drive technology into Symmetrix systems.



5.2.5. Symmetrix Data Protection

Unique customer value can be derived from the ability to have Symmetrix products support disk arraysthat can be protected with:• Mirroring (RAID 1) provides the highest level of performance and availability for all mission-

critical and business critical applications by maintaining a duplicate copy of volumes on two diskdevices

• RAIDS: offers more usable capacity than a mirrored system containing the same number of diskdrives through performance-enhanced parity-based data protection.

• Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF): an enhanced version of mirroring for multiple storagesystem data protection and availability that can include multiple sites.

• Dynamic Sparing option which reserves disk drives as standby spares. This option increases dataavailability without impacting performance and can be used in conjunction with Mirroring, RAID-S, or SRDF

This capability allows optimization for the best relationships of availability, performance, and cost forindividual data sets. These options are configurable at the physical volume level so that different levelsof protection can be applied to different data sets within the same Symmetrix system. This uniqueflexibility allows the customer to maintain the lowest possible costs in relation to the necessary levelsof performance and data availability.

5.3. Symmetrix 3000 Family

Discontinued.

5.3.1. Symmetrix 3930-18/36 Architecture







5.3.4. Configuration Summary

Symmetrix 3000 model specifications:

Connectivity directorsModel Ultra SCSI Fibre Channel Serial Channel Remote Link Cache directors Disk devices

Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max3630-18/36 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 8 323830-18/36 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 16 963830-18/36 (1) 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 4 2 2 16 963930-18/36 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 6 2 4 32 256

(1) With option to convert Cache slots in Front End Director slots.

5.3.5. Ultra-SCSI Director

The Ultra SCSI director is a single card that has four differential wide interfaces for connection to hostsystems and one high-speed path to cache. It can attach to hosts supporting Ultra-SCSI connectivityand Fast-Wide differential SCSI connectivity. The Ultra SCSI director contains two advancedmicroprocessors that process commands and data from the host and manage access to cache. On eachUltra-SCSI channel director, data transfers from the host to cache occur as four concurrent operations.Each Ultra SCSI director can support up to 960 logical volumes (with a maximum of 2,048 logicalvolumes per Symmetrix 3830 and Symmetrix 3930 and 1,024 logical volumes for the 3630Symmetrix)

5.3.6. Fibre Channel Director

The Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-Gigabit Fibre Channelinterfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. The Fibre Channeldirector contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data from the host andmanage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper level protocol layers areboth implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support up to 256 logicalvolumes per Symmetrix system. The two physical interfaces are 52µ multi mode fibre.

5.3.7. ESCON Director

The ESCON director is a single card that offers four ports, which can support up to 1,024 logicalvolumes per board. Symmetrix ESCON directors support 2 Control Unit Address (CUADD) images,512 logical devices per ESCON port and 32 separate logical paths (LPaths) addressable to one port.The 32 logical paths may be shared in any fashion between the 2 CU images. For example, all 32logical paths can be configured on one CU image and none on the other. Alternatively, 32 logical pathsmay be split between the ports (for example, 18 on CUADD 0 and 14 on CUADD 1)



5.3.8. SRDF Remote Link Director

The Remote Link Director (RLD) is a 4-port serial channel director microcode configured as the linkbetween Symmetrix units in a Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) configuration. The RemoteLink Director (RLD) interfaces to Symmetrix channels via a serial channel interface adapter. TheRemote Link Director supports up to 1,024 logical volumes per board. Symmetrix requires a minimumof two RLDs in each Symmetrix unit used in an SRDF configuration. When one of the processors of aserial channel director (two ports on each processor) is configured as an RLD, only one of the ports onthat processor can be configured as a remote link, while the remaining port is not used. If two ports ofthe four-port RLD are needed as remote links to other Symmetrix units, only one port from eachprocessor can be used.

For open systems, SRDF over Fibre Channel implementations use Remote Fibre Directors (RFD) forconnecting Symmetrix systems using high-speed Fibre Channel links. These directors are multi-modefiber and only one of the two ports is usable for the remote connection. The minimum microcodeversion required for this director is 5x66.

5.3.9. Cache Memory

One of the most crucial components of a Symmetrix system is the cache memory. All read or writeoperations transfer data to or from cache. Any transfers between the host processor, Channel Directors,and cache are achieved at electronic speeds that are a quantum leap faster than transfers involving disk.Optimization around the movement of data between disk and cache results in the highest performancepossible. There are two cache buses, x and y; each has a 360MB per second bandwidth for a totalprocessing bandwidth of 720MB per second.

5.3.10. Disk Drives

Symmetrix systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhance Symmetrixcapabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilities such asadvanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. This furtherenhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easily compatiblewith a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

Symmetrix 3630, 3830, and 3930systems support mixed configurations of up to 32, 96, and 256(respectively) 18GB and 36GB disks drives. This breadth of scalable capacity and configurationchoices allows Symmetrix systems to adapt to virtually any enterprise storage requirement.



5.4. Symmetrix 8000 Family

5.4.1. Symmetrix 8730 and 8830-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture

5.4.2. Symmetrix 8430 and 8530-18/36/50/73/181 Architecture



5.4.3. Configuration Summary

Symmetrix 8000 model specifications:

Connectivity directorsModel Ultra SCSI Fibre

ChannelSerial

ChannelRemote Link Cache

directorsDisk devices

Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max8430/8530-18/36/50/73/181

2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 16 96

8430/8530-18/36/50/73/181 (1)

2 6 2 6 2 6 2 4 2 2 16 96

8730/8830-18/36/50/73/181

2 8 2 8 2 8 2 6 2 4 32 384 (2)

(1) With option to convert Cache slots in Front End Director slots.(2) Limited to 256 with 36GB disk drives sold before July 1, 2000.

Limited to 320 with 73 GB Disk Drives.Number of 181 GB RAID 1 divided by 2 plus number of 181 GB HDD limited to 192.

5.4.4. Ultra-SCSI Director

The Ultra SCSI director is a single card that has four differential wide interfaces for connection to hostsystems and one high-speed path to cache. It can attach to hosts supporting Ultra-SCSI connectivityand Fast-Wide differential SCSI connectivity. The Ultra SCSI director contains two advancedmicroprocessors that process commands and data from the host and manage access to cache. On eachUltra-SCSI channel director, data transfers from the host to cache occur as four concurrent operations.Each Ultra SCSI director can support up to 960 logical volumes (with a maximum of 2,048 logicalvolumes per Symmetrix 8730 or 8430).

5.4.5. 4-Port Fibre Channel Director

The new multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has four FC ANSI compliant 1-Gigabit Fibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts. They extend the SymmetrixFibre Channel connectivity to 32 independent Fibre Channel ports. The multi-mode Fibre Channeldirectors require at least Enginuity 5567.29.15s and version 4.3 of the SymAPI.

5.4.6. Multi Mode Fibre Channel Director

The multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-GigabitFibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. TheFibre Channel director contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data fromthe host and manage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper levelprotocol layers are both implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support upto 256 logical volumes per Symmetrix system. The two physical interfaces are 52µ multi mode fiber.



5.4.7. Multi Mode / Mono Mode Fibre Channel Director

The multi-mode Fibre Channel director is a single card that has two FC ANSI compliant 1-GigabitFibre Channel interfaces for connection to open systems hosts and one high-speed path to cache. TheFibre Channel director contains two advanced microprocessors that process commands and data fromthe host and manage access to cache. The Fibre Channel SCSI protocol mapping and upper levelprotocol layers are both implemented within the director. Each Fibre Channel director can support upto 256 logical volumes per Symmetrix system. One physical interface is 52µ multi mode fiber and thesecond one is 9µ mono-mode fiber.

5.4.8. 4-Port ESCON Director

The new ESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel directors use four processors providing the powerto drive four concurrent I/O operations. They provide more than two times the throughput of the olderESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel directors, which use two processors and support twoconcurrent I/O operations. The SRDF over ESCON channel director can support up to four individualremote link connections for SRDF. Any remaining ports can be used for host connections. TheESCON and SRDF over ESCON channel director requires Enginuity V5567.

5.4.9. ESCON Director

The ESCON director is a single card that offers four ports, which can support up to 1,024 logicalvolumes per board. Symmetrix ESCON directors support 2 Control Unit Address (CUADD) images,512 logical devices per ESCON port and 32 separate logical paths (LPaths) addressable to one port.The 32 logical paths may be shared in any fashion between the 2 CU images. For example, all 32logical paths can be configured on one CU image and none on the other. Alternatively, 32 logical pathsmay be split between the ports (for example, 18 on CUADD 0 and 14 on CUADD 1).

5.4.10. SRDF Remote Link Director

The EMC Remote Link Director (RLD) facilitates the direct connection between two Symmetrixsystems in a Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) or Symmetrix Data Migration Services (SDMS)configuration. SRDF and SDMS implementations require a minimum of two, and support a maximumof four, RLDs in each connected system. SRDF implementations can be either ESCON or FibreChannel. SDMS implementations are ESCON only.

For open systems, SRDF over Fibre Channel implementations use Remote Fibre Directors (RFD) forconnecting Symmetrix systems using high-speed Fibre Channel links. These directors are either multi-mode fiber or multi/mono mode fiber and only one of the two ports is usable for the remoteconnection.



5.4.11. Cache Memory

One of the most important components of a Symmetrix 8000 system is the cache memory. This cachesolution is field-proven, currently delivering over six million hours of continuous operation per week.Cache boards are available in sizes of 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, and 8GB. These leading-edge memory boardsprovide four independent areas on each board thereby increasing operations in each cache board.Symmetrix 8430/8530 and 8730/8830 models have four cache slots to accommodate up to a maximumof 32GB of cache memory per system.

All read and write operations transfer data to or from cache. All transfers between the host processor,Channel Directors, and cache are achieved at electronic speeds that are a quantum leap faster thantransfers involving disk. The Symmetrix 8000 system’s intelligent use of cache contributes greatly tothis performance advantage: There are four internal buses (top high, top low, bottom high, and bottomlow), each has a 360MB per second bandwidth for a total internal processing bandwidth of 1440MBper second.

5.4.12. Disk Drives

Symmetrix 8000 systems use advanced technology disk drives and disk controllers to enhanceSymmetrix capabilities. Microprocessors embedded in the controllers of each drive enable capabilitiessuch as advanced RAID protection to be offloaded from CPUs, disk directors and controllers. Thisfurther enhances the performance of Symmetrix systems and also serves to make them more easilycompatible with a wide array of hardware and software platforms.

Symmetrix 8430/8530, and 8730/8830 systems support mixed configurations of up to 96, and 384(respectively) 18GB, 36GB, 50GB, 73GB and 181GB disks drives (There are limitations to themaximum capacity of the 8730 model. For more information, see "Symmetrix 8000 Family -Configuration Summary".) This breadth of scalable capacity and configuration choices allowsSymmetrix systems to adapt to virtually any enterprise storage requirement.



6. Tape Libraries and Subsystems

6.1. DLT 4000 and DLT 7000-Cartridge Tape Library


This DLT 4000/7000-Cartridge Tape Library is also designed in Bull as "DLT LibraryXpress". It is astand-alone subsystem providing 10-cartridge capacity and housing up to two DLT4000 or DLT7000drives.

The DLT technology is available with the 10-cartridge library (Overland) fitted with 2 DLT drives,offering a 400GB capability and a 6MB/second transfer rate.

The DLT Library Xpress gives you the most options for capacity, performance and growth of any tapelibrary available.

Then, as your needs grow even greater, the exclusive SmartScale Storage design will let you snap onadditional modules for a simple expansion of up to 3.2 Terabytes with transfer rates of up to 172GB/hour, all while protecting your original investment.

The combination of high-performance DLT drive technology and Overland Data's proven MainframeClass library robotics gives you peace of mind. Your data is safe when you combine the highly reliableLibrary Xpress and backup & storage solutions across Bull platforms.

Specifications

Drives and Media LXB4210Drive type DLT4000Number of drives TwoMedia type CompacTape IVTape type 5 in. metal particle, .5 mil thickTape length 1800 feetCartridge size 4.1 in. * 4.1 in. * 4.1 in.Magazine size 10 cartridges

System performance

Read/write tape speed 110 ips, streamingSearch tape speed streaming 150 ipsSustained native transfer rate (max/drive.) 3 MB/sec. - 180 MB/min.Compressed transfer rate per drive (2:1): 6 MB/sec. - 360 MB/min.Peak SCSI transfer rate per drive 20 MB/sec. synchronous modeCartridge load /unload time 10 secondsAverage access time from (BOT) 45 secondsAverage rewind time 45 seconds



Data organization

Data compatibility digital linear tapeRecording format 128 track serial serpentineRecording density 82,000 bpiRead/write head w/MIG 2 channel ferriteNative capacity 200 GBData compression Standard Digital Lempel-Ziv (DLZ) algorithmCompressed capacity (2:1) 400 GB

System reliability & data integrity

Head life 10,000 hoursMechanism life 500,000 cyclesMedia life 500,000 passesError correction code Reed Solomon ECC, 64-bit CRC on each 4 KB of data, 16-

bit parity check on each record, internal parity check on thebuffer

Hard error rate less than 1 to 1017 bits readUndetected error rate less than 1 to 1030 bits read

Connectivity & system compatibility Drive interface (diff.) Fast SCSI-2Library interface (diff.) Fast SCSI-2

Physical dimensions

Dimensions rackmount (H * W * D) 17 in. * 17 in. * 22 in.(17.78 cm * 43.2 cm * 55.88 cm)

Dimensions desktop (H * W * D) 8 in. * 19 in. * 23 in.(20.32 cm * 48.26 cm * 58.42 cm)

Weight rackmount 65 lbs. / 29.53 kgWeight desktop 70 lbs. / 31.8 kg A 4-line, 20-character LCD front-panel display provides direct access to comprehensive library status.Configure the library or drives through the panel or from software. Check the loader robotics andmagazine status, and access system statistics and command history. Magazine handling is easy, just push one button to load or unload, or lock it in the LibraryXpress forsecurity.

Standard Connection (recommended)

One SCSI-DE connection to the robotics control and two drives.



High Availability Connection

• One SCSI-DE connection to the robotics control and to one drive• One dedicated SCSI-DE board and cable to the second drive.

The DLT Entry Library is leveraged from Overland Data LPX4210.

The DLT Entry Library is supported through services offered by NetBackup Software.

6.2. Magnetic Tape Drive A Magnetic tape drawer is available for open-reel tape configurations. It is made by Bull’s partnerStorageTeK. It runs 9-track, ½ inch standard tapes.

6.2.1. STK9914 1/2" 9 TrackTape Drive Drawer

(Discontinued)Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

The Optional 1/2-Inch 9-Track Tape Drive Drawer contains the STK9914 Tape Drive.The STK9914 is an autoloading, autothreading, reel to reel tape device.

Main features:

• ANSI Standard 9-track tape interchange,• selectable tape density: 6250bpi (GCR mode), 1600bpi and 3200bpi (PE mode) and 800bpi (NRZ

mode)• transfer rate: 781kB/s• tape speed: 42/125ips• reel size: 6 to 10.5" (IBM Hub)• tape length: up to 3600'• MTBF (specified): 25000H.

Attachment

Connection to an SCSI2-DE controller.

The 1/2-inch 9-Track Tape Drive Drawer does not have support for battery backup operation.



7. Storage Area Network (SAN) Introduction

The term SAN designates a new type of storage architecture in which the storage systems are attachedto a high-speed network dedicated exclusively to storage. It involves a whole new network totallydistinct of the existing communication networks, as described in the next figure. The applicationservers (usually UNIX or NT based) access to the storage resource through the SAN. The Applicationsservers are offloaded of most of their local storage resources, which becomes managed separately fromservers, and are consolidated at the data center, site or enterprise level.

This SAN architecture is represented in the next figure.

Storage AreaNetwork

Storage subsystems(disk and tapes)

Applicationservers

LAN

SAN

Local AreaNetwork

Terminal andservers

In the literature, the term SAN refers either to the high speed network infrastructure, or may cover thewhole storage architecture, including servers, storage subsystems and management software.

Fibre Channel is today the preferred technology to implement these SAN architectures. Thistechnology is open, widely accepted on the market, and is defined by ANSI standards. A SANinfrastructure based on Fibre Channel protocols supports multiple protocols, to simplify the migrationand integration of legacy equipment. For example, the infrastructure can convey SCSI protocols,widely used in UNIX and Intel based servers, but also ESCON for IBM mainframes, and IP, to offersome networking capabilities. But the SAN purpose is not to replace enterprise LANs. All theseprotocols can use simultaneously the same cables.

This new storage architecture is very different from traditional architectures, where each storagesystem is connected to a single or sometimes to a limited group of servers. That’s why they aresometimes called “private storage” architectures. The SAN generates in the enterprises a revolutionsimilar to the one occasioned by the LAN deployment in the last decade. SANs deliver powerfulsolutions which enable enterprises to manage their storage with an un-preceding efficiency andflexibility. The benefits for the enterprise are the following:



Cost reduction: The cost of storage systems depends on the cost of the disks, but also on the cost ofthe enclosure and of the management software. In a private storage architecture, itis usually mandatory to buy lot of small or medium size enclosures. With the SANarchitecture, it is possible to reduce the number of enclosures, thanks to thecapability of storage sharing through the network. Furthermore, the disk space inthe enclosures can also be shared. Another factor of cost reduction arises with theperformance of the high-speed network that allow to use larger storage systems,which are usually less expensive (per GB) than several smaller systems.

Easyadministration:

The separation of servers and storage resources allows to recentralize, consolidate,and homogenize the storage systems and their management applications. Storageadministrators do not need to be trained for any server operating system andmanagement software. Management is simplified (less variety and number ofequipment, less tools, less consoles), and consolidated (aggregation of informationfrom several storage systems). Failure detection, prevention and trend analysis ismuch easier, due to the lower number of storage systems to monitor.

High security andavailability:

The SAN improves the availability and security of the storage. The SAN offers ameshed infrastructure with multiple paths. Redundant interfaces for servers andstorage systems provide highly available data path between servers and storage.Thanks to the networked access, the storage remains available even in case ofserver failures. The cost reduction generated by the storage concentration facilitatesthe deployment of RAID solutions, which can be used by any server. The systemsthemselves can be more secure, with internal high availability features (hot plug,redundancy). The reduced number of storage systems to manage facilitates backupoperations.

Improvedperformance:

The SAN improves the performance in various ways:• Any application server can directly be connected to the storage systems at a

(multi-) gigabit speed. Compared to today network storage solutions based onprotocols operating on LANs (NFS, DFS, and SMB), the data access is highlyimproved.

• Data can be shared between hosts, avoiding unnecessary copies.• The use of high-end storage systems, with a high internal bandwidth, larger

read and write caches and efficient processing engines boosts the performance.

Quick evolutioncapability:

The storage concentration enables a very quick adaptation to the evolution of theinformation processing. The storage allocation is extremely flexible and scaleable.Administrators can migrate applications from servers to servers, add or removeservers without any impact on the data: no need to move data from a storage systemto another, no need to add disks, ... The data remain at their location, only routingand access rights must be modified. Administrators can add storage withoutstopping application servers.



7.1. Challenges and Risks

Designing a SAN looks like designing a LAN: it's a network, and the design must integrate analysis oftraffic requirements, the number and location of devices to connect, topology constraints, and othernetwork related factors. The design must also take into account the availability constraints, which aremuch higher for storage access that for legacy LANs. A failure of a Fibre Channel switch must stoptens of applications servers, no more able to access to their data.

It is necessary to understand the behavior of infrastructure equipment such as hub, switches, bridges,and all the proprietary features implemented by hardware vendors to simplify interoperability, improvereliability, and manage the infrastructure. This knowledge must be combined with a goodunderstanding of all the proprietary fail-over solutions supported by each server, disk array, tapelibrary, SAN infrastructure device and management software.

And unfortunately, the Fibre Channel technology is not yet enough mature to guaranteeinteroperability between any device like for LAN technologies. Thus, the design must take intoaccount the qualified links, or certified interoperability which are published by all the SAN vendors,including Bull.

The last risk is that many equipment and software (like operating systems for servers) have not yetintegrated the SAN dimension. They still behave like with private SCSI storage, trying to discover allthe storage resources, our writing on disks when they recognize an OS compatible format (like NTservers do). Sharing storage resource in heterogeneous server environment must be carefully analyzedand managed.

7.2. SAN Management

The SAN management covers specific aspects, which were not covered by previous storagemanagement tools:

• SAN infrastructure (hub, switches, bridges, …)• Resource sharing.

Managing a SAN infrastructure is very similar to managing a LAN. It involves hubs, switches, bridgesand any other device that is part of the network infrastructure; topology analysis, link status, themanagement of virtual networks (using zoning), and the monitoring of data flow, performance metrics,QOS, availability, etc. But SAN infrastructure products available on the market are less numerous thanthe ones for LAN technology. This is because it's a new technology, standards are not well defined andhardware vendors are relatively small and none of them is able to provide a hardware/software globalsolution.

The management of resource sharing is also critical to enable a safe operation within SANenvironments. A SAN enables each server to access each tape drive or disk logical volume attached toit. It is very flexible, but very complex for the server administrators, because they may have to managehundreds of resources, duplicated on all the application servers. That's why it is critical, even in smallsize SANs (less than 8 servers) to deploy management tools that control resource sharing. And again,there is not yet a global solution. Tape drive allocation and sharing is usually managed by the backup



software, which must integrate specific SAN features. For the disk resources, LUN maskingtechnologies can be involved, either at the server level or disk array level. Zoning can also be used tocreate virtual networks and simplify the management.

7.3. The Design of a SAN Infrastructure

Fibre channel is the single technology available on the market that allows to deploy SANs with a highlevel of performance. It is a highly reliable, gigabit interconnect technology allowing concurrentcommunications among servers, data storage systems, and other peripherals using SCSI and IPprotocols. One of the advantages of the fibre channel technology is the high flexibility of the networkdesign: the use of switches and hubs allows to create large infrastructures, with a high level ofperformance and interconnecting various equipment.

7.3.1. Media Speed

Fibre Channel technology can operate at 100MB/s or 200MB/s. But it is not yet the ultimate evolutionof this technology: the 400 MB/s speed is standardized, but no products are available today.

7.3.2. Cabling

The Fibre Channel standards have defined several media. The most frequently used solutions and theircharacteristics are described in the next table.

Media Maximum cable lengthTypical

connectorCable

structure50 µm multi-mode optical fibers 500 m SC 2 fibers62.5 µm multi-mode optical fibers 175 m SC 2 fibers9 µm single mode optical fibers 10 km ST, SC 2 fibers50 µm multi-mode optical fibers 300 m LC 2 fibers9 µm single mode optical fibers 10 km ST, LC 2 fibers

copper30 m (active interface)

3-15 m (passive interface)DB9, HSSDC 4 wires

50 µm multi-mode optical fibers is the preferred cable for Fibre Channel. 62.5 µm has been introducedto reuse LAN cabling, where this type of fibers is widely used. Single mode fibers are reserved forspecific applications, such as long distance interconnection for site interconnection and/or disasterrecovery solutions. This type of cabling enables connections far above the 10 km defined by thestandard, using more powerful laser and/or more sensitive receivers.

Copper cabling has been widely used due to its lower cost. It is now less and less used, because theprice of optical equipment rapidly decreases, and because of the sensitiveness of the coppertechnology to EMI, ESD and ground problems. The copper cables are specific for the Fibre Channeltechnology, and are not compatible with UTP or STP cables used in LANs, or with copper cables usedin telco.



7.3.3. Fibre Channel Networks

Fibre Channel networks are implemented with respect of some rules defined by the ANSI standards,and using some equipment to implement the network infrastructure.

7.3.3.1. Point to Point Connection

The point to point connection between two devices is the simplest cabling solution. The cable typesand distance limitations have been described in 7.3.2. Cabling.

Point-to-point cabling

1 cable, full-duplexcapability

7.3.3.2. Loops and Hubs

The loop has been very popular at the beginning of Fibre Channel. It enables to interconnect up to 126equipment at a very low cost. The principle of this topology is to chain the transmitter of a port to thereceiver of the next port, thus creating a loop. The loop protocol is defined by the FC-AL standard.

loop cabling

Tx

Tx

Tx

Rx

Rx

Rx

The loop has several main drawbacks:

• The bandwidth is shared by the connected devices, and only two devices can communicatesimultaneously.

• Each device of the loop is a single point of failure: if the device fails, the loop is broken, and noneof the connected devices may communicate.

• Inserting or removing devices causes a loop disruption.• The connectivity is limited to 126 devices.



The bandwidth and connectivity limitations are inherent to the protocol used. The risk of loopdisruption is addressed by the use of Fibre Channel hubs, which implement a loop within the device, inconjunction with bypass circuits for each hub's port. The bypass circuits maintain the loop integrity incase of unused port or faulty external devices. They also simplify the cabling, converting the loopcabling to a star cabling.

External star cabling

Rx

Tx

Rx

Tx

Rx

Tx

bypass circuits

inactive port

bypassed

inactive port

bypassed

Hub’s internal

Internal loop

Interconnected devices

In practice, a hub may contain one or more logical loops. The repartition of ports in several loops isperformed either with hardware switches, that control loop continuity or loopback, or through softwareconfiguration.

7.3.3.3. Fabrics and Switches

A fabric is a network where, contrarily to loops, several couples of devices can communicatesimultaneously, and can benefit of the whole bandwidth. The fibre channel fabric can be compared toother switched networks, like Ethernet, ATM or frame relay networks. Each switch's port analyses theframe headers, selects the destination port, and puts the frame in the appropriate transmission queue.Non blocking designs and advanced forwarding algorithms allow a very low latency (few microsecond), and a full bandwidth per port, regardless of effective traffic conditions.

The advantages of switches versus hubs are:• they enable the deployment of large networks• they offer higher performance and scalability (no bandwidth sharing, selection of the best past, …)• they provide better fault isolation• switches and fabrics are more stable that loops (less reconfigurations and traffic interruptions)• they have built-in management functions (directory, …)

The drawback is usually a higher price per port.



The smallest Fibre Channel fabric is made of a single switch. Larger fabric can be interconnected bycascading switches. The protocol enables to connect million of devices.

Tx

Rx

Rx

Tx

conceptual cabling schematic cabling

Rx

Tx

fabric

fabric

Tx

Rx

Rx

Tx

Tx

Rx

Tx

Rx

Rx

Tx

N-port F-port

F-port F-port

F-port

N-port N-port

N-portswitch switch

switchswitch

switch

Integrated routing algorithms automatically route circuits and frames across the fabric, through thebest path. Resilient multi-switch fabrics can be deployed, with automatic data routing and re-routing,self-healing and almost unlimited scalability.

switch switch

switch alternate path in caseof failure of the inter-switch link of theprimary path

primary path

inter-switchlink



Multiple inter-switch links can be aggregated, to avoid the risk of bandwidth bottleneck that may arisewhen using a single link operating at the same speed than the switch ports.

switch switch

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

3 x 100 MB/s or3 x 200 MB/s

potential

4x100 MB/s or4x 200 MB/s

aggregationof 4 links

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

100 MB/s or200 MB/s

3 x 100 MB/s or3 x 200 MB/s

potential

A single link could be abottleneck

7.3.3.4. Interconnection of Fabrics and Loops

Fabric and switch ports are quite expensive. Thus, the Fibre Channel standards enable to mix switchesand hubs. A switch port can be shared between multiple devices, connected through a hub, to theswitch's port. They share the 100 MB/s or 200 MB/s offered by the switch's port. Such devices arenamed "public loop devices". They can communicate with any other devices of the fabric or of otherpublic loops. The public loops are always connected at the edge of a fabric. Loops and hubs cannot beused to interconnect switches.

Fabric and public loops

fabric

switch switch

switchswitch

switchPublic loop

Public loop



7.3.4. Zoning, Switched Loops, Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics

Using these basic topologies and protocols to operate in private or public loop and fabricenvironments, various features have been implemented by the SAN infrastructure vendors. Thesefeatures are proprietary, usually compatible with Fibre Channel standards and bring newinterconnection and operation capabilities.

7.3.4.1. Fabric Zoning

Fabric zoning is a feature that allows to create several logical areas on a single physical fibre channelnetwork. Devices such as servers or disk subsystems can only communicate with other devices in thesame zone. In some implementations, zones can overlap. This means that a device can belong toseveral zones.

fabric

Zone A

Zone B

Zone C

Zoning can be used as a security service, preventing some resource to be used by non authorized users:a disk subsystem with confidential data can be isolated in a zone of authorized servers.Zoning can also be used to solve some interoperability problems: a zone can be defined for all theservers and storage resources used by AIX servers, another zone being dedicated to NT servers andNT storage resources.

7.3.4.2. Loop Zoning

Loop zoning is a feature that allows to create several independent loops, through the same hub. Thezoned loops are usually defined by a list of hub's ports. Contrarily to fabric zoning, its usually notpossible to define overlapping zones, nor zones across multiple interconnected hubs. The zoned loopscan be enforced at the hardware level (by splitting the hub's internal loop), or emulated by software.



7.3.4.3. Switched Loops

Switched loops are the synthesis of switching technologies and fibre channel private loop protocol.They enable private loop devices, which do not support fabric connection, to benefit of improvedperformance compared to "simple" loops.

With this technology, several small private loops, called looplets are interconnected by a switchingdevice called switched hub or storage switch. This device creates a single logical private loopcompliant with the FC-AL standard (with up to 126 devices), but enables several simultaneouscommunications between couple of ports, like a fabric switch. The device intelligently controls loopprotocols, like the initialization and the arbitration protocols and enables several devices to acquire theloop simultaneously, as long as they are not in the same looplet.

looplet

looplet

looplet

looplet

looplet

Single logical loop

switchinghardware

storage switch enablingseveral independentcommunications

This kind of features can be available in managed hubs relying on an internal switching architecture, orcan be emulated on fabric switches. Depending on the implementations, the logical loop can be limitedto a single hub/switch, or can spawn across multiple hubs/switches.

A storage switch increases the performance compared to hubs, without using fabric protocols. But it ismore limited in term of addressing, interconnection and routing.

7.3.4.4. Mix of Private Loops and Fabrics

The connection to a fabric, either in point-to-point or through hubs requires specific protocols that arenot yet available on all the devices. Thus, fabric switch vendors have implemented various proprietarysolutions to support on the same hardware, full fabric operations, private loop emulation, and bridgingcapabilities between fabric capable devices and "private loop" devices.

The characteristic of each piece of equipment must be carefully checked before using these features ina SAN implementation.



7.3.5. Interconnection with Legacy Technologies

7.3.5.1. Fibre Channel / SCSI Bridges

Fibre channel / SCSI bridges provide a fibre channel interface for SCSI devices. A bridge can connectservers or storage subsystems that do not have fibre channel interfaces. There are two modes ofoperation:• SCSI initiator (e.g. server with SCSI adapter) to fibre channel target (e.g. fibre channel disk

subsystem)• Or fibre channel initiator (e.g. server with fibre channel adapter) to SCSI target (e.g. library).

Bridge

SCSI busFibre

channelnetwork

SCSI initiator Fibre channeltarget

Bridge

SCSI bus

Fibrechannelnetwork

SCSI targetFibre Channel

initiator

The bridges have a lot of implementation dependant features, and notably:

• Support of SCSI or FC initiators, or both• Number of SCSI buses and fibre channel interfaces,• Supported fibre channel topologies (point-to-point, fabric, private or public loop)• Mode of operation SCSI / FC address translation,• Device discovery• Sustained performance

7.3.5.2. Fibre Channel / IP Bridges

The Fibre Channel / IP Bridges devices are used to interconnect legacy IP networks (Ethernet, FDDI,ATM, etc.) to a fibre channel network supporting IP. The market for such kind of devices is verysmall, because Fibre Channel is now positioned as a technology for storage (SAN architecture), and nomore a potential high speed LAN, as it has been the case.



7.3.5.3. Fibre Channel / WAN Bridges

Fibre Channel supports long distance links, but it is often difficult to deploy a private cabling in thepublic domain.

Thus proprietary devices has been designed by hardware vendors to interconnect SAN islands usingservices from telco operators like ATM or E3/T3. Some of these devices implement real fabricservices or loop emulation, and are fully transparent for the Fibre Channel protocols. Other supportonly SCSI over Fibre channel, and behave like FC/SCSI bridges.

Bridge

SAN

ATM, E3/T3,Internet, ...

WAN

SAN

Site A

Site B

Bridge

In-depth analysis is mandatory before integrating such devices in SAN solutions.



8. SAN - Infrastructure Components

The following paragraphs describe the SAN infrastructure components of the Escala offer. This offerdoes not include bridges.

8.1. [email protected]!

[email protected]! is now available from the Storage BU catalog. Refer to Storage BU for updated information.


Storage Area Networks (SAN) bring new opportunities to implement storage architectures deliveringunpreceding performance and flexibility to the infrastructure of information systems. They alsoincrease the complexity of these information systems, due to the deployment of dedicated storagenetworks, and new storage services (such as disk array or library sharing between multiple servers).

Bull [email protected]! enables storage administrators to efficiently manage SAN for Escala and Express5800servers running AIX 4, 5L, Windows NT or Windows [email protected]! is a multi-tiered administration tool, which consolidates the management of multiple servers,SAN infrastructure devices (switches, bridges, and hubs), and RAID disk subsystems. Thismanagement tool provides administrators with:

• Automatic discovery of the SAN topology and disk subsystems, and tape drives reachable from themanaged servers.

• Graphical display of the complete SAN topology, simplifying the understanding of devicesinterconnections and relations, the control of physical cabling, and the storage allocation decisions.

• Centralized allocation of the SAN attached disk resources to the managed servers. By simplyselecting information such as a server’s name in a list, LUNs can be assigned to servers to increasethe storage resources useable by the server, or de-assigned, thus freeing resources which willbecome available for other servers. LUNs can be assigned to individual servers, or can be sharedbetween multiple servers.

• LUN allocation can be modified from scripts, using the command line interface available on eachSAN attached server but also on the management server.

• Access control mechanism ensuring data security and confidentiality for SAN attached diskresources. Each server can only access to the storage resources it has been assigned.

• Centralized monitoring of the SAN managed components (Fibre Channel switches, RAID disksubsystems), with automatic update of displayed icons in case of failure detection and correction.

• An interface enabling to customize event management actions, through the activation ofadministrator defined scripts.

• Consolidation of configuration information across multiple tools (SMIT, WebSM, Navisphere forDAS, EMC Control Center for Symmetrix, ATF, PowerPath, Windows NT Disk Administrator),enabling to display within a single window the relation between AIX logical volumes, volumesgroups, hdisks, disk subsystems or Windows NT disk numbers, drive letters and RAID volumeswithin subsystems.

• Multi-domain facilities, to manage independently multiple SANs or group of AIX and WindowsNT servers with attached storage resources.



• Easy access to dedicated device management applications (running under AIX or with a Webinterface), such as Navisphere, Symmetrix Manager, Brocade WebTools… A simple click on adevice icon starts the associated application.

• Two types of users, for access level control. Display is available to all users, while informationmodifications is reserved to administrators.

[email protected]! offers an easy-to-use Graphical User Interface (GUI), available on AIX, NT and W2K.Multiple GUI can be used simultaneously. The GUI is available on any SAN attached server, on themanagement server, and can be launched also via a web [email protected]! is a graphical application, and therefore requires a graphical display. It cannot be run on anASCII terminal connected to an Escala server.

The security policy relies on two user profiles. All users can display information, but only [email protected]!administrators can modify information and launch device specific management applications. The rootlogin on AIX systems or administrator rights on Windows NT/Windows 2000 do not provide [email protected]! administrator rights.

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of [email protected]! is fully transparent for the managedservers connected to the SAN, and for the applications using the managed SAN. Disk subsystems,logical volumes and libraries are still available for use. Any SAN component, including servers can bestopped and restarted or rebooted even if the SAN manager is not available. Each SAN attached serverhas a local copy of its configuration data, which ensure operational continuity in case [email protected]!unavailability.

[email protected]! relies on various SNMP and SCSI mechanisms to monitor the disk subsystems, switches, …All the event are centralized and logged by [email protected]! to facilitate proactive management of SANinfrastructures.

[email protected]! does not replace the devices management tools (like Navisphere for DAS, ECC forSymmetrix,…), but cooperate with these products. [email protected]! is also compatible with ATF, PowerPath,Access Logix (for DAS) and ESN Manager / Volume Logix (for Symmetrix). However, it does not usethese products to enforce the LUN access rules defined by the [email protected]! administrator.


[email protected]! is based on a three-tier architecture:

• A central server running AIX, Windows NT or Windows 2000 consolidates all the informationfrom the managed objects. The system that hosts the central server is not necessarily connected to aSAN.

• Agents are installed on all the SAN attached servers.• The user interface (GUI or command line interface) can be used on multiple servers (AIX,

Windows NT or Windows 2000), not necessarily connected to the SAN.

The same software is installed on all servers. The role of each server (agent, user interface, centralserver, or mix) is defined by configuration. The agent role requires SAN attachment.



A single central server can manage multiple SAN. Multiple central servers can also be installed in anenterprise. In this type of configuration, each device (AIX or Windows server, switch, disksubsystem,…) is managed by a single central manager, and each system running GUI is configured toaccess a single central server. The central server(s) can be one of the SAN attached servers, or adedicated management station such as an Escala PowerConsole, or a Windows NT managementstation, which can host other management products such as Navisphere or ECC.

All these software components use TCP/IP to communicate with each other, and with the managedobjects (DAS 4700/4700-2, switches, hubs, bridges, Symmetrix management stations,…).


[email protected]! is backward compatible with ASM. If an upgrade is performed, LUN access controlinformation is preserved.

Software requirements:• AIX 4.3.3• Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 5• Windows 2000 with Service Pack 1• Java runtime environment for AIX and Windows servers (available on the [email protected]! CDROM).

SAN attached servers must have an operational Fibre Channel adapter:• A Fibre Channel adapter supported by Bull (e.g. Emulex LP 7000e or LP8000) with the Bull

standard device driver delivered for Escala servers• Emulex SCSI port driver (delivered within Express 5800 connection kits for DAS products or for

EMC products depending on the type of disk subsystem to be connected) for Emulex LP8000 orLP850.

Using platforms other than Escala or Express5800 has to be submitted as an SFR.

8.2. ASM V2 (AIX SAN Manager)


This product is replaced by [email protected]!, which is fully compatible with existing installations. [email protected]! ismandatory to manage SANs including the DAS 4700/4700-2.


Storage Area Networks (SAN) bring new opportunities to implement storage architectures deliveringunpreceding performance and flexibility to the infrastructure of information systems. They alsoincrease the complexity of these information systems, due to the deployment of dedicated storagenetworks, and new storage services (such as disk array or library sharing between multiple servers).



Bull AIX SAN Manager (ASM) enables storage administrators to efficiently manage SAN for AIXservers and for Windows NT Servers. ASM is a multi-tiered administration tool, which consolidatesthe management of multiple AIX and Windows NT servers, SAN, and RAID disk subsystems. Thismanagement tool provides administrators with:• Automatic discovery of the SAN topology and disk subsystems reachable from the managed AIX

servers and Windows NT servers.• Graphical display of the complete SAN topology, simplifying the understanding of devices

interconnections and relations, the control of physical cabling, and the storage allocation decisions.• Centralized allocation of the SAN attached disk resources to AIX and Windows NT servers. By

simply selecting information such as a server’s name in a list, LUNs can be assigned to servers toincrease the storage resources useable by the server, or de-assigned, thus freeing resources whichwill become available for other servers. LUNs can be assigned to individual servers, or can beshared between multiple servers.

• Access control mechanism ensuring data security and confidentiality for SAN attached diskresources. Each server can only access to the storage resources it has been assigned.

• Centralized monitoring of the SAN managed components (Fibre Channel switches, RAID disksubsystems), with automatic update of displayed icons in case of failure detection and correction.

• An interface enabling to customize event management actions, through the activation ofadministrator defined scripts.

• Consolidation of configuration information across multiple tools (SMIT, WebSM, Navisphere forDAS, EMC Control Center for Symmetrix, ATF, PowerPath, Windows NT Disk Administrator),enabling to display within a single window the relation between AIX logical volumes, volumesgroups, hdisks, disk subsystems or Windows NT Disks numbers, drive letters and RAID volumeswithin subsystems

• Multi-domain facilities, to manage independently multiple SANs or group of AIX and WindowsNT servers with attached storage resources.

• Easy access to dedicated device management applications (running under AIX or with a Webinterface), such as AIX Navisphere, AIX Symmetrix Manager, Brocade WebTools, … A simpleclick on a device icon starts the associated application.

ASM is integrated in WebSM, and offers an easy-to-use Graphical User Interface (GUI). Multiple GUIcan be used simultaneously, on the AIX server, or on multiple distinct AIX servers and terminals. Agraphical terminal or X11 terminal is mandatory, like for any other WebSM applications. A Webbrowser can be used to access a subset of ASM functionality.

The security policy is the same as the other WebSM applications. It relies on AIX and WebSM built-insecurity controls. All the users can view all the information. Only root users can modify the SANconfiguration (e.g. allocate or remove storage resources for AIX servers).

Regarding the high availability aspect, a failure of ASM is fully transparent for the AIX and WindowsNT servers connected to the SAN, and for the applications using the managed SAN. Disk subsystems,logical volumes, libraries are still available for use. Any SAN component, including servers can bestopped and restarted or rebooted even if the SAN manager is not available. Each AIX and WindowsNT server has a local copy of its configuration data, which ensure operational continuity in case ASMunavailability.



ASM relies on Symmetrix manager running on AIX servers to monitor the Symmetrix disksubsystems. The Brocade switch is monitored through its built-in SNMP capabilities and no softwareneed to be installed on AIX servers. The PowerConsole is not a pre-requisite for ASM, but it may beinstalled on a PowerConsole, and may be activated by selecting the SAN manager icon within thePowerConsole. ASM is also independent of HA-CMP and MSCS, and can manage both standaloneAIX or Windows NT servers or clustered servers.

Restrictions for configurations where there are only Windows NT servers connected to a loop orfabric:

• As the discovery of the SAN topology performed on NT servers is less complete than on AIX, thedisplay of the topology will be poorer.

• If no AIX server is connected to a DAS disk subsystem or Symmetrix subsystem, the monitoringof this subsystem through the AIX SAN manager will not be operational.


ASM is based on a three-tier architecture:

• The GUI is a WebSM application. It can be installed on multiple AIX servers, not necessarilyconnected to the SAN.

• A central server, also running on AIX, consolidates all the information from the managed objects.The server that hosts the central server is not necessarily connected to a SAN.

• SAN Manager local host agents are installed on all the AIX and Windows NT servers connected tothe managed Storage Area Networks.

The GUI must have a TCP/IP access to the central server and to the local host agents. The centralserver must also have a TCP/IP access to each local host agents, and to the managed fibre channelswitch.

The ASM CD-ROM contains:

• The software to be installed on AIX: its packaging allows to install only the necessary components(GUI, central server, and local host agents) on the AIX servers

• The software to be installed on Windows NT servers (local host agent and the Java Runtime timeenvironment which is a pre-requisite)

Multiple components may coexist on the same AIX server. The recommended mode of deploymentuses a single AIX central server, at least one GUI, and local host agents on each AIX and WindowsNT server connected to the SAN. Optional GUI can be installed on each managed AIX server.

Multiple AIX central servers can also be installed in an enterprise. In such a configuration, each device(AIX or Windows NT server, switch, disk subsystem, …) is managed by a single central manager, andeach system running GUI is configured to access to a single central server.



Case study: standalone servers (no HA-CMP) or clusters without PowerConsole

The next figure shows a sample of ASM deployment, with a single central server, local host agents onSAN connected AIX and Windows NT servers, and multiple GUI. The enterprise LAN can be used forthe communication between GUI, central server and managed objects.

Disksubsystems

Disksubsystems

Switch / hubSwitch / hub

Fibre Channel


AIX server

AIX server

Remoteconnection

GUI Local host agent Central server

Managed objects

AIX server AIX server

Optional

Optional

NT server

Standalone servers or cluster without PowerConsole



Case study: cluster configuration with PowerConsole

The recommendation for this type of configuration is to install the central server on the PowerConsole,as well as a GUI.

Disksubsystems

Disksubsystems


PowerConsole

Fibre Channel

Enterprise LAN

X terminal

AIX server

AIX server

Remoteconnection


Managed objects

Optional

Optional

Optional

NT Server NT Server

NT Server NT Server

Cluster nodesAIXCluster nodes

AIXCluster nodesAIXCluster nodes

AIX

Cluster with PowerConsole

Special care should be taken when a private management network is installed for the PowerConsole:ASM components can communicate through this network, but there is also a communicationrequirement between the GUI display terminals connected to the enterprise and the subsystemmanagement software (AIX Navisphere, AIX Symmetrix Manager or other) installed on thePowerConsole or cluster nodes.



Case study: multi-SAN configuration

The recommendation for multi-SAN configurations is to install a single central. Domains can bedefined to display only subsets of the managed servers.

Disksubsystems

Disksubsystems

Disksubsystems


Fibre Channel


AIX server

Remoteconnection


Domain 1

AIX server

AIX NT NTNT

AIXAIXAIX

AIX

Domain 2 Domain 3

Optional

Optional

Fibre Channel

Multi-SAN configuration


Although backward compatibility is kept, it is recommended that all the AIX components of ASM beat the same software level. If older components are already installed, it is mandatory to upgrade thecentral server software for configurations where Windows NT servers are involved and to upgrade theAIX local host agents for configurations where DAS 4500 disk subsystems are added. As newsoftware versions usually include problem fixing, upgrading to the latest software is generallyrecommended (note that upgrading does not modify the LUN access control).

For SAN configurations where the [email protected]! V1 product is already used on Windows-NT servers, [email protected]! configuration file of these servers only needs to be edited to modify the name of the centralserver and the "[email protected]! scheduler" NT service to be restarted for these platforms to be taken intoaccount by ASM. This does not modify the LUN access control configuration for these servers.

WebSM is a pre-requisite for the GUI.

AIX 4.3.2 and Java 1.1.6 are the minimum levels required for all the SAN Manager components onAIX (GUI, central server and local host agent).



The following are prerequisites for the Windows NT SAN Manager agent:

• Express 5800 with associated kits for connection to CLARiiON DAS or Symmetrix• Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 5 at least,• Windows NT TCP/IP services,• Java Runtime Environment version 1.2.2 (provided on the AIX SAN Manager CDROM),• Emulex SCSI port driver delivered within Express 5800 connection kits for DAS products or for

EMC products depending on the type of disk subsystem to be connected.

Use of other Windows NT platforms has to be submitted as an SFR.

8.2.4. Licensing

The central server is the only priced component. The pricing policy depends on the number ofmanaged AIX and Windows NT servers (i.e. the number of local host agents used). There is nolimitation on the number of users and GUI deployed.

When multiple central servers are installed, each one must have its own license, which defines thenumber of local host agents that it is allowed to manage. This number of local host agents can not beshared with other central servers.

8.2.5. Memory Usage

AIX WebSM GUI application: ~ 15MBAIX Central server: ~ 12 MBAIX Local host agent: ~ 10 MBNT Local host agent :

8.3. SilkWorm 3200 Fibre Channel Switch

8.3.1. Highlights

The Brocade® SilkWorm® 3200 is a 8-port 1 Gb/s and 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel auto-sensing fabricswitch. It significantly increases performance and functionality for small-to-medium-sized SANs.

Designed for low-cost flexibility, the SilkWorm 3200 can provide an end-to-end 2 Gb/s switchsolution that serves a variety of purposes, including;

• A fast and easy way to migrate from DAS to SAN environments.• A reliable base for small SAN islands and storage fan-out connectivity.• A key component for highly available server clustering environments.• An entry-point edge switch for high performance core-to-edge networks supporting the

connectivity of 2 Gb/s devices.• A cost-effective replacement for legacy hubs and loop switches.



The SilkWorm 3200 is easy to deploy. When used in dual-fabric SAN environments, it supportsthe highest levels of availability, reliability and scalability. In addition, the SilkWorm 3200 simplifiesadministration through embedded Brocade WEB TOOLS management software.

Software Components

The SilkWorm 3200 switch is supplied with the following software components:.

• Simple Name Server• Registered State Change Notification (RSCN)• Alias Server (multicast)• Translative Mode• WEB TOOLS• Advanced Zoning

Optional software components (contact Bull for availability):• QuickLoop, Fabric Watch, Extended Fabrics, Advanced Performance Monitoring, ISL Trunking,

Remote switch (connectivity through WAN).

8.3.2. SAN Topologies & Interoperability

The SilkWorm 3200 is a fabric switch that offers full backward and forward compatibility with otherBrocade SilkWorm switches providing a seamless migration path to 2 Gb/s connectivity and intelligentfabric services.

The certified limits for fabrics are:• 32 switches• 7 hops

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of• Escala servers• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (4100 and 4200 family)



8.3.3. Technical Specifications

Fibre Channel protocol Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v 3.3),FC-VI (v 1.5), IPFC RFC 2625

Number of Fibre Channel ports 8 (all universal ports or any one universal port)Certified maximum 32 switches, 7 hops; larger fabrics certified as requiredInteroperability Any SilkWorm 1000 series, 2000 series, 3000 series or later switchPerformance 2.125 Gb/s line speed, full duplexClasses of service Class 2, Class 3, Class F (inter-switch frames)Aggregate bandwidth 32 Gb/s end-to-endMaximum Frame size 2,112 bytes payloadFabric latency <2 µsec with no contention, cut-through routingData traffic types Fabric switches support unicast, multicast (256 groups), & broadcastData Transmission Ranges Up to 500m at 1 Gb/s, up to 300m at 2 Gb/s (with short wavelength)Port types FL_Port, F_Port, and E_Port; self-discovery based on switch type

(U_Port)Weight 3,9 kg (8.5 lbs)Dimensions 1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)

H: 4.2 cm (1.7 in.), W: 42.8 cm (16.9 in.), D: 26.4 cm (10.4 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal 100-230 VAC, 47 to 63 HzOperational 90 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 HzPower Consumption 50 Watts maximum

Operating Environment

Temperature (operating) 10°C to 40°CTemperature (non operating) -25°C to + 70°CHumidity 20% to 85% non-condensing at 40°C (104°F)Altitude Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)Shock (operating) 150 Gs, 2.7 ms half-sineShock (non-operating) 60 Gs, 13 ms trapezoid

Regulatory Compliance (Safety and Electromagnetic)

Safety EMCEuropean Community EN60950

TUV, NEMKOEN55022 Level AEN55024 (Immunity)

Canada CSA 60950 ICES-003 Class AUnited States UL 60950 FCC Part 15 Class AJapan IEC60950 A4 VCCI Class AAustralia / New ZealandInternational

--IEC 60950

AS/NZS 3548CISPR 22




8.4.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm® 3800 switch is a 2 Gb/s, 16-port Fibre Channel Gigabit switch that providesconnectivity for up to 16 Fibre Channel compliant device ports. This auto-sensing Fibre Channelswitch significantly increases performance and functionality for Storage Area Networks (SANs). Itcombines 1Gb/s and 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel throughput with new features that greatly enhance switchoperation.

The SilkWorm 3800 switch provides the following benefits:

Manageability• Auto-configuration: all ports are universal ports, supporting F, FL or E-port mode of operation,

which is automatically selected by the switch software itself.• Automatic negotiation to the highest common speed, 1Gb/s or 2Gb/s, of all devices connected to

the port.• Automatic discovery of all the devices connected to the switch.• Centralized Management from Telnet or via the WEB.

Availability• Switch interconnection to build various topologies, including fully meshed and high available fibre

channel network.• Automatically detects and re-routes data in case of link failure.• Redundant, hot swap fans and power supplies with pluggable SFP media.

Scalability• Online expansion: dynamic addition of a new switch to a running network.

Seamless integration with existing SilkWorm fabrics• Compatibility of with existing 1 Gb/s switch offering.• Management of mixed networks of SilkWorm with the same tools.

Top performance to satisfy high expectations

• Data path in hardware results in lowest end-to-end latency time in the industry, increasingthroughput.

• Cut-through frame forwarding moves frame traffic efficiently without having to receive thecomplete frame first.

• In-order delivery of data frames guarantees that frames are delivered to a destination in the sameorder as received by the switch from the originator.

• Flexible switch buffering stores a data frame for only as long as is absolutely necessary, movingdata faster through the switch.



Hardware Components

The SilkWorm 3800 switch includes the following hardware components:

• Motherboard including 1GHz CPU, 16MB SDRAM with parity and 512 KB of flash memory.• 2 Bloom ASICs offering new features:

Hardware-based frame forwardingPhantom translationHardware zoningFrame filtering/LUN level zoningHardware-based statistics and enhanced failure detectionInter-Switch Link trunkingFSPF Networking: self healing routing algorithm automatically recovers from path failures in aredundant fabric.

• Auto-sensing ports allowing to double the bandwidth when connected with 2 Gb/s equipment andto be added transparently in a 1 Gb/s network.

• Up to 16 optical ports, each with two LEDs (Light-Emitting Diodes), one to indicate port statusand one to indicate link speed.

• Full duplex ports supporting ShortWave multimode SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable media,dual LC connectors), allowing connections up to 300 m without additional link extender.

• One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port with an RJ-45 connector.• One serial port with an RS-232 connector.• A Switch Power LED, which indicates whether the switch has power.• A Switch Status LED, which indicates the overall status of the switch.• Two redundant and hot-swap power supplies, with built-in fans and LEDs.• Two hot-swap fan trays.

Software Components

The SilkWorm 3800 switch is supplied with the following software components: Fabric OS, Zoning,WEB tools and SES.

Optional software components (contact Bull for availability): QuickLoop, Secure OS, ISL Trunking,Extended Fabric (up to 100Km links), Fabric Manager (Web tools extension), Remote switch(connectivity through WAN).


The SilkWorm 3800 is a fabric switch that can be interconnected with other Brocade fabric switches(such as the SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express and the SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless the supplierof the switch (Bull or other Brocade reseller).

The certified limits for fabrics are:• 32 switches• 7 hopes• 8 inter switch links



The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of• Escala servers• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200) to connect libraries.

The SWL SFP supports 300 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.The LWL SFP supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.

Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, on condition that it is supported by Bullor by a third party supplier.


Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a)

Number of Fibre Channel ports: 16Fibre Channel port speed: 2.125 GB/s, full duplexOperation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless serviceAggregate bandwidth: 64 Gbits/sec end-to-endFrame buffers: 16 frame buffers for each port at 2,112 bytes per frameFabric latency: <2 µsec with no contentionData traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcastData transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBICPort types: Universal ports: G_Port (E- and F-Port modes) or FL_Port

automatic configurationWeight: 12,94 kg (28.5 lbs) with dual power supply

Chassis typesRackmount dimensions:1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant) ; 2U with rackmounting kitH: 4.34 cm (1.71 in.), W: 42.86 cm (16.87 in.), D: 62.23 cm (24.50 in.)Tabletop dimensions:H: 4.34 cm (1.71 in.), W: 42.86 cm (16.87 in.), D: 62.23 cm (24.50 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal:100-230 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Operational:85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz




Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°CTemperature (non operating): -35°C to + 65°CHumidity: 5% to 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)Shock (operating): 5 G, 11 ms_half sine

Safety

European Union MarketCompliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to thefollowing European standards:• EN 60950• EN 60825 (only applicable for laser product).

North American MarketCertified in conformance to UL 1950 (USA) and CSA 950 (Canada), and display the UL and CSAlabels.

Other CountriesCertified as conforming to IEC950.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

European Union MarketCompliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the followingEuropean Standards:• EN55022 Class A• EN50082-1• EN61000-3-2 *• EN61000-3-3 ** Mandatory for all products shipped from January 1, 2001.

North American MarketCompliance with the following requirements:• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.• For Canada: CSA C108-8 & IECS-003 Class A.

Other CountriesCompliance with the following requirements:• Japan: VCCI Class 1 (or A).• Rest of the World: CISPR22 class A.

LocalizationLocal country power cord supplied.



8.5. SilkWorm 2040 Fibre Channel

Discontinued as of 30/09/2002

8.5.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm 2040 is an entry level Fibre Channel switch designed to address the SAN requirementsof small workgroups, servers farms and clusters. It enables cost-effective, "pay-as-you-grow"migration to - and integration with - advanced SAN configurations.

SilkWorm 2040 is an 8-port switch that provides 7 ports with fixed Short Wave Length optical ports(for multimode optical fibers), and 1 configurable GBIC based port. It delivers 100 MB/s full duplexper port. The non blocking architecture guarantees full-speed data delivery irrespective of trafficconditions. Cut-through routing guarantees maximum latency of 2 microseconds from switch port toswitch port. The SilkWorm 2040 supports zoning, and a single E-port. It can be cascaded with asecond switch to create a 2-switch fabric. An option, available through SFR, enables to upgrade theSilkWorm 2040 to a full fibre switch, with multiple E-ports.

The switch is designed as a Field Replaceable Unit, to provide optimal price performance. Highlyreliable components, continuous monitoring of environmental components and a streamlined designmaximize the MTBF.

The SilkWorm 2040 switches are easy to manage. Brocade Web Tools provides a graphical andintuitive management interface that requires almost no training for the administrators. The telnetinterface enables access to a command line interface. SNMP (with support for industry standard MIBs)and Brocade SES are also offered to enable easy integration in management applications. Themanagement is performed out-band, using an Ethernet interface, or in-band over a Fibre Channel port.

8.5.2. Limitations

• Translative mode (for the connection of private loop devices), and Quick loop are not validated inthe AIX environment.

• Connected equipment must support fabric operations.


The SilkWorm 2040 is a fabric switch, which can be interconnected with other Brocade fabricswitches (such as SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless of the supplierof the switch (Bull or other Brocade reseller). The switch has a single E-port.

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of• Escala servers• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200)

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.



Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, provided that they are supported byBull or by a third party supplier.


Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a), IPFC - RFC2625

Number of Fibre Channel ports: 8Fibre Channel port speed: 1.0625 GB/s, full duplexOperation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless serviceSwitch bandwidth: 8 Gb/sec end-to-endFrame buffers: 224 frame buffers dynamically allocated at 2,112 bytes per frameFabric latency: <2 µsec with no contention. Non blocking architecture. Cut-

through routingData traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcastData transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBICPort types: Universal ports: F-Port, FL_Port or E-ports. 1 E-port only on 2040.Media type: 7 fixed SWL optical ports. SC connectors

1 GBIC port: SWL or LWL. SC connectorsCascading: yesInteroperability: SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, any SilkWorm 2000 with fabric

capabilities.Weight: 4.1 kg (9 lbs.)

Dimensions

Rack packaging: 1U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)H: 4.7 cm (1,85 in), W: 44.75 cm (17.62 in.), D: 27 cm (10.63 in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal: 100-230 VAC, 47 - 63 HzOperational: 85-264 VAC, 47 - 63 HzTotal Power: 75 watts maximum


Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°CTemperature (non operating): -35°C - 65°CHumidity: 5% to 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)Shock (operating): 4 G, 11 ms, half sine low impulseVibration (operating): 5 G, 0-3 kHz



Safety

European Union MarketCompliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to thefollowing European standards:• EN 60950 A4

North American MarketCertified in conformance to UL 1950 3rd Ed. (USA) and CSA 950 3rd Ed. (Canada), and display theUL and CSA labels.

Other CountriesCertified as conforming to IEC950.TUV, NEMKO


European Union MarketCompliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the followingEuropean Standards:• EN55022 Class A• EN50082-2 (immunity)

North American MarketCompliance with the following requirements:• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.• For Canada: ICES-003 issue 3.


Localization

Local country power cord supplied.


8.6.1. Highlights

The SilkWorm® 2800 switch is a 16-port Fibre Channel Gigabit switch that provides connectivity forup to 16 Fibre Channel compliant device ports. The SilkWorm 2800 switch is used to connect serverswith storage devices to create a SAN (Storage Area Network). Devices in a Fibre Channel SAN canaccess information anywhere in the SAN.



The SilkWorm 2800 switch features:

• Simple hardware installation thanks to universal ports: each port supports F, FL or E-port mode ofoperation, which is automatically selected by the switch software itself.

• Easy setup and configuration: simple network initialization by entering the IP address on the frontpanel (no need to connect a terminal).

• Automatic discovery of all the devices connected to the switch.• Plug-and-play connections without powering down the switch.• Convenience of switch connections and controls at the front panel.• Switch interconnection to build various topologies, including fully meshed and high available fibre

channel network.• Dynamic addition of a new switch to a running network.• Zoning services to create virtual independent area within or across several switches.• Translative mode to reconnect the fabric devices that support only the PLDA protocol (private

loop).• Quick Loop, to create virtual private loops across the switch.• Management tools accessible from the front panel, Telnet or via the WEB.• Software products offering advanced features to manage the SAN and secure access to

information.

Top performance to satisfy high expectations

• Data path in hardware results in lowest end-to-end latency time in the industry, increasingthroughput.

• Cut-through frame forwarding moves frame traffic efficiently without having to receive thecomplete frame first.

• In-order delivery of data frames guarantees that frames are delivered to a destination in the sameorder as received by the switch from the originator.

• Flexible switch buffering stores a data frame for only as long as is absolutely necessary, movingdata faster through the switch.

Hardware Components

The SilkWorm 2800 switch includes the following hardware components:

• Motherboard containing the CPU, memories and ASICs.• Hot swap auto-ranging power supply. An optional redundant power supply can be installed in the

switch.• Hot swap fan assembly with redundant fans.• Up to 16 1-gigabit-per-second (GB/s) full duplex ports supporting ShortWave multimode GBIC

(dual SC connectors), allowing connections up to 500 m without additional link extender.• Front panel with buttons and display to manage the switch and launch diagnostics.• 10/100 Base T Ethernet connection (RJ45 connector).



Software Components

The SilkWorm 2800 switch includes the following software components:

• The fabric operating system allowing the operation and management of the fabric.• A Simple Name Server, which discovers connected devices and registers/deregisters the device

information when a connection changes.• The Registered State Change Notification: dynamic detection of changes in topology and port

status.• Multicast Service (Alias Server): sends a single data copy simultaneously to group members.• A switch management accessible through 5 access methods:

front panel controls located on the switch.Telnet commands via Ethernet connection.SNMP agent embedded in the switch.SES (SCSI-3 Enclosure Services).WEB based management tools.

• Zoning Service: confines access among devices by creating logical subsets of devices foradditional management of and security in the SAN.

• Diagnostics: Embedded online and offline diagnostics.

Limitations

Translative mode, quick loop and switch interconnection are not yet validated in the AIX environment.


The SilkWorm 2800 is a fabric switch that can be interconnected with other Brocade fabric switches(such as SilkWorm II, SilkWorm Express, SilkWorm 2000 series), regardless the supplier of theswitch (Bull or other Brocade reseller).

The certified limits for fabrics are:• 32 switches• 7 hopes• 8 inter switch links

The switch has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of• Escala servers• DAS and Symmetrix disk subsystems• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (model 4100 and 4200)

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.

Any kind of device can be connected and mixed on the switch, on condition that they are supported byBull or by a third party supplier.




Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL (v 4.5), FC-AL-2 (v 7.0),FC- FLA (v 2.7), FC-GS-2 (v 5.3), FC-FG (v 3.5), FC-PH (v 4.3),FC-PH-2 (v 7.4), FC-PH-3 (v 9.4), FC-PLDA (v 2.1), FC-SW (v3.3), FCP (rev 012), SES (rev 8a)

Number of Fibre Channel ports: 16Fibre Channel port speed: 1.0625 GB/s, full duplexOperation modes: Fibre Channel Class-2 and -3 connectionless serviceSwitch bandwidth: 16 GB/s end-to-endFrame buffers: 16 frame buffers for each port at 2,112 bytes per frameFabric latency: <2 µsec with no contentionData traffic types: Unicast, multicast, and broadcastData transmission ranges: Up to 500m with short-wave GBICPort types: Universal ports: G_Port (E- and F-Port modes) or FL_Port

automatic configurationWeight: 12,94 kg (28.5 lbs) with dual power supply

Chassis typesRackmount dimensions2U, 19-in. (EIA compliant)H: 8.7 cm (3.44 in.), W: 44.75 cm (17.62 in.), D: 43.1 cm (16.99 in.)Tabletop dimensionsH: 8.7 cm (3.44 in.), W: 42.9 cm (16.88 in.), D: 43.1 cm (16.99in.)

Power Requirements

Nominal:100-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz200-250 VAC, 50/60 HzOperational:90-134 VAC, 50/60 Hz180-257 VAC, 50/60 Hz


Temperature (operating): 10°C -- 40°CTemperature (non operating): -35°C - 65°CHumidity: 5% 85% non-condensing @ 40°C (104°F)Altitude: Up to 3,000 m (9,800 ft)Shock (operating): 5 G, 11 ms_half sine



Safety

European Union MarketCompliance with the Low Voltage Directive EEC/73/23 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus to thefollowing European standards:• EN 60950• EN 60825 (only applicable for laser product).

North American MarketCertified in conformance to UL 1950 (USA) and CSA 950 (Canada), and display the UL and CSAlabels.

Other CountriesCertified as conforming to IEC950.


European Union MarketCompliance with the EMC directive EEC/89/336 amended by EEC/93/68 and thus the followingEuropean Standards:• EN55022 Class A• EN50082-1• EN61000-3-2 *• EN61000-3-3 ** Mandatory for all products shipped from January 1, 2001.

North American MarketCompliance with the following requirements:• For USA: FCC part 15 Class A.• For Canada: CSA C108-8 & IECS-003 Class A.


Localization

Local country power cord supplied.



8.7. SilkWorm Software Components

Fabric OSThe Brocade Fabric OS™ is an embedded operating system that allows the operation and managementof the fabric. Fabric OS runs on the Brocade SilkWorm® family of Fibre Channel switches, providingtransparent interoperability between 1Gb/s and 2 Gb/s switches and a smooth transition from 1 Gb/s to2 Gb/s SANs. It includes the following services:• A Simple Name Server, which discovers connected devices and registers/deregisters the device

information when a connection changes.• The Registered State Change Notification: dynamic detection of changes in topology and port

status.• Multicast Service (Alias Server): sends a single data copy simultaneously to group members.• Switch management:

SNMP agent embedded in the switch.Telnet commands via Ethernet connection.WEB based management tools.

• Diagnostics: Embedded online and offline diagnostics.• Translative mode to reconnect the fabric devices that support only the PLDA protocol (private

loop).

ZoningZoning allows to partition your SAN into logical groupings of devices that can access each other.Zoning can arrange fabric-connected devices into logical groups, or zones, over the physicalconfiguration of the fabric.Zones can be configured dynamically. They can vary in size depending on the number of fabric-connected devices, and devices can belong to more than one zone.With Zoning you can:• Administer security: zone members can access only other members of the same zone; a device not

included in a zone is not available to members of that zone.• Customize environments: use zones to create logical subsets of the fabric to accommodate closed

user groups or to create functional areas within the fabric.• Optimize IT resources: use zones to consolidate equipment.

Zoning can be done at port level or WWN level:• Port Level Zone: a zone containing members specified by switch ports (domain ID, port number)

only. Port level zoning is enforced hardware in the Brocade 2000 series of switches and beyond.• WWN Zone: a zone containing members specified by device World Wide Name (WWN’s) only.

WWN zones are hardware-enforced in the Brocade 3000 series of switches.• Mixed Zone: a zone containing members specified by WWN and other members specified by

switch port. Mixed zones are software enforced through the fabric name server.



Web ToolsWeb Tools provides a graphical interface that allows to monitor and manage entire fabrics andindividual switches and ports from a standard workstation. All switches in the fabric are displayed inthe main window of Web Tools, including switches that do not have a Web Tools license. However,only switches that have a Web Tools license installed can be managed by Web Tools (other switchesmust be managed through Telnet or SES).Web Tools provides the following information and capabilities:• Monitoring and managing the entire fabric: status of all switches in the fabric, access to event logs

for entire fabric, zoning functions, access to the Name Server Table, Telnet functions.• Monitoring and managing individual switches: summary information about each switch, access to

event logs for individual switches, switch configuration and administration, ability to upgradeFabric OS and license key administration, report capability for switch configuration information.

• Monitoring and managing individual ports: port status, information about connected devices,performance.

SES (SCSI-3 Enclosure Services)SES enables an SES host connected to a fabric switch to manage all the switches in the SAN. This isdone remotely, in-band, through a Fibre Channel link.• Access to and management of every Brocade SilkWorm switch in the fabric• Manage a fabric of Brocade SilkWorm switches in a storage environment that is exclusively SCSI

based• Configuration of switches in a fabric (for example, enabling or disabling a port)• Performance monitoring (for example, view frame and word counters of a port)• Enclosure monitoring (for example, view temperature sensor readings)• SES-enabled host can immediately begin managing Brocade SilkWorm switches.

ISL TrunkingThe ISL Trunking feature allows up to four Inter-Switch Links (ISLs) to merge logically into a singlelink. An ISL is a connection between two switches through an Expansion Port (E_Port). When usingISL Trunking to aggregate bandwidth of up to four ports, the speed of the ISLs between switches in afabric is quadrupled. For example, at 2 Gb/s speeds, trunking delivers ISL throughput of up to 8 Gb/s.The ISL Trunking feature• routes data in the switch network• optimizes bandwidth utilization• preserves in-order delivery• enables load balancing of traffic at the frame-level as opposed to Fibre Channel Shortest Path First

(FSPF), to achieve faster fabric convergence, as well as higher availability in the fabric.

QuickLoop (to create virtual private loops across the switch)QuickLoop is a migration path from a single private Loop to a fully scalable Fabric for constructingStorage Area Networks (SAN). QuickLoop enabled switch (or switches) can be used to replace hubswhen a SAN is first deployed. When Nx_Port devices become Fabric capable, the SAN can beupgraded to mix QuickLoop and Fabric switches and continue to expand towards a full Fabric.



8.8. Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender

The Fibre Channel Optical Link Extender will not be included in the Escala offering as of 31/01/2001.

8.8.1. Highlights

The FLX-2000 extends the distance of high-speed optical fibers well beyond the 500 m limit ofmultimode optical fibers. Finisar’s Optical Link Extenders facilitate new applications such as remotestorage and disaster recovery.

A pair of FLX-2000s extends a link by converting the short-haul copper or multi-mode optical signalto a long-haul, single-mode signal, and vice versa. Its internal Digital Signal Conditioner re-times thesignal over the long-served over long distances with a bit error rate of 10-12 or better.

Simple to install, FLX-2000 link extenders include comprehensive system status monitoring and linkdiagnostics. The link monitoring and diagnostics provide quick fault detection and isolation.Integration with network management is provided via an RS232 serial port attached to a local terminalor modem to allow remote access.


Long distance links have been qualified only with one Optical link extender at both ends of the fiber.Interoperability with other devices on the long-haul optical fiber has not been qualified.

The Optical link extender has been qualified with links up to 10 km. Longer distances can be obtainedin SFR (up to 120 km).

The short-haul connection has been qualified with DAS RAID subsystems, AIX PCI servers, and theGadzoox Bitstrip fibre channel hub.

8.8.3. Packaging

The Optical Link Extender is tabletop (and stackable) equipment. Flat mounting on a wall is possible.Rack mounting kit is not available.


Fibre channel specification

Protocol: Fibre ChannelData rate: 1.062 Gbps

Electrical Specification

Power requirement: +5 V (3 A), redundant inputsPower supply: 110/220 V input, +5 V (4 A) output



Front-panel LED

• Power• System• Short-haul• Long-haul

Short-haul Connectivity

Short-haul copper cable: Shielded balance per FC-PH specificationMaximum short-haul copper distance: 25 m

Long-haul Connectivity

Long-haul fiber connector: STLong-haul fiber cable: Single-mode zero dispersion at 1310 nm, 9/125 µmMaximum long-haul distance: 10 km (optional up to 120 km)Minimum Tx power: -3 dBmMinimum Rx sensitivity: -26 dBm

Physical Dimensions

Dimensions: 8.2” x 7.5” x 1”(20,8 cm x 19,5 cm x 2,5 cm)Weight: 2.5 lbs. (1.3 kg)Operating Temperature: 0 to 50°C

Other

Laser safety: Class 1 per FDA/CDRH, IEC 825-1Agency Approvals: UL1950, CSA 22.2 950, EN 60950,IEC 950, CE Mark, VCCI

Electromagnetic Specifications

Emission: FCC Part 15 Class A, EN55022A, EN 55022, DOC CAS C108.8Immunity: EN 50082-1

8.9. Vixel 1000 Fibre Channel Hub

8.9.1. Highlights

The Vixel 1000 Hub is an unmanaged 7-port Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL) device thatprovides gigabit-per-second data transmission between servers, storage arrays and libraries. It isdesigned as a cost effective, high-speed alternative to SCSI server-to-storage connectivity employingspeeds up to 100 times faster.



The Vixel 1000 is a plug-and-play device that does not require any configuration nor managementoperations. It is ideally suited for the deployment of entry SAN configurations, using the same startopology as well established Local Area Networks. The "hot plug" capability of ports allows for onlinechanges (adding devices, removing devices, changing port type, …) without taking off-line the hubs,and with minimal impact on the other devices connected to the loop. The Vixel 1000 is designed forflexible mix-and-match configuration of fiber optic (short wave and long wave) and copper media.

The Vixel 1000 Hub is optimized for small Escala clusters and Escala server farms. It provides also acost effective solution for AIX/NT storage consolidation and LANfree backup applications.

Features

• 7 FC-AL ports• 1 FC-AL loop, 100 MB/s• Hot Plug GBICs based ports (SC/SWL, SC/LWL, active copper DB9)• Cascading support• Automatic Bypass of unused ports• Clock and data recovery on each port• Fully ANSI X3T11 FC-AL standards compliant• Rack packaging (2 hubs per 1 U space), or tabletop unit


The Vixel 1000 hub enables to implement private fibre channel loops, using a star cabling (directconnection of servers and storage devices to the hub). It supports cascading with other hubs.

The hub has been qualified for the point-to-point connection of• Escala servers• DAS, DAE and Symmetrix disk subsystems• Crossroads FC/SCSI bridges (models 4100 and 4200)

The preferred interface is the SWL/SC GBIC (for multimode optical fibers).

The SWL GBIC supports 500 m cables with 50 µm multi-mode optical fibers.The LWL GBIC supports 10 km cables with 9 µm single mode optical fibers.The copper GBIC is an active port with DB9 connectors, and supports 30m cables.


Standards

Fibre Channel protocol: Fibre Channel ANSI Standards: FC-AL, FC-PH, FC-PH-2, FC-PH-3, and GBIC



Architecture

Number of Fibre Channel ports: 7Media Type: GBIC, Optical or Copper (any configuration)

OPTICAL SHORT WAVEData Rate: 1.0625 GbpsWavelength: 780 nm, Non-OFCCable Type: 50/125 µm multimode fiber

62.5/125 µm multimode fiberConnector Type: Dual SC connector:Distance: 500 meters (50/125 µm fiber)

175 meters (62.5/125 µm fiber)OPTICAL LONG WAVE

Data Rate: 1.0625 GbpsWavelength: 1310 nm, Non-OFCCable Type: 9/125 µm single mode fiberConnector Type: Dual SC connectorDistance: Up to 10 Km

COPPER - ActiveData Rate: 1.0625 GbpsCable Type: Dual Twinax or Quad AxialConnector Type: DB9Distance: 30 meters

LED indicators: GBICS and Port state (per port)

Environmental conditions

Temperature Operating: 10° - 50 ° CNon Operating: -40° - 85° C

Relative humidity 5 - 95% (non-condensing)Altitude: Up to 5000 mShock: Operating: 10 g, 11 ms half Sine

Non Operating: 50 g, 11 ms, half SineVibration: Operating: 1.25 g, 5-500 Hz, Sine

Non Operating: 2.5 g, 5-500 Hz, Sine

Physical dimensions

Size 21.8 cm (W) x 4.3 cm (H) x 36.6 cm (D)8.6"(W) x 1.7"(H) x 14.4"(D)

Weight < 2.7 kg < 6 lbs.rackmount or table top 2 units can be install in the same 1 U high rack mounting kit.



Power Requirements

Nominal 100-240 VAC, 30 watts, 50/60 Hz

Agency Approvals

United States and Canada UL/CUL, FCC class A/BEurope: EN60950, CE Mark, TUV, Demko, Semko, Fimko, NemkoJapan VCCI class AInternational: EN60950, CISPR22, EN50082-1

8.10. Gadzoox Bitstrip TW Fibre Channel Hub

The Gadzoox Bitstrip™ TW Fibre Channel Hub will not be included in the Escala offering as of31/01/2001.

8.10.1. Highlights

The Gadzoox Bitstrip™ TW Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (FC-AL) hub is specifically designed tobe a cost effective entry point into high availability, gigabit storage networking. The Bitstrip TWincorporates several active features, such as Gadzoox’ Reflex intelligent port bypass and per port dataregeneration, which ensure reliable, trouble free, plug and play operation as well as a high degree ofdata integrity.

The Bitstrip TW is a 9-port FC-AL active hub that uses a DB-9 connector for each port allowingnative connection to copper cabling. The Bitstrip TW also supports optics on all 9 ports through theuse of external DB-9 to optics Media Interface Adapters (MIAs). MIAs are hot-plug and fieldupgradable, providing hub users with maximum flexibility in mixing copper and optical connections intheir Fibre Channel systems. Power is automatically supplied on a per port basis to each connectedMIA.

The Reflex feature, an intelligent port detection and bypass capability, dynamically reconfigures thearbitrated loop network to preserve communication between all operating devices. Using Reflex, theBitstrip TW manages movement of nodes on and off the network, constantly monitoring nodes forfailure, cable disconnection or network reconfiguration. Non-operating nodes are automaticallybypassed, newly communicating nodes are automatically entered onto the loop. All loopreconfiguration is handled by the Bitstrip TW without disrupting communication on the remainder ofthe network. In the absence of the Bitstrip TW, the physical loop would need to be recabled on theaddition or removal of a node, bringing the network down and disrupting communications.

The Bitstrip TW can be cascaded to other FC-AL hubs for the expansion of the loop. Port expansion issupported to the FC-AL limit of 126 nodes. Any port may be used for cascading.



The Bitstrip TW implements the most complete suite of intelligent data detection tests to ensure thehighest availability of the Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop. This test suite includes:

• Valid 8B/10B Data Detection• Oscillation Detection• Open Cable Detection

These three tests allow the Bitstrip TW to differentiate between valid Fibre Channel data anderroneous data, preventing corruption on the loop. Multiple detection circuits ensure that nodes will bebypassed only on real line failures, allowing transient events such as bit failures to be handled by theFibre Channel frame level protocol. In the event that a node is bypassed, front panel LEDs provideconvenient indications.


Despite the advanced features of the hub to retime and regenerate the signal allowing hub cascading,hub interconnections must be avoided because of the risk of performance bottleneck. The hub sharesthe 100 MB/s bandwidth between the connected devices. Thus with 8 servers connected to a singlehub, the average bandwidth per server is only 12,5 MB/s (100/8), i.e. much less than SCSI.Interconnecting hubs does not increase the available bandwidth, but at the opposite share the 100 MB/sbetween more devices. The single case where hubs interconnection is tolerated (but should not exceed3) is when there is no more than 9 devices (host bus adapters or storage subsystems) and theinterconnection simplify the cabling. Typical examples are the disaster recovery configurations. Pleaserefer to the SAN configuration guide for more information.

Another consequence of the bandwidth sharing concerns servers with multiple adapters: attempting toconnect multiple adapters to a single hub is a design error. It will not increase the bandwidth availablefor the server, and furthermore, a failure of the hub (like a power outage) will impact all the connectedadapters.

The interconnection of hubs and switches is not supported.

The mix of DAS, Symmetrix and libraries (with either native Fibre Channel tape connection orthrough bridges) is not supported.

The mix of Escala servers and Express 5800 servers is authorized, through fabric connection ispreferred for heterogeneous environments.

8.10.3. Packaging

The hub is tabletop equipment.

It can also be mounted into a rack. It is designed as a precise half rack chassis so that two hubs can beinstalled in a single, 1U-height rack space. There is a double rack mount kit designed for mounting twohubs, side by side into a rack.




Bit Rate

1.0625 Gigabit/Second, 8B/10B encoded

Data Rate

100 MByte/Second each direction

Standards Support

Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop

Physical Specifications

(H) 1.7 in./43mm, (W) 8.7in/221mm, (D) 5.7 in./145mm

Weight

Net - 3 lbs., Shipping - 3.3 lbs.

LED Indicators

1 Amber/port - LED on indicates port by-pass1 Green - LED on indicates power on

Environmental Specifications

Operating temperature: +10 deg. C to +40 deg. CStorage temperature: -30 deg. C to +60 deg. COperating humidity: 80% maximum relative humidity

Electrical Specifications

AC Voltage: 100-240 VACPower: 2A, 50-60 Hz

Electromagnetic Specifications

FCC Part 15 Class A, EN55022A

Agency Approvals

UL1950, CSA 950, EN60950 (IEC950), CE Mark, VCCI



8.11. MIA

8.11.1. Highlights

The MIA is a high performance integrated duplex data link for bi-directional communication overmultimode optical fiber for Fibre Channel applications. It is compliant with the Media InterfaceAdapter (MIA) specification. The MIA is specifically designed to connect to electrical high speed datacommunications links that require extended distance performance. The previous limit of 30 m incopper connections can easily be extended to 500 m with multimode.


The MIA has been qualified with Gadzoox hubs and DAS subsystems.

Caution

This MIA (DCOF001-0000), introduced in 9/99, replaces the product number MI DCOQ001-0000. Itis not compatible with the PCI 64-bit Fibre Channel adapter (MI DCCG147). To support opticalconnections on AIX servers, a PCI adapter with the native optical interface must be used. If necessary,existing adapters must be replaced.

8.11.3. Packaging

The MIA is plugged directly on copper / DB9 connectors on hub’s ports or on DAS host interfaceports.


Bit Rate

1.0625 Gigabit/Second, 8B/10B encoded

Data Rate

100 MByte/Second each direction

Standards Support

Fibre Channel

Physical Specifications

(H) 0.63 in./ 16 mm, (W) 1.4 in. / 36 mm, (D) 2.7 in. / 68.6 mm



Environmental Specifications

Operating temperature: +0 deg. C to +70 deg. CStorage temperature: -40 deg. C to +85 deg. C

Optical interface

SC Duplex Optical Interface50 µm multimode optical fibers62.5 µm multimode optical fibers

Electrical Interface

DB-975 ohm Input / OutputSingle +5V Power Supply

Safety

Class 1 Laser Safety Compliance IEC825-1FDA radiation performance standards 21 CFR, chapter 1 subchapter JUL 1950 ApprovedFCC Part 15 class B



9. Storage Plus Drawer and Shared Storage DrawerStorage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 Discontinued: March 31, 2004Shared Storage Plus Drawer DRWG031 Discontinued: March 31, 2004

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 provides flexible, scalable and cost-effective storagesolutions for Escala systems. Housing multiple drawers in a rack provides the flexibility to buildstorage capacity from gigabytes to terabytes.

• 14 bays for hot-swap disks divided into two groups of seven disks.• Up to 2055,2 GB of disks capacity with a combination of 36.4 GB,73.4 GB and 146.8 GB disks.• Redundant power supply and cooling fan option.• One internal Ultra3 SCSI bus with one external port.• Optional second internal Ultra3 SCSI bus with one external port.

The Storage Plus Drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

Each group of seven disks can be connected to a dedicated internal SCSI bus for AIX softwaremirroring. RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, 5E options are available for the whole drawer or for each group of 7 diskswhen connected to a RAID adapter.

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG021/DRWG022 is considered an extension drawer on PL220R,PL420R, and PL820R.

The Storage Plus Drawer can be shared by two different hosts using the 2 external SCSI connectors fornon-RAID, HACMP configurations. It is then called the Shared Storage Drawer (DRWG031).The Shared Storage Drawer DRWG031 comes with a redundant power supply and supports 12 disksconnected to a single bus. This offering is available on the PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R,PL800R and PL820R.



10. Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer and Ultra320 Shared Storage DrawerStorage Plus Drawer DRWG052/DRWG053Shared Storage Plus Drawer DRWG054

The Ultra320 Storage Plus Drawer (DRWG052/DRWG053) provides flexible, scalable and cost-effective storage solutions for Escala systems. Housing multiple drawers in a rack provides theflexibility to build storage capacity from gigabytes to terabytes.

• 14 bays for hot-swap disks divided into two groups of seven disks• Up to 2055,2 GB of disks capacity with a combination of 36.4 GB,73.4 GB and 146.8 GB disks• Redundant power supply option• Redundant cooling fan included• One internal Ultra320 SCSI bus with one external port• Optional second internal Ultra320 SCSI bus with one external port

The Storage Plus Drawer occupies 3U of vertical space.

Each group of seven disks can be connected to a dedicated internal SCSI bus for AIX softwaremirroring. RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, 5E options are available for the whole drawer or for each group of 7 diskswhen connected to a RAID adapter.

The Storage Plus Drawer DRWG052/DRWG053 is considered an extension drawer on PL220R,PL240R, PL420R, and PL820R.

The Storage Plus Drawer can be shared by two different hosts using the 2 external SCSI connectors fornon-RAID, HACMP configurations. It is then called the Shared Storage Drawer (DRWG054).The Shared Storage Drawer DRWG054 comes with a redundant power supply and supports 12 disksconnected to a single bus. This offering is available on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R, PL820R.


Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers 1/809pw5s1c4.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 4: Disks, Media and Controllers

This chapter describes disks, media and associated controllers available on the Escala Rack PL andEPC models.

1. ADAPTERS .........................................................................................................................7

1.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 ..................................................................................................71.1.1. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter (CKTG149) ............................................................................................71.1.2. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter (MSCG041).......................................................................................................81.1.3. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter (MSCG022) .................................................................................................91.1.4. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide RAID SE Adapter - DPT (CKTG075)..........................................................................101.1.5. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter (MSCG023) ..............................................................................................11

1.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+.....121.2.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (MSCG054, MSCG060) .................................................................121.2.2. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG053, MSCG059).......................................................121.2.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG056, MSCG058)..............................................121.2.4. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG055, MSCG057)...................................131.2.5. Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Enablement Adapter (MSCG052) .............................................................13

1.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R..........................................................................14

1.3.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (MSCG048, MSCG051 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R).............141.3.2. PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG047, MSCG050 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R)........151.3.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (MSCG043).........................................................................................151.3.4. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG040) ...........................................................................................161.3.5. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (CKTG188) ...........................................................................................161.3.6. PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG030) ..............................................................................................171.3.7. PCI Enhanced Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG044, MSCG049 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R)..171.3.8. PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-ended Adapter (MSCG031) ................................................................................181.3.9. PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG045) .....................................................................................18

1.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800.......................................................................................................................................191.4.1. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter (MSCG019).....................................................................................................191.4.2. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MSCG020) ....................................................................................................191.4.3. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter ...........................................................................................................................201.4.4. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MDCG001).....................................................................................................201.4.5. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter (MSCG011) ..................................................................................................211.4.6. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter (MSCG012) .................................................................................................22

1.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400 ........................................................................................................................................231.5.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG039) ........................................................................23



1.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800........................................................................................................................................ 251.6.1. SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter (MSCU101) ....................................................................................................... 251.6.2. Micro Channel SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG038) ...................................................... 26

1.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A .......................................................................................................... 271.7.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG036) ........................................................................ 27

1.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450and PL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155) ............................................................................................................................ 29

1.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R,PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173) ........................................................................................... 32

1.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R(DCCG147, DCCG148)..................................................................................................................................................... 32

1.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A................................ 35



2. DISK DRIVES....................................................................................................................38

2.1. Discontinued Disk Drives ..........................................................................................................................................38

2.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072) ................................................................................................40

2.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072).........................................................................................40

2.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089) ..............................................40



2.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073)...................................................................................41

2.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097)...................................................................................42

2.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083) ...................................................................42

2.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG104) .............42

2.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450(MSUG128).........................................................................................................................................................................43

2.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120) ..........................................43

2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122) ..................................................................................43

2.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (MSUG125) ...........44

2.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121) ........................................44

2.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133) ........................................................................44

2.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134).......................................................45

2.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135) ......................................................................45

2.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136).....................................................45

2.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG164).......46

2.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R(MSUG165).........................................................................................................................................................................46

2.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R(MSUG166).........................................................................................................................................................................46

2.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173) ........................47

2.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG174) ......................47

2.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183) ..............................................................47

2.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184) ...........................................................48



2.27. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG185) ........................................................... 48

2.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186)................................. 48

2.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG187,MSUG203).......................................................................................................................................................................... 49

2.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188) ............................................... 49

2.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189) .............................................. 49

2.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R-(MSUG190, MSUG204) .................................................................................................................................................... 50

2.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, EPC610 and EPC810 -(MSUG191) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 50

2.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 - (MSUG192) .................... 50

2.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, PL800R, andPL820R (MSUG194) ......................................................................................................................................................... 51

2.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202)............................................. 51





2.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209) ................................ 53

2.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210) ........................ 53

2.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211) ........................ 53

2.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212) .......................... 54

2.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213) .......................... 54

2.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214............................................... 54


2.48. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG216) .................................. 55

2.49. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG217) .................................. 55



2.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222) ................................................................... 56



2.53. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG223) ...............................................57

2.54. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG224) ...............................................57

2.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG225) ..........58


2.57. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031 (MSUG227) ........58





3. MEDIA .............................................................................................................................. 60

3.1. Media Usage Summary Table .................................................................................................................................. 60

3.2. Diskette Drives........................................................................................................................................................... 603.2.1. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive ......................................................................................................................... 603.2.2. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive (DDUG002 for PL420R)................................................................................ 603.2.3. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Slimline Diskette Drive (DDUG003 for PL240R) ................................................................. 61

3.3. Tape Drives ................................................................................................................................................................ 613.3.1. QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG032)................................................................... 613.3.2. QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG036)................................................................... 623.3.3. 5/10 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 5/10 GB) (MTUG037) ........................................................................... 623.3.4. 7/14 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 7/14 GB) "Eliant" (MTUG029) ............................................................. 633.3.5. Internal/External 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 20/40 GB) (MTUG033, MTUG038 andMTSG015)...................................................................................................................................................................... 633.3.6. 60/150GB Internal 8mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG042) ................................................................................. 643.3.7. 60/150 GB 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive (VDAT) (MTUG045) ...................................................... 653.3.8. 60/150 GB Internal 8 mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG048) ............................................................................... 663.3.9. 12/24GB Internal 4mm DAT Tape Drive (MTUG035) ...................................................................................... 663.3.10. 12/24 GB 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG028)......................................................................................................... 663.3.11. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG039)................................................................................................ 683.3.12. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG041)................................................................................................ 683.3.13. 20/40 GB 4-mm Auto-docking Tape Drive (DAT) (MTUG046) ..................................................................... 693.3.14. DLT 4000 Tape Drive ....................................................................................................................................... 693.3.15. DLT 7000 Tape Drive ....................................................................................................................................... 703.3.16. 40/80 GB External DLT Drive - DLT8000E .................................................................................................... 713.3.17. 160/320 GB External SDLT Drive – (MTSG022) ............................................................................................ 723.3.18. 200/400 GB Ultrium 2 external LTO tape drive – (MTSG020)........................................................................ 72

3.4. CD-ROM Drives ........................................................................................................................................................ 733.4.1. 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM Drive....................................................................................................... 733.4.2. 32x CD-ROM Drive ............................................................................................................................................ 733.4.3. 48x (Max) IDE CD-ROM Drive (CDRG017, CDRG020 for PL420R).............................................................. 733.4.4. 48x (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive (CDRG018)........................................................... 74

3.5. DVD-RAM Drives ..................................................................................................................................................... 753.5.1. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG040, MTUG047 for PL420R) ......................................................... 753.5.2. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG043) .......................................................................... 76

3.6. DVD-ROM Drives ..................................................................................................................................................... 773.6.1. 16X/48X (Max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive (MTUG044) ............................................................... 773.6.2. 16X/48X (Max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG019, CDRG021)...................................................................... 783.6.3. 16X/48X (Max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG022) .......................................................................... 79



1. Adapters

1.1. SCSI Adapters for EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450

1.1.1. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter (CKTG149)

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter is a dual-port Ultra2 (40 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 80 MB per second oneach port.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter provides high performance attachment to internal SCSIdisk drives. The maximum data rate depends on the maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter has two internal ports with high density internalconnectors (68p). These ports are also available as external with VHDCI connectors (68p). Each portis capable of addressing up to 15 LVD/SE devices. The number of physical devices attached is limitedby SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adapter supports 16-bit devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter supports RAID functionality (RAID 0, RAID 1 and RAID5 mode) and is designed with 32 MB cache.

The PCI-SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter provides SAF-TE and DEC fault bus capabilities (faultdetection and management). The DEC fault bus capabilities are fully integrated with the disk's faultLED management on Bull's platforms.

Key features

• AIX boot support• Bus mastering, with on-board processor for reduced SCSI and host CPU overhead• Scatter/Gather transfer support• SCSI-1, SCSI-2, SCSI-3, Fast Wide (W), Fast-20/Wide (UW) or LVD/WIDE (Ultra2) SCSI

support with active termination• Overlapped I/O and tagged command queuing• Cache memory backup battery

Characteristics

• Ultra2 (LVD) and wide (16-bit wide) PCI SCSI RAID Adapter• Two ports (2 internal/external)• Accepts multiple commands per device from system• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 80 MB per second (synchronous protocol)• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)• SCSI parity support• PCI Interface

Native 64-bit PCI bus support and 32-bit PCI bus compatiblePCI bus data transfer rates up to 264 MB/sec



• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)• SAF-TE and DEC fault bus capabilities• RAID functionality• Hot spare disk and hot-plugging disks• Array configuration graphic support• No jumper - Automatic configuration by Software.


• Supported on Escala EPC430 and EPC450• One free PCI slot.• AIX version 4.3.1, or later.

Caution: The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide RAID Adapter cannot be used for Native HA.

1.1.2. PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter (MSCG041)

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD/Wide Adapter is a single ported Ultra2 (40 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide) SCSIPCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 80 MB per second.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD /Wide Adapter provides high performance attachment to both internal andexternal SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends on the maximumdata rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 LVD /Wide Adapter has one external VHDCI connector (68p) and one high-densityinternal connector (68p). The Adapter is capable of addressing up to 15 LVD/SE devices. The numberof physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adapter supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices.

Characteristics

• Ultra2 and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI PCI Adapter• One external 68p VHDCI connector• One internal 68p HD connector• Controller conforms to SCSI-SPI2• Accepts multiple commands per device from system• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 80 MB per second (synchronous protocol)• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)• SCSI parity support• PCI Interface

32-bit PCI bus compatible (version 2.0 and 2.1)PCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec

• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)• Automatic switching to LVD or SE mode.




• Supported on the Escala EPC430 and EPC450 only.• One free PCI slot.• AIX version 4.3.2, or later.

1.1.3. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter (MSCG022)

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter is a single ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second.The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides high performance attachment to both internal andexternal Single Ended SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends onthe maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter has one external connector (68p) and two internal connectors(1 narrow 50p and 1 wide 68p). The Adapter is capable of addressing up to 15 Single Ended devices.The number of physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The adaptersupports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices.

Characteristics

• Ultra and wide (16-bit wide) SCSI PCI Adapter• One external 68p connector• Two internal (50p & 68p) connectors• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h• Accepts multiple commands per device from system• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)• SCSI parity support• PCI Interface

32-bit PCI bus compatiblePCI bus data transfer rates up to 132MB/sec

• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator).


• One free PCI slot.• AIX version 4.2.1, or later.• Supported on the EPC400 only.



1.1.4. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide RAID SE Adapter - DPT (CKTG075)


The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter is a Dual ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide) SCSIPCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second on eachport.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides high performance attachment to internal SingleEnded SCSI disks. The maximum data rate depends on the maximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter has two internal Single Ended ports. One of these ports is alsoavailable on the external connector. Each port is capable of addressing up to 15 Single Ended devices.The number of physical devices attached is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The external portof this adapter supports 8-bit or 16-bit devices via a 16-bit connector.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter supports RAID functionality (RAID 0, RAID 1 and RAID 5mode) and is designed with 16 MB cache upgradable to 64 MB.

The PCI-SCSI-3 Ultra Wide SE Adapter provides SAF-TE and "Storage Works" capabilities (faultdetection and management).This adapter is used with the internal disks.

Key features

• Bus mastering, with on-board processor for reduced SCSI and host CPU overhead• Supports simultaneous operation of Wide and Narrow devices• Scatter/Gather transfer support• SCSI-1, SCSI-2, SCSI-3, Fast Wide (W) or Fast-20/Wide (UW) SCSI support with active

termination• Overlapped I/O and tagged command queuing.

Characteristics

• Ultra and wide (16-bit wide) PCI SCSI RAID Adapter• Two ports (1 internal/external and 1 internal)• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h• Accepts multiple commands per device from system• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)• SCSI parity support• PCI Interface


• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)• SAF-TE and "Storage Works" capabilities• RAID functionality



• Hot spare disk and hot-plugging disks• Array configuration graphic support• No jumper - Automatic configuration by Software.


• One free PCI slot.• AIX version 4.2.1 or later.

Caution: PCI SCSI-3 Ultra-Wide RAID Adapter - DPT can't be used for Native HA.

1.1.5. PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter (MSCG023)

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter is a single ported Ultra (20 MHz) and wide (16-bit wide)SCSI PCI Adapter that can provide synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 40 MB per second.The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter provides high performance attachment to externalDifferential SCSI disks, disk subsystems, tape devices. The maximum data rate depends on themaximum data rate of the attached devices.

The PCI SCSI-3 Ultra Wide DE Adapter has one external Differential port. The external port iscapable of addressing up to fifteen Differential devices. The number of physical devices attached islimited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions. The external port of this adapter supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices via a 16-bit connector. The external Differential SCSI bus is capable of supporting cablelengths of 25 meters (82 feet).

Characteristics

• Ultra wide (16-bit wide) PCI Adapter• One external Differential 16-bit bus• Controller conforms to ANSI Doc X3T9.2/86-109 Rev 10h• Accepts multiple commands per device from system• SCSI-3 data rate of up to 40 MB per second (synchronous protocol)• Acts as SCSI initiator (command issuer)• SCSI parity support• PCI Interface


• Supports Command Tagged Queuing (as SCSI initiator)


• One free PCI slot.• AIX version 4.2.1, or later.



1.2. SCSI Ultra320 Adapters for PL220R, PL420R, PL820R, EPC1200, PL1600R & R+ andPL3200R & R+

1.2.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (MSCG054, MSCG060)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter which is an excellentsolution for high-performance SCSI applications. This adapter provide two SCSI channels (busses),each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previousDual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or external.Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second onsystems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.


• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.• One free PCI slot.• MSCG054: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R• MSCG054: forbiden for PL820R base or DRWG049/DRWG050• MSCG060: AIX 5.1 or later for PL220R

1.2.2. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG053, MSCG059)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable highperformance adapter with a data rate of up to 320 MB per second and provides RAID 0,5, or 10capability that can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSIbuses. A 40 MByte fast-write cache is resident on the adapter and is designed to increase the datawriting performance.


• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.• One free PCI slot.• MSCG053: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and DRWG048 only for PL820R.• MSCG053: forbiden for PL820R base or DRWG049/DRWG050• MSCG059: AIX 5.1, or later for PL220R

1.2.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG056, MSCG058)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapters which is anexcellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. This adapter provide two SCSI channels(busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of theprevious Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal orexternal. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB persecond on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.




• Supported on the PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R &R+

• One free PCI slot.• MSCG056: AIX 5.1 or later for PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050• MSCG056: forbiden for PL820R DRWG048 only• MSCG058: AIX 5.1 or later for PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+

1.2.4. PCI Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (MSCG055, MSCG057)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable highperformance adapter with a data rate of up to 320 MB per second and provides RAID 0,5, or 10capability that can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSIbuses. A 40 MByte fast-write cache is resident on the adapter and is designed to increase the datawriting performance


• Supported on the PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050, PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R &R+

• One free PCI slot.• MSCG055: AIX 5.1, or later for PL820R internal and DRWG049/DRWG050• MSCG055: forbiden for PL820R DRWG048 only• MSCG057: AIX 5.1, or later for PL1600R & R+ and PL3200R & R+

1.2.5. Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Enablement Adapter (MSCG052)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card is a bootable high performance SCSI RAIDEnablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with theappropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter. The enablement card provides an internal RAIDsolution on supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives



1.3. SCSI Adapters for PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

1.3.1. PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (MSCG048, MSCG051 for PL240R, PL420Rand PL820R)

MSCG051 Discontinued: December 12, 2003

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter is a 64 bit adapter providing 2 SCSI channels (buses).Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplaneattachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second.

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain areasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers.To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystemsshould also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, eachdevice will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus willswitch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry-standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket, allowingattachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P,Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to theVHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, theSCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s max. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attachingsubsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, itwould also auto-throttle as described above.


• Supported on the PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R,EPC2400 and EPC2450.

• One free PCI slot.• MSCG048: AIX 4.3.3 or later on PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC2400 and

EPC2450• MSCG051: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R Discontinued: December 12, 2003



1.3.2. PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG047, MSCG050 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R)

MSCG050 Discontinued: December 12, 2003

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter is a non-bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSIRAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 1, 5, 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physicaldisk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache of non-volatile RAM isprovided as a resident part of this adapter. Should an adapter failure occur, a replacement PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from thefailing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity.

The 128 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput andresponse time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without thefast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the datablock sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There aretwo internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the externalports. Two of the four buses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two busesonly drive external ports.

Limitations:Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds(up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk driveswill run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting the system backplane.

Operational Requirements• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, EPC440, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,

PL800R and PL820R.• One free PCI slot.• MSCG047: AIX 4.3.3 or later.• MSCG050: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R Discontinued: December 12, 2003

1.3.3. PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (MSCG043)

Discontinued: 30/11/2001.The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter is a 64 bit adapter and is an excellent solution for highperformance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter provides 2 SCSIchannels (buses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or external and is designed to support a datarate of up to 80 MB per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of previous Ultra SCSIadapters (40 MB per second).



In order to achieve an Ultra2 SCSI bus data rate of up to 80 MB per second, and also maintain areasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers.In order to utilize this Ultra2 80 MB per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems mustalso be Ultra2 LVD devices. If any device is not Ultra2 LVD, the adapter will switch its SCSI bus tosingle-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE SCSI bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowingattachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P,Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to theVHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter.

Operational Requirements• Supported on the PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 only.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 4.3.3 or later.

1.3.4. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG040)

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter is an ideal solution for applications requiring large blockdata transfers (more than 64K block size) in a multi disk drive environment utilizing SCSI-2 protocol.The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter has a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MB per second,which is twice the maximum data transfer rate of SCSI-2 Fast Wide adapters (20 MB per second).

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter conforms to the SCSI-2 standard and Fast-20 (Ultra)specifications. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition ofX3T9.2/90-048).


• Supported on the EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.5. PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter (CKTG188)

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter is an ideal solution for applications requiring large blockdata transfers (more than 64K block size) in a multi disk drive environment utilizing SCSI-2 protocol.This adapter has a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MBytes per second.

The PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter conforms to the SCSI-2 standard and Fast-20 (Ultra)documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definitionof X3T9.2/90-048).

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to the external port of this adapter, theSCSI ports (both external and internal) will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no fasterthan 20MB/s max. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between hostadapter and attaching subsystem.




• Supported on the PL1600R and PL3200R.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 5.1 or later.

1.3.6. PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG030)

The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the next generation of SCSI-2 performance with maximumdata transfer rates of 40 MB per second. The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter allows connection toexternal differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away.The PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter will negotiate with each external device and transfer data atthe fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) specifications. Industry standard 68pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).


• Supported on the EPC440, EPC1200 and EPC1200A. Discontinued on the EPC2400.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.7. PCI Enhanced Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (MSCG044, MSCG049 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of a SCSI-2differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rate of 40 MB per second.

This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5volt PCI slots. It allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices upto 25 meters away.

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter will negotiate with each external device andtransfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) specifications. Industry standard 68pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).


• Supported on the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,PL820R, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.

• One free PCI slot.• MSCG044: AIX 4.3 or later.• MSCG049: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R



1.3.8. PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-ended Adapter (MSCG031)


The PCI SCSI-2 Fast Wide Single-Ended Adapter provides a single-ended SCSI-2 Fast Wide interfacethat can burst data to devices on the SCSI bus at 20MB/s. This feature can provide both internal andexternal device support, connected to the same SCSI bus.


• Supported on the EPC1200 only.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 4.3 or later.

1.3.9. PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter (MSCG045)


The PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter is a non-bootable high performance Ultra SCSI RAIDAdapter providing RAID 0,1,or 5 capability and can address up to forty-five 16-bit SCSI-2 physicaldisk drives on three independent SCSI buses. To increase the data writing performance, a 32 MB fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 32 MB fast-write cache is a residentfeature of the PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM.

During the unlikely event of an PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed fromthe failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MB fast-write cachecan provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequencewrite operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time anddata transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequentialwrites, machine type/model, and application parameters. The PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID adapterhas one internal and two external independent Ultra SCSI buses. The internal port can be used toprovide an internal RAID solution. Systems with internal 6-pack disks can attach one PCI 3-ChannelUltra SCSI RAID Adapter per internal 6-pack.


• Supported on the EPC440, EPC610 and EPC810 only.• One free PCI slot.• AIX 4.3 or later.



1.4. SCSI Adapters for EPC800

1.4.1. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter (MSCG019)


The WSA/SCSI-2 SE Adapter is based on the same electronic design than the LAN/SCSI-2 Adapter(Ethernet part removed)

The WSA/SCSI SE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 SE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media devices.• New POS register to identify the board (0200 instead of 8F9D)• PCB size reduced• External SCSI connector only (68-position 16 bits)• Single Ended connection• Adapter SCSI ID from 0 to 7 (default 7)• Performance improvement of about 20%.

Attachment

The adapter fits into a single MCA slot.

1.4.2. WSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MSCG020)


The WSA/SCSI-2 DE Adapter is based on the same electronic design than the LAN/SCSI-2 Adapter(Ethernet part removed)

The WSA/SCSI DE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 DE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and media devices.• New POS register to identify the board (0200 instead of 8F9D)• PCB size reduced• External SCSI connector only (68-position 16 bits)• Differential Ended connection• Adapter SCSI ID from 0 to 7 (default 7)• Performance improvement of about 20%.

Attachment

The adapter fits into a single MCA slot.



1.4.3. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W SE Adapter

Discontinued.

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and mediadevices.

• One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port, with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick (10Base5)connector and a twisted pair (10BaseT) connector are standard on the system.

SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Port Description

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE Adapter provides one 16-bit Single-Ended external bus featuring withdata rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Fast and wide MCA Adapter• One external Single-Ended 16-bit bus• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec• Allows attachment to Single-Ended SCSI Disks, Media Drives and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the external Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit single-ended devices• The number of physical devices attached to the bus is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions (up

to 4-meter length)• External cabling can be up to 2.4-meter when attaching SCSI-2 SE Deskside Cabinets/Drawers

1.4.4. LSA - SCSI-2 F/W DE Adapter (MDCG001)

Discontinued.

The LAN/SCSI Fast Wide DE Adapter features:

• One SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE port used for the connection of the standard internal disk and mediadevices.

• One Ethernet IEEE 802.3 port with a communication rate of 10Mbps. A thick (10Base5) connectorand a twisted pair (10BaseT) connector are standard on the system.

SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE Port Description

The LSA SCSI-2 Fast Wide DE Adapter providing one 16-bit Differential external bus featuring withdata rate of up to 20 MB/sec.



Characteristics:

• Fast and wide MCA Adapter• One external Differential 16-bit bus• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec• Allows attachment to external Differential SCSI Disks and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the external Differential bus:

• Supports 16-bit differential devices• Maximum cable length is 25 meter.

1.4.5. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter (MSCG011)


The SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/SE Adapter provides one 8- or 16-bit internal Single-Ended bus and one 16-bit Single-Ended external bus featuring both data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Dual ported fast and wide (16-bit wide) short MCA Adapter• One internal 8 or 16-bit Single-Ended bus• One external Single-Ended 16-bit bus• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec• Allows attachment to Single-Ended SCSI Disks, Media Drives and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the internal Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices• Only one of these two connectors can be used at a time• 8-bit bus and 16-bit bus can not be connected and used at the same time• Each SE bus is able to support up to seven devices

Main features of the external Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit single-ended devices• A maximum of four external SE bridge boxes devices can be connected• The number of physical devices attached to each bus is limited by SCSI bus cabling restrictions

(up to 4-meter length)• External cabling can be up to 2.4-meter when attaching SCSI-2 SE Deskside Cabinets/Drawers


One free MCA slot.



1.4.6. SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter (MSCG012)

Discontinued.

The SCSI-2 Fast Wide SE/DE Adapter providing one 8 or 16-bit internal Single-Ended bus and one16-bit Differential external bus featuring both data rate of up to 20 MB/sec.

Characteristics:

• Dual ported fast and wide (16-bit wide) MCA Adapter• One internal 8 or 16-bit Single-Ended bus• One external Differential 16-bit bus• Provides synchronous SCSI bus data rates of up to 20 MB/sec• Allows attachment to internal Single-Ended SCSI Disks and Media Drives and to external

Differential SCSI Disks and Storage Subsystems.

Main features of the internal Single-Ended bus:

• Supports either 8-bit or 16-bit devices• Only one of these two connectors can be used at one time• 8-bit bus and 16-bit bus can not be connected and used at the same time• Each SE bus is able to support up to seven devices.

Main features of the external Differential bus:

• Supports 16-bit differential devices• A maximum of seven external bridge boxes devices can be connected• A maximum of two SCSI-2 DE Deskside Cabinets can be connected• Maximum cable length is 25 meters (including internal length).

Additional DPX/20, Serial or SCSI Subsystems and High Availability connections are also availablewith the differential system-to-system and Y-cable features.


One free MCA slot.



1.5. SSA Adapters for EPC400

Discontinued: 30 June 1999Note: Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from theEPC400.

1.5.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG039)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapterthat conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). It enables attachment of SSA technology disksand subsystems.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can beconfigured to provide two SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48devices (96 devices per adapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two portscontinue to access the devices using the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intendedthat the devices should be initially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerantapplications. Each adapter supports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA DiskSubsystems (96 drives) for a total disk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.

Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increasedby spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem areautomatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While thisis occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. Thisenables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features ofSSA.

Note: SSA is a proposed industry-standard interface that retains the SCSI-2 commands, queuingmodel, status, and sense bytes.



Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops• Eight-initiator non-RAID, or two-initiator RAID configurations support• RAID 5 support• Optional 4MB Fast-Write Cache Card available for one-initiator RAID or one-initiator non-RAID

SSA configurations• Address and data parity support• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 or Version 4.2.2 in modes

1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and higher.• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec• Load balancing on loop configurations• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA

disk drives• Interoperability of PCI and Micro Channel SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapters.

Limitations

• Will not operate in SSA configurations supporting high-performance 4-Port SSA Adapter orEnhanced 4-Port SSA Serial Adapter on Micro Channel.

• No IPL/Boot support from SSA disk drives• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop• PCI system interface only.


One free PCI slot.

Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card is a 4MB fast-write optional feature that plugs into eitherSSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter. It utilizes non-volatile RAM and has a data memory retentionof over seven years.

The SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide as much as a 10-times improvement of datathroughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAIDadapters without the SSA Fast-Write Cache. The response time and data transfer improvement usingthe option card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes andapplication parameters.



1.6. SSA Adapters for EPC800

Discontinued: 30 June 1999.

1.6.1. SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter (MSCU101)

• High-performance, high-connectivity adapter that conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture(SSA).

• Enables attachment of SSA technology disks and subsystems.• Provides a cost-effective solution for packaging large numbers of disk drives.• Allows to cluster up to eight nodes, to access large databases stored in SSA Disk Subsystem.

The SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter provides two pairs of serial ports that can be configured to providetwo SSA loops. Each of the two pairs supports the attachment of up to 48 devices (96 devices peradapter) in a closed loop. If the loop is broken by a fault, the two ports continue to access the devicesusing the remaining connections as a string. However, it is not intended that the devices should beinitially configured as a string. These features support fault-tolerant applications. Each adaptersupports attachment of up to 6 maximum configuration SSA Disk Subsystems (96 drives) for a totaldisk drive capacity of 873GB, using 9.1GB disk drives.


The SSA Enhanced 4-Port Adapter allows connection of up to eight hosts or nodes. This enablesmultiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features of SSA.


Characteristics

• Four SSA ports configurable as two external loops• Conform to SSA, Level 1• 8-byte bus master• Address and data parity support• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec• Eight-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1 in modes 1, 2, and 3 on

AIX 4.1.4• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec• Load balancing on loop configurations• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA

disk drives per adapter• Micro Channel Type 5 form factor card.




One free MCA slot.

1.6.2. Micro Channel SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG038)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapterthat conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). It enables attachment of SSA technology disksand subsystems.



The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. Thisenables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features ofSSA.


Characteristics


SSA configurations• Address and data parity support• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 or Version 4.2.2 in modes

1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and later• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec• Load balancing on loop configurations• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA


Limitations




• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop• Micro Channel system interface only.


One free MCA slot.




1.7. SSA Adapters for EPC1200 and EPC1200A

Discontinued: 30 June 1999.

1.7.1. PCI SSA 4-port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter (MSCG036)

The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter is a high-performance, high-connectivity adapterthat conforms to the Serial Storage Architecture (SSA). The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID ELAdapter enables attachment of SSA technology disks and subsystems.


Each port operates at 20MB/sec full duplex, using point-to-point copper cables up to 25 meters long.Transmissions to several destinations are multiplexed, and the effective bandwidth is further increasedby spatial reuse of the individual links. This means that disk commands to a disk in a subsystem areautomatically sent from disk to disk on the loop until the target disk receives the command. While thisis occurring, another disk command can be issued before any acknowledgement is received.The SSA 4-Port Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter allows connection of up to two hosts or nodes. Thisenables multiple hosts to access the same data with the high performance and availability features ofSSA.




Characteristics


SSA configurations• Address and data parity support• Streaming data transfer at 40MB/sec or 80MB/sec• Two-way, high-availability configurations using HACMP Version 4.1.1 and Version 4.2.2 in

modes 1, 2, and 3 on AIX 4.1.5 and higher• Support for up to 3,000 I/O operations/sec• Load balancing on loop configurations• Attachment of up to 48 SSA disk drives per loop (2-SSA loops per adapter) or a total of 96 SSA


Limitations


• No IPL/Boot support from SSA disk drives• RAID arrays must have all array members in same SSA loop• PCI system interface only.


One free PCI slot.






1.8. 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus for the PL220R, EPC430, EPC440,EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200,EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG154, DCCG155)

The 2Gb/s Fibre Channel for 64-bit PCI bus host adapter provides support for 2 Gb/s fibre channeldata rates, delivering the industry's highest performance. It features automatic speed negotiationcapability which allows complete compatibility with existing 1 Gb/s Fibre Channel SANs, whileallowing seamless upgrades to higher speed 2 Gb/s SANs.

The 2Gb/s Fibre adapter provides the flexibility and broad interoperability needed for complex highlyscalable SANs. It provides a unique combination of features, including switched fabric support usingF_Port and FL_Port connections, full-duplex data transfers, high data integrity features, support for allFibre Channel topologies and support for service class 2 and 3.

The 2Gb/s Fibre adapter also features sophisticated hardware that provides superior performance instorage area networks, delivering low latency and high throughput in switched, arbitrated loop andclustered environments. Support for fiber optic cabling is provided through a small form factor (LC)optical embedded interface.

Specifications

• Simultaneous full duplex 2 Gb/s Fibre Channel delivers up to 400 MB/s• Automatic speed negotiation• Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_Port connections• On board hardware context cache for superior fabric performance• Support for concurrent use of multiple protocols (SCSI, IP)• Full support for FC service Class 2 and 3• Support for FC-Tape (FC-2) devices• 64-bit, 66 MHz low profile or standard short form factor PCI• End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity• Buffered data architecture to support up to 50 km cabling at full 2Gb/s bandwidth• Robust suite of software including IP and storage protocols• Optical small form factor (LC) interface supports either short-wave or long-wave optics

Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FS• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH/PI• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PLDA• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FLA• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.2 (see power requirements)• PHP Hot plug - Hot swap• Fibre Channel Class 2, 3



Architecture

• Emulex Centaur ASIC technology• Up to 66 MHz PCI bus master DMA• 2 Gb/s or 1 Gb/s FC Link• 2 MB FLASH memory• 1 MB code RAM• 256 KB buffer RAM

Optical

Data Rates: 1.0625/2.125 Gb/sOptics: short/long wave lasersCable: 9/125 µm single-mode fiber

50/125 µm multi-mode fiber62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber

Connector Type: LCDistance (1 Gb/s) 10K meters (32,800') 9/125 µm fiber

500 meters (1640') 50/125 µm fiber300 meters (984') 62.5/125 µm fiber

Distance (2 Gb/s) 10K meters (32,800') 9/125 µm fiber300 meters (984') 50/125 µm fiber150 meters (492') 62.5/125 µm fiber

Physical Dimensions

• Short low profile MD2 form factor• 167.64mm x 64.42mm (6.60" X 2.54")

Power Requirements

Volts: +3.3 VDC +/- 5%Power: 8.5 watts typical

Environmental Conditions

Operating Temperature: 0° to 45° C (32° to 113° F)Airflow Required: 10 Lf/mStorage Temperature: -40° to 70° C (-40° to 158° F)Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing



Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21CFR (J) and EN60825• UL Recognized to UL 1950• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950• TUV Certified to EN60950• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class A• ICES-003, Class A• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)

- EN55022, Class A- EN55024

• Australian EMC Framework (C-Tick Mark)- AS/NZS 3548, Class A

• VCCI, Class A

Operating System Requirements

DCCG154: AIX® 4.3 or AIX® 5.1

DCCG155: AIX® 5.1 or later for PL420R and PL820R

Supported Systems/Adapters

Escala PL420RAdapters 6 in base

7 per drawer20 per system

EscalaEPC430440/450 PL220R

PL400R/EPC610PL600R EPC2400/2450

PL1600RPL3200R PL820R

PL800R/EPC1200-AAdapters 4 2 8 per drawer 15 5 per half I/O drawer 6 in base

16 per server 30 per PL1600R 6 per IO drawer40 per PL3200R 30 per system



1.9. 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter for the PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R,PL600R, PL800R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R (DCCG172, DCCG173)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter offers the ability to build a high-speed local and remotestorage network. This adapter is a PCI-X adapter that provides single or dual initiator capability overan optical fiber link or loop running at speeds of up to 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps.The adapter can be used to attach devices directly or through the use of fibre channel switches. Withthis adapter, your enterprise can support data transfer at distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with supported fibrechannel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capablerunning at either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps data rates.

Quantities per Supported System:

• DCCG173 for PL220R: 2 in base• DCCG173 for PL400R: 6 in base• DCCG173 for PL600R: 6 in base• DCCG173 for PL800R: 32• DCCG173 for PL1600: 30• DCCG173 for PL3200: 40• DCCG172 for PL240R: 4 in base• DCCG172 for PL420R: 4 in base• DCCG172 for PL820R: 6 in base

Software Requirements:

DCCG173: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600 and PL3200DCCG172: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

1.10. PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Adapters for the PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450,PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, PL1600R, EPC1200A, EPC2400,EPC2450 and PL3200R (DCCG147, DCCG148)

PCI 64 bits Optical Fibre Channel Adapter (DCCG148) discontinued as of 30/09/2002PCI 64 bits Copper Fibre Channel Adapter (DCCG147) discontinued as of 29/02/2004

The PCI 64 bits Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters deliver exceptional performance through the use ofEmulex's new Dragonfly ASIC, a 266 MIPs on-board processor, and state of the art dual ported buffermemory. These adapters include sophisticated capabilities such as full-duplex data transfers, full fabricsupport, parity protection and large data buffers.

The LP8000 delivers point-to-point, arbitrated loop and switch fabric connections as well as bothClass 2 and 3 frame formats. Support for both copper and fiber optic cabling is provided throughembedded interfaces.

Host Support



The PCI Fibre Channel Host Adapter provides simultaneous and concurrent multiple protocols (IP andSCSI) support.

Specifications

• Simultaneous full duplex fibre channel 1.0625 GB/s transfers• 64-bit PCI data and addressing• On-board high speed 266 MIPs RISC processor• Large on-board buffers• Application Programming Interface (API)• All fibre channel topologies: point-to-point, arbitrated loop and switch topologies• Full fabric support using F Port and FL Port connections (FL port in a future product release)• Full support for both FC service Class 2 and 3• Supports both network and storage protocols simultaneously (IP and FCP)• 2 physical interfaces: embedded copper or embedded optical fiber.

Architecture

• Emulex developed ASIC technology up to 33 MHz PCI bus master DMA• 512 KB FLASH memory• 1 MB code RAM• 256 KB buffer RAM.

Benefits

• Industry's best I/O performance• Single interface for network and storage applications• Designed to support mission critical enterprise SAN applications.

Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PLDA• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-FLA• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.2• Fibre Channel Class 2, 3

Copper

Data Rate: 1.0625 GB/sCable Type: Dual TwinaxConnector Type: DB9Distance: 98' (30 meters)



Optical

Data Rates: 1.0625 GB/sOptics: short wave laser

50/125 µm multimode fiberConnector Type: dual SC

Physical Dimensions

Short PCI form factor 6.88 inch X 4.20 inch.

Power Requirements

Volts: +5 VDCPower: 10 watts

Environmental Conditions

Operating Temperature: 32° to 113° F (0° to 45° C)Storage Temperature: 14° to 131° F (-10° to 55° C)Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing

Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21CFR (J) and EN60825• UL Recognized to UL 1950• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950• TUV Certified to EN60950• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)• ICES-003, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)

EN55022, Class B*EN50082-1

• Australian EMC Framework (C-Tick Mark)AS/NZS 3548, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A)

• VCCI, Class B (Embedded copper Fibre Channel adapter is Class A).


AIX 4.3.2 or later.




1.11. PCI Fibre Channel Adapter for EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC1200, and EPC1200A


The Fibre Channel PCI Host Bus Adapter utilizes a state of the art dual ported on-board memoryarchitecture to provide high-performance I/O solutions for applications like client/server, database I/O,multimedia, imaging and clustering which require sustained high throughput coupled with low latencycharacteristics.

Architecture

The Fibre Channel PCI Host Adapter is designed using custom ASIC technology from Emulex. Thisintegrated design, including both chip level technology and Emulex developed firmware, reduces hostrequirements, while simplifying the driver interface.Emulex developed ASIC technology up to 33 MHz PCI bus master DMA

• 512 KB FLASH memory• 512 KB - 512 KB context RAM• 512 KB - 512 KB buffer RAM

Host Support

The PCI Fibre Channel Host Adapter provides simultaneous and concurrent multiple protocols (IP andSCSI) support.

Specifications

• Supports Fibre Channel rate of 1 Gbits/sec• Support point-to-point and arbitrated loop Fibre Channel topologies• Supports both network and storage protocols simultaneously (IP and FCP)• Direct interface to copper cables through standard 80-pin GLM• Built-in protocol engine with an integrated RISC processor.

Benefits

• Industry's best I/O performance• Single interface for network and storage applications• Eliminate distributed application bottlenecks.

Escala EPC400/430/440/450 PL220R PL400R/EPC610/PL600R EPC2400/2450 PL1600R/PL3200RPL800R/EPC1200-A

Adapters 4 2 8 per drawer 15 5 per half I/O drawer16 per server 30 per PL1600R

40 per PL3200R



Standards

• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-PH Revision 4.3• ANSI Fibre Channel FC-AL Revision 4.5• FCSI 301 Rev 1.0 Gigabaud Link Module• PCI Local Bus Revision 2.0/2.1• Fibre Channel Class 3.

Hardware Interface

80-pin GLM (Gigabit Link Modules) connector for copper interface.

Copper GLMs Data Rate 1062.5 Mbits/sCable Type Dual Twinax or Quad AxialConnector Type DB9Distance 30 meters

Distance Supported

• Up to 30m with copper cables.• Up to 175m with 62.5/125µm multimode fiber.• Up to 500m with 50/125µm multimode fiber.• Up to 10km with optical link extenders.

MIAs, Hubs and Link Extenders

• Hubs to provide up to nine copper ports (DB9 Female) with re-generated signals. The hubs can bechained. (External hubs or rack-mount hubs are available.)

• MIAs to convert copper (DB9 Male) to multimode fiber (DSC) and to provide distant connections.The MIA is directly connected to the copper interface (DBB9 Female) of the equipment.

• Link Extenders to offer a distant connection up to 10km from a copper interface (DB9) to a singlemode fiber (9/125µm - optical ST)



Agency Approvals

• Class 1 Laser Product per DHHS 21 CFR (J) and EN60825• UL Recognized to UL1950• CUR Recognized to CSA22.2, No. 950• TUV Certified to EN60950• FCC Rules, Part 15, Class A• DOC Rules, Class A• EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (CE Mark)

EN55022, DISPR22/85, Class AEN50082-1.





2. Disk Drives

2.1. Discontinued Disk Drives

MI MSUG072 MSUG089 MSUG097 MSUG104 MSUG073 MSUG083 MSUG128 MSUG120 MSUG125 MSUG121 MSUG122 MSUG133Disk Capacity 4.2 GB 4.5 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GBForm Factor 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½

Size (Low Profile, HalfHeight or Full Height)

1" 1" 1" 1" 1.6" 1.6" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"

Average Seek Time (ms) 7.5 7.5 6 6.7 8.2 8.2 5.1 5.2 7.2 (2) 5.2 6.9 6.7Average Latency (ms) 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 2,99 2,99 4.17 2,99 4.17 4.17Rotational Speed (RPM) 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 10000 10000 7200 10000 7200 7200Data Transfer Rate:

Media (MB/sec - max) 15 15 39 22 10 15 44.3 40 32 40 39 22.4Supported on System

PL220REPC400 EOC EOC EOC EOCEPC430 EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC Y EOCEPC440 EOC EOC EOCEPC450 EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC (1) EOC Y EOCPL400REPC610 EOCPL600R

EPC800 Y EOC EOC

EPC810 EOCPL800R

EPC1200 EOC EOC EOC EOC EOCEPC1200A EOC EOC EOC EOC EOC

EPC2400 EOC EOC EOCEPC2450 EOC EOC EOC

PL1600R/PL3200RInterface SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 SCSI-2 Ultra2 SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI SCSI-2 Ultra SCSI

SE High Speed Y Y Y Y Y Y LVD/SE LVD/SE Y LVD/SE Y YDE High Speed N N N N N N N N N N N N

(1) Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.(2) Based on 4 reads to 1 write.



MI MSUG134 MSUG135 MSUG136 MSUG164 MSUG165 MSUG173 MSUG174 MSUG184 MSUG186 MSUG192Disk Capacity 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 9.1 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GB 18.2 GBForm Factor 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½ 3"½Size (Low Profile, HalfHeight or Full Height)

1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"

Average Seek Time (ms) 6.5 6.7 6.5 5.3 6.5 6.02 6.02 6.02 6.02 5Average Latency (ms) 2.99 4.17 2.99 3.03 3.03 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 3.00Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000 7200 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000Data Transfer Rate:

Media (MB/sec - max) 20.2 22.4 20.2 20.3 20.3 30.5 44.3 44.3 44.3 83.88Supported on System

PL220R Y YEPC400EPC430EPC440EPC450PL400R Y Y EOC YEPC610 EOC EOC EOC Y Y EOC YPL600R Y Y EOC Y

EPC800

EPC810 EOC EOC EOC Y Y EOC YPL800R Y Y EOC YPL820R Y Y

EPC1200EPC1200A

EPC2400 YEPC2450 Y

PL1600R/PL3200R YInterface Ultra2 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra2 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra3 SCSI Ultra SCSI

SE High Speed LVD/SE Y LVD/SE LVD/SE LVD/SE Y Y LVD/SE LVD/SE YDE High Speed N N N N N N N N N N



2.2. 4.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG072)

Discontinued: 30/10/1999.Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "Hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 7.5Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15 (max)

2.3. 4.2 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks EPC800 (MSUG072)

Discontinued.

Internal (SE High Speed) - "CRU"


2.4. 4.5 GB Ultra SCSI High Speed Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG089)

Discontinued.

Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"





Discontinued.

Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.

Internal (Ultra SCSI) - "hot-swap disk"

Form factor 3"1/2Size 1.6"Average seek time (ms) 8.2Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 10 (max)





Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 6Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 39 (max)

2.7. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG073)

Discontinued.

Internal (SE High Speed)

Form factor 3"1/2Size 1.6"Average seek time (ms) 8.2Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 10 (max)



2.8. 9.1 GB SCSI-2 High Speed Disks for EPC800 (MSUG097)


Internal (SE High Speed)

Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 6.9Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 28.3 (max)

2.9. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC1200 and EPC1200A (MSUG083)

Discontinued.


Form factor 3"1/2Size 1.6"Average seek time (ms) 8.2Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 15.5 (max)

2.10. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450(MSUG104)






2.11. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400and EPC2450 (MSUG128)


Internal (Ultra2 SCSI - LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 5.1Average Latency (ms) 2.99Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3 (max)

2.12. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG120)



Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 5.2Average Latency (ms) 2.99Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 40 (max)

2.13. 18.2 GB Ultra Wide SCSI Disks for EPC400 (MSUG122)




Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 6Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 39 (max)



2.14. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC440, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450(MSUG125)

Discontinued on the EPC1200 as of 31/05/2001.Discontinued on the EPC1200A as of 30/11/2001.Discontinued: 30/06/2002.


Form factor 4"Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 7.2 (based on 4 reads to 1 write)Average Latency (ms) 4.17Rotational speed (RPM) 7200Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 32 (max)

2.15. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for Escala EPC430 and EPC450 (MSUG121)


Form factor 3"1/2Size 1"Average seek time (ms) 5.2Average Latency (ms) 2.99Rotational speed (RPM) 10,000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 40 (max)

2.16. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG133)


Internal (SCSI-2 or Ultra SCSI) – Fixed - Non hot-plug




2.17. 9.1 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG134)




2.18. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG135)


Internal (Ultra SCSI) - Fixed - Non hot-plug


2.19. 18.2 GB Ultra2 SCSI LVD/SE Disks for EPC610 and EPC810 (MSUG136)






2.20. 9.1 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, and PL820R(MSUG164)Discontinued: 30/04/2003

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk

Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 5.3Average Latency (ms) 3.03Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 20.3

This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports anUltra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSIdevices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 in order for this disk drive to run at 160MBps.

2.21. 18.2 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, andPL820R (MSUG165)MSUG165 : Discontinued: December31, 2003Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk



2.22. 36.4 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk for PL400R, EPC610, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, andPL820R (MSUG166)






2.23. 9.1 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R (MSUG173)


Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug


2.24. 18.2 GB Ultra SCSI Disks for PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R(MSUG174)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug


2.25. 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG183)

Internal (Ultra SCSI - SE) - Fixed - Non hot-plug




2.26. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL220R (MSUG184)

18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk





2.28. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL1600R and PL3200R (MSUG186)



This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports anUltra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSIdevices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk driveto run at 160MBps



2.29. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R andPL3200R (MSUG187, MSUG203)




2.30. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R (MSUG188)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Fixed – Non hot-plug.


2.31. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, (MSUG189)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk.





2.32. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R, PL820R, PL1600R andPL3200R- (MSUG190, MSUG204)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.



2.33. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL400R, PL600R, PL800R,EPC610 and EPC810 - (MSUG191)

Internal (Ultra2 SCSI – LVD/SE) –Non hot-plug.


2.34. 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive for Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 -(MSUG192)

Internal (Ultra SCSI) – Available as hot-swap disk.




2.35. 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R, PL400R, PL420R,PL600R, PL800R, and PL820R (MSUG194)

Internal (Ultra SCSI) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 5.1 (read)/ 5.9 (write)Latency (ms) 3.03Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 57

2.36. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG202)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra3 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports anUltra3 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 160MBps. Also, any and all other SCSIdevices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2 or Ultra3 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk driveto run at 160MBps


18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Internal (Ultra3 SCSI ) – hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 4.82Average Latency (ms) 2.99Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67













18,2 GB Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive (1"/10Krpm) Discontinued: September 5, 2003Internal (Ultra3 SCSI ) – hot-swap disk.Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 6.02Average Latency (ms) 2.99Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 44.3




2.41. 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022 (MSUG209)

(Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.

Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 4.94Average Latency Time (ms) 2.99Rotational Speed (RPM) 10000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 67


2.42. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG210)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.



2.43. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL420R and PL820R (MSUG211)

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7Average Latency (ms) 2.00Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83




2.44. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG212)




2.45. 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL1600 and PL3200 (MSUG213)




2.46. 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL220R – MSUG214

Internal (Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk.Form Factor 3" ½Size 1"Average Seek Time (ms) 3.7Average Latency (ms) 2.00Rotational Speed (RPM) 15000Data Transfer Rate Media (MB/s) 83









(Ultra3 SCSI – LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.

















2.52. 146.8 GB Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive for Escala PL240R (MSUG222)Internal (Ultra3 SCSI - LVD/SE) – Available as hot-swap disk.















2.55. 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive for DRWG021/DRWG022/DRWG031(MSUG225)

(Ultra320 SCSI – LVD/SE) hot-swap disk


This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports anUltra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320MBps. Also, any and all other SCSIdevices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to runat 320MBps






(Ultra320 SCSI - LVD/SE) – hot-swap disk.















3. Media

3.1. Media Usage Summary Table

S: Standard O: Internal Option E: External Option N: Not supported

PL2

20R

EP

C40

0

EP

C43

0 &

E

PC

450

EP

C44

0

EP

C61

0

PL4

00R

&P

L600

R

EP

C80

0(2

)

EP

C81

0 &

P

L800

R

EP

C12

00 &

EP

C12

00A

EP

C24

00 &

EP

C24

50

PL1

600R

& P

L320

0R

PL8

20R

3"1/2 Floppy 1.44MB S S S S S S S S S S S S1/4" Tape 16/32 GB N O/E O/E (1) N N N O/E N N N N N1/4" Tape 25/50 GB N O O N N N E N N N N N8mm VDAT 7/14 GB N O O O O O O O O N N N8mm VDAT 20/40 GB O E E E O O E O O O N N8mm VDAT 65/150 GB O N N N N O N O N N O O4mm DAT 12/24 GB N O O O O O O O O O N N4mm DAT 20/40 GB N N O O O O N O O O O ODLT4000 20/40 GB N E E E E E E E N N N NDLT7000 35/70 GB N E E E E E E E E E N NDLT8000E 40/80 GB E E E E E E N E E E E E1/2" Tape STK N E E (1) N N N E N N N N NCD-ROM 600 MB N S S S S S S/O S S S S NCD-ROM 48X 650 MB S N N N N N N N N N N ODVD-RAM 4.7 GB O N N N N O N O N O O ODVD-ROM16X/48X 9.46 GB N N N N N N N N N N N O

(1) Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from the EPC400.(2) All media on the EPC800 discontinued as of 30/06/2001.

3.2. Diskette Drives

3.2.1. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive

A 1.44 MB 3-1/2 inch diskette drive is standard on all ESCALA system units. It supports also the 720KB format.

Attachment

The drive attaches to the system using an internal cable to the diskette controller in the system unit.

3.2.2. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Diskette Drive (DDUG002 for PL420R)

A 1.44 MB 3-1/2 inch Diskette Drive (black bezel) is an option ESCALA PL420RIt supports also the 720 KB format.



Attachment

The controller fits into a single dedicated Media open bay for Disquette/DVD-RAM or tape drive(optional).


• Supported on PL420R• One free single dedicated Media open bay for Disquette/DVD-RAM or tape drive (optional).• AIX 5.1, ore later

3.2.3. 3.5-Inch 1.44MB Slimline Diskette Drive (DDUG003 for PL240R)

Diskette drive (Black bezel) with storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy diskand 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Low power consumption: 1.5 W typical (read/writemode) and amber color LED in-use indicator.The detailed physical dimensions are:height 21.1 mm (.83 inch); width 139.9 mm (5.51 inches); depth 83.8 mm (3.3 inches).


• Supported on PL240R• AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3. Tape Drives

3.3.1. QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG032)

Discontinued: 30/10/1999.Note: Available on the EPC430 and EPC450 through reconnection only, when upgrading from theEPC400.

The QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 (Multi Channel Linear Recording 1) 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive operatesin a streaming mode and provides data interchange and save/restore capabilities with preformatted datacartridges. The cartridge loading in QIC 16/32 GB MLR1 tape drive is motorized.

The drive supports the following standards:

FormatMaximum Capacity

OperationBull Express

ReferenceImation

ReferenceQIC 5010 16/32 GB R/W - ECC 43473 16.0 GBQIC 5010 13/26 GB R/W - ECC 47023 13.0 GBQIC-2 GB 2.5/5 GB R/W - ECC 3236 MAGNUS 2.5QIC 1000 1.2 GB R/W - ECC 3217 MAGNUS 1.2QIC 525 525 MB R/W - ECC 3215 DC 6525QIC 150 150 MB R/W 3209 DC 6150

The QIC 24 format has been discontinued.



User average Data Transfer rate, streaming mode: 1.5 MB/s native and 3 MB/s compressed (assumingan average Data Compression ratio of 2:1).Warning: Capacity and transfer rate using the HW Data Compression embedded into the drive dependson the pattern of the transferred data.Need of a special "Dry Process" cleaning cartridge - Bull Express Reference: 05678 - for 50 cleaning.

3.3.2. QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Drive (MTUG036)

The QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 (Multi Channel Linear Recording 3) 1/4 inch Cartridge Tape Drive operatesin a streaming mode and provides data interchange and save/restore capabilities with preformatted datacartridges.The cartridge loading in QIC 25/50 GB MLR3 Tape Drive is motorized.

The drive supports the following standards:

FormatMaximum Capacity

OperationBull Express

ReferenceImation

ReferenceMLR3-25GB 25/50 GB R/W ECC 43498 MLR3 25 GB

QIC 5010 16/32 GB R/W - ECC 43473 16.0 GBQIC-4 GB 4/8 GB R only - ECC 43474 MAGNUS 4.0QIC-2 GB 2.5/5 GB R only - ECC 3236 MAGNUS 2.5QIC 1000 1.2 GB Not SupportedQIC 525 525 MB Not SupportedQIC 150 150 MB Not SupportedQIC 24 60 MB Not Supported

User average Data Transfer rate, streaming mode with MLR3 25 GB cartridges: 2.0 MB/s native and 4MB/s compressed (assuming an average Data Compression ratio of 2:1).Warning: Capacity and Transfer rate using the HW Data Compression embedded into the drivedepends on the pattern of the transferred data.Need of a special "Dry Process" cleaning cartridge - Bull Express Reference: 05678 - for 50 cleaning.

3.3.3. 5/10 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 5/10 GB) (MTUG037)

Discontinued.

The 5 GB 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges. Thesustained data transfer rate is 500 KB per second.

The 5 GB 8 mm tape drive features data compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRCalgorithm This provides an effective capacity of up to 10 GB of data per cartridge and an increasedeffective data rate of 1 MB per second, assuming an average data compression 2:1 and depending onthe type of data transferred.



3.3.4. 7/14 GB 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 7/14 GB) "Eliant" (MTUG029)


The 7 GB 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges. Thesustained data transfer rate is 1 MB per second.

The 7 GB 8 mm tape drive features data compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRCalgorithm. This provides an effective capacity of up to 14 GB of data per cartridge and an increasedeffective data rate of 2 MB per second, assuming an average data compression 2:1 and depending onthe type of data transferred.

Caution:The 8200 format is "Read only".When using this format the cartridge MUST be write protected.

3.3.5. Internal/External 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive (or VDAT 20/40 GB)(MTUG033, MTUG038 and MTSG015)


The 20/40 GB 16-bit 8 mm Tape Drive is a SCSI streaming tape drive that uses 8 mm data cartridges.The sustained data transfer rate is 3 MB per second.

Features

• A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) to provide operating and error messages.• Data Compression hardware using an adaptation of IBM's IDRC algorithm which provides an

effective capacity of up to 40 GB of data per cartridge, and an increased effective data rate of 6MB per second assuming an average Data Compression 2:1, depending on the type of datatransferred.

• Reads the 8mm tape cartridges in capacities of 2.3GB, 5GB, 7GB and 20GB in native mode or10GB, 14GB and 40GB in compressed mode.

• Writes the 8mm tape cartridges in capacities of 20GB in native mode and 40GB in compressedmode when using Advanced Metal Evaporated (AME) media.

Characteristics

• Capacity: 20GB native mode, 40GB (typical) compression mode• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half-high• Media: 8mm Advanced Metal Evaporated media on Write/Read 20GB format, 8mm Metal Particle

(MP) media on Read 2.3GB, 5GB, 7GB format• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head, Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for messages• Operation: Streaming• Data Transfer Rate: 3MB/s native mode, 6MB/s (typical) compression mode• Interface: SCSI-2 (single-ended) asynchronous/synchronous• Physical Specifications: 250mm (Width), 275mm (Depth), 55mm (Height), 5Kg (Weight)



EMC Conformance Classification

• USA: FCC Class B• Japan: VCCI-2• Europe: CISPR 22 Class B

Product Safety/Country Testing/Certification

• USA: UL• Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)• Germany/Europe: CE Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

Warning: The 8mm Metal Particle media (2.3GB, 5GB and 7GB) is "Read only".

Limitations:If this tape drive is used for reading Metal Particle media (2.3GB, 5GB or 7GB), the drive must becleaned with a cleaning cartridge prior to using an Advanced Metal Evaporated media (20GB).Cleaning Tape: Ref 315250 (Bull Express) for 18 cleanings.

3.3.6. 60/150GB Internal 8mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG042)

The 60/150 GB, 16-bit, 8-mm, Internal Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch, half-high, 16-bit tape drive.This drive gives you a high-capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. It uses IBM 8-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, offering a capacity of up to 150 GB -- up to 375%increase over the previous 20/40 GB 8-mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

Capacity 60 GB native mode, 150 GB (typical) compression modeForm Factor 5.25-inch half highMedia IBM 8-mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean TechnologyTechnology Helical scan, rotating headOperation StreamingData Transfer Rate 12 MBps native mode, 30 MBps (typical) compression MInterface SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single Ended

(SE) asynchronous/synchronousCompatibility withother VDAT tapedrives

The 60GB drive can read tapes written by the 20GB drive butcannot write tapes that can be read by the 20GB drive. Tapeswritten by the 60GB drive can only be read on a 60GB drive. The60GB 8mm tape drive ONLY writes "Mammoth2(M2)" format.The 60GB 8mm tape drive READS "Mammoth" or"Mammoth2(M2)" format.

Supported Systems

All Escala PL.



Softwre Requirements

AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3.7. 60/150 GB 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive (VDAT) (MTUG045) The 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch, 16-bit tapedrive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and achieving functions. Thistape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to150 GB - up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40GB 8mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

• Capacity: 60 GB native mode, 150 GB (typical) compression mode• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high• Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head• Operation: Streaming• Data Transfer Rate: 12 MBps native mode, 30 MBps (typical) compression M• Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single Ended (SE)

asynchronous/synchronous• Compatibility: 20 GB mode (Read only), 20 GB compression (Read only); 60 GB

mode(Read/Write), 150 GB compression (Read/Write).

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.


AIX 5.1 or later.



3.3.8. 60/150 GB Internal 8 mm VDAT Tape Drive (MTUG048)

The 60/150 GB, 16-bit, 8-mm Internal Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch half-high, 16-bit SCSI tapedrive. This drive gives you a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. Thistape drive uses 8-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 150GB -- up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40 GB 8-mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics

• Capacity : 60 GB (Native mode), 150 GB (typical) Compression Mode• 5.25-inch half-high form factor• Media : 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology• Technologie : Helical Scan, Rotating Head• Operation : Streaming• Data Transfer Rate: 12 MB/sec (Native Mode)• Data Transfer Rate: 30 MB/sec (typical) Compression Mode• Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD) / Single-ended (SE)

Asynchronous/Synchronous

Software Requirements

MTUG048: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R and PL420R.

3.3.9. 12/24GB Internal 4mm DAT Tape Drive (MTUG035)

The 12/24 GB 4-mm internal tape drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 8-bit tape drive, whichprovides a high capacity for save/restore functions. This tape drive uses 4-mm data cartridges and iscompression capable, providing a capacity of up to 24 GB.

Characteristics

Capacity 12 GB native mode, 24 GB (typical) compression modeForm Factor 5.25-inch half highMedia 4-mm DDS-3 data cartridgeTechnology Helical scan, rotating headOperation StreamingData Transfer Rate 1.1 MBps native mode, 2.2 MBps (typical) compressionInterface SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronousCompatibility 2 GB mode (Read/Write), 4 GB compression (Read/Write); 4 GB mode

(Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)

3.3.10. 12/24 GB 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG028)



The 4mm tape drive features IPL capability and up to 24GB of storage capacity with compression in a5.25" half high enclosure that attaches via the SCSI interface.

Characteristics

• Non-data grade media rejection (will not write on audio grade media)• DDS, DDS2 and DDS3-data compression format• SCSI2 command support with SCSI-2 SE interface• Synchronous and asynchronous SCSI data transfers, streaming operation• Average file search speed: 40 second (125m tape)• 12GB capacity per cartridge, 24GB with data compression (typical)• Data transfer rate:

Max. Sustained Native: 1 MB/sMax Burst Asynchronous: 3 MB/sMax. Burst Synchronous: 10 MB/s

• Data Buffer 2 MB• Rewind Speed 1m/s.

Cartridge TypesDDS1 (60m) DDS1 (90m) DDS2 (120m) DDS3 (125m)

CharacteristicsRead and write

in DDS1Read and write



in DDS3Data capacity * 1.3GB/2.6GB 2GB/4GB 4GB/8GB 12GB/24GBBull ExpressReference cartridge

3226 3227 3228 3230

* in Not Compressed/Compressed mode




3.3.11. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG039) The 4mm Tape Drive features IPL capability and up to 40GB of storage capacity with compression ina 5.25" half high enclosure that attaches via the SCSI interface.

Characteristics• Non-data grade media rejection (will not write on audio grade media)• DDS2, DDS3 and DDS4-data compression format• SCSI2 command support with Ultra Wide SCSI LVD and SE interface• Synchronous and asynchronous SCSI data transfers, streaming operation• Average file search speed: 50 second (155m tape)• 20GB capacity per cartridge, 40GB with data compression (typical)• Max. Sustained Native Data transfer rate: 3 MB/s• Data Buffer 8 MB• Rewind Speed 1m/s.

Cartridge TypesDDS1 (60m) DDS1 (90m) DDS2 (120m) DDS3 (125m) DDS4 (155m)

Characteristics Not supportedRead ONLY in

DDS1Read and write



in DDS4Data capacity * 1.3GB/2.6GB 2GB/4GB 4GB/8GB 12GB/24GB 20GB/40GBBull ExpressReference cartridge

3226 3227 3228 3230Fuji 78023

HP C5718A* in Not Compressed/Compressed mode

MTUG039: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R and PL420R

3.3.12. 20/40 GB DAT 4 mm Tape Drive (MTUG041) The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive,which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses 4-mm datacartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB.

Characteristics• Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high• Media: 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head• Operation: Streaming• Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression• Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous• Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB

mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GBcompression (Read/Write).

Supported SystemsEscala PL1600R and PL3200R.



3.3.13. 20/40 GB 4-mm Auto-docking Tape Drive (DAT) (MTUG046) The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Auto-docking Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bittape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive usesIBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB - asignificant increase in capacity over the previous 12/24 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4media).

Characteristics

• Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high• Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head• Operation: Streaming• Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression• Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous• Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode

(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GB compression(Read/Write).

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.


AIX 5.1 or later.

3.3.14. DLT 4000 Tape Drive

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.The DLT 4000 tape drive is a high-performance, high capacity, streaming 1/2" cartridge tape productdesigned for use on midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics• External Table Top - 5"1/4 form factor - 1/2" tape drive• 20GB capacity per cartridge, 40GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio• Differential interface (up to 25m connection)• Tape cartridge available

CompacTape IV (up to 20GB native formatted data)CompacTape III (2.6, 6.0 and 10GB native formatted data depending on selection)

• SCSI-2 differential interface - wide connection• Data transfer rate: 1.5MB/second native, 3.0MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio)• Dual channel read/write• Maximum block size of 16MB



• Read/write data cache of 2MB• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie• Timing characteristics:

Tape speed: 110 inches/sec on read/write - 150 inches/sec on searchAverage rewind time: 45 secAverage access time: 45 secLoad to BOT : 48 sec for tape already usedUnload from BOT: 17 sec.

Warning:• The CompacTape III (2.6GB, 6GB and 10GB) can be only "on read".• The CompacTape IV (20GB) can be "on read" or "on write".• The CompacTape (40GB) cannot be "on read".

3.3.15. DLT 7000 Tape Drive

Discontinued: 31/10/2001.The DLT 7000 Tape Drive is a high-performance, high capacity, streaming 1/2" cartridge tape productdesigned for use on midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Table Top - 5"1/4 form factor - 1/2" tape drive• 35 GB capacity per cartridge, 70 GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio• Differential interface (up to 25m connection)• Tape cartridge available

CompacTape IV (20GB and 35GB native formatted data)CompacTape III (2.6, 6.0 and 10GB native formatted data depending on selection)

• SCSI-2 differential interface - wide connection• Data transfer rate: 5.0 MB/second native, 10 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio)• Quad channel read/write• Maximum block size of 16 MB• Read/write data cache of 8 MB• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie• Timing characteristics:

Tape speed: 160 inches/sec on read/write - 175 inches/sec on search and on rewindAverage rewind time: 60 secAverage access time: 60 secLoad to BOT : 47 sec for tape already usedUnload from BOT: 17 sec.

Warning:The CompacTape III (2.6GB, 6GB and 10GB) and the CompacTape IV (20GB) can be only "on read".The CompacTape IV (40GB) can be "on read" or "on write".



3.3.16. 40/80 GB External DLT Drive - DLT8000E

The DLT8000E tape drive is a high performance, high capacity streaming cartridge tape product, idealfor midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop - 5.25 form factor - 1/2" tape drive• 40 GB capacity per cartridge, 80 GB typical with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a DLTtape IV

cartridge and DLT8000 format• SCSI-2 High Voltage Differential (HVD) interface (wide)• Max. data transfer rate: 6.0 MB/second native, 12 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) in

DLT8000 format using a DLTtape IV cartridge• Quad channel read/write in DLT8000 format• Maximum block size: 16 MB• Read/write data cache: 8 MB• Tape mark directory to maximize throughput and to minimize data access tie• Timing specifications:

READ/WRITE tape speed: 168 inches/secondSearch and Rewind: 175 inches/secondAverage rewind time: 60 secondsAverage access time: 69 secondsAverage load to BOT: 130 seconds (formatted) 133 seconds (unformatted)Unload from BOT: 21 seconds.

Available Tape Cartridges

Type Plastic Colors Feet/CartridgeDLTtape III Grayish Brown 1200

DLTtape IIIXT White 1800DLTtape IV Black 1800

DLTtape III DLTtape IIIXT DLTtape IVCompression OFF ON OFF ON OFF ONNative capacity (GB)Native transfer rate (MB/s)

101.5

203.0

151.5

303.0

406.0

8012.0

Selectable capacity (GB)Selectable transfer rate (MB/s)

--

--

--

--

355.0

7010.0

Selectable capacity (GB)Selectable transfer rate (MB/s)

--

--

--

--

201.5

403.0

Note: Transfer rates with compression ON represent maximums.



3.3.17. 160/320 GB External SDLT Drive – (MTSG022)

The SDLT ( Super Digital Linear Tape) external tape drive is a high performance, high capacitystreaming cartridge tape product, ideal for midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop• 160 GB capacity native per cartridge, 320 GB compressed with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a

SDLT320 tape cartridge and SDLT format• SCSI-2 Ligh Voltage Differential (LVD) interface (68-pin)• Max. data transfer rate: 16.0 MB/second native, 32 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) in

SDLT format using a SDLT320 cartridge• Read compatible with tapes writen on DLT7000 or DLT8000 drives• Data transfer rates of up to 32 MB/sec means shorter backup cycles

Available Tape Cartridges• SDLT320 cartridge capacity is 160 GB.• Data on the drive may be compressed to achieve up to 2 times this capacity


3.3.18. 200/400 GB Ultrium 2 external LTO tape drive – (MTSG020)

The Ultrium 2 external LTO (Linear Tape-Open) tape drive is a high performance, high capacitystreaming cartridge tape product, ideal for midrange and high-end systems.

Characteristics

• External Tabletop• 200 GB capacity native per cartridge, 400 GB compressed with 2:1 data compression ratio, using a

LTO tape cartridge and LTO format• Max. data transfer rate: 35.0 MB/second native, 70 MB/s in compression mode (with 2:1 ratio) ) in

LTO format using a LTO cartridge• Ultra3 SCSI (LVD/SE) or (HVD) interface.• Data transfer rates of up to 70 MB/sec means shorter backup cycles

Available Tape Cartridges• Ultrium 2 cartridge capacity is 200 GB.• Data on the drive may be compressed to achieve up to 2 times this capacity




3.4. CD-ROM Drives

3.4.1. 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM Drive

The 14-32 Speed Tray-Loading CD-ROM is a 600MB SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive that provides from 14xup to 32x speed performance with the convenience of loading a CD without a caddy.The speed is on Constant Angular Velocity. The speed depends on the location of the "read head".

Characteristics

Form factor: 5"¼ in Half HighHeight: 42 mmExternal Interface: SCSI-2 8-bit Single EndedInterface Speed: 10 Mb/sec max. burstAccess Time: 90 ms averageData Rate: from 2300 Kb/sec to 5400 Kb/s average

Supported Systems

Escala EPC400 and EPC800.

3.4.2. 32x CD-ROM Drive

The 32x CD-ROM is a 600MB SCSI-2 CD-ROM drive that provides more speed performance.

Characteristics

Form factor: 5"¼ in Half HighHeight: 43 mmExternal Interface: SCSI-2 8-bit Single EndedBuffer memory: 512KBAccess Time: 90 ms average

Supported Systems

Escala EPC440, EPC610, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450and PL3200R.

3.4.3. 48x (Max) IDE CD-ROM Drive (CDRG017, CDRG020 for PL420R)

The 48X (Max) IDE Internal CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to7200KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, multi-sessioncapable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MBCD-ROM discs.



Characteristics• Media Data Transfer Rate: 7200 KB/sec (Max)• Interface: IDE/ATAPI• Avg. Random Access Time: 75ms (typical)• Buffer Memory: 128KB• Media capacity: 650MB• Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)• 5.25-inch half-high form factor• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Software RequirementsCDRG017: AIX 4.3.3, or later. for PL220R.CDRG020: AIX 5.1, or later for PL420R.

Supported SystemsEscala PL220R and PL420R

3.4.4. 48x (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive (CDRG018)

The 48X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal Auto-docking CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM driveproviding up to 7200KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor,single-ended, 8-bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performanceand supports existing 600MB CD-ROM discs.

Characteristics• Media Data Transfer Rate: 7200 KB/sec (Max)• Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)• Avg. Random Access Time: 90ms (typical)• Buffer Memory: 512KB• Media capacity: 600MB• Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)• 5.25-inch half-high form factor• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Software RequirementsAIX 5.1 or later.

Supported SystemsEscala PL820R.



3.5. DVD-RAM Drives

3.5.1. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG040, MTUG047 for PL420R)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GBDVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs.This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. Bootand install is done from CD-ROM disc while backup/restore is done from the 4.7GB DVD-RAMmedia cartridge.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write(1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)

• Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer• Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM• High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-

ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position• Reads multi-session discs• Reads CD-recordable discs• Reads CD-RW discs• Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media• Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio• Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.• Universal Data Format (UDF) for DVD-RAM is not supported.• DVD-ROM media is not supported.


MTUG040: AIX 4.3.3, or later. later PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL1600R,EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.MTUG047: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R and PL420R

Supported Systems

Escala PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL1600R, EPC2400,EPC2450 and PL3200R.



3.5.2. 4.7 GB SCSI-2 Auto-docking DVD-RAM Drive (MTUG043)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GBDVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs.This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. Systemboot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write(1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)

• Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer• Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM• High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-

ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position• Reads multi-session discs• Reads CD-recordable discs• Reads CD-RW discs• Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media• Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio• Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.


AIX 5.1 or later.

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.



3.6. DVD-ROM Drives

3.6.1. 16X/48X (Max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM Drive (MTUG044)

The 16X/48X (max) SCSI Auto-docking DVD-ROM drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROMdrive providing up to 7200KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 22;16 MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It isa 5.25 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of theart performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM(double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs atDVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAMmedia.

Characteristics

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200KB/sec (max); DVD-ROM=22.16 MB/sec (max)• Interface: SCSI• Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms; DVD-ROM=135ms (typical)• Buffer Memory: 256KB• Media Capacity: CD-ROM=650 MB; DVD-ROM=4.7 GB (single sided); 9.4 GB (double sided)• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)• 5.25 inch half-high form factor• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats• Loading tray supports 12 cm and 8 cm disks.

Limitations



AIX 5.2 or later.This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1software.

Supported Systems

Escala PL820R.



3.6.2. 16X/48X (Max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG019, CDRG021)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing upto 7200K B/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performanceand supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided)discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROMspeeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)• Interface: IDE/ATAPI• Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)• Buffer Memory: 256KB• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)• 5.25-inch half-high form factor• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:



CDRG019: AIX 5.2 or later. later Escala PL220R, PL1600R and PL3200R.CDRG021: AIX 5.2 or later for PL420R.This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1software.



3.6.3. 16X/48X (Max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive (CDRG022)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM driveproviding up to 7200K B/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a1.00 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the artperformance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM(double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs atDVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAMmedia.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)• Interface: IDE/ATAPI• Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)• Buffer Memory: 256KB• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)• 1.00 inch half-high form factor• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:



CDRG022: AIX 5.1 or later for PL240R.




Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards 1/149pw5s1c5.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 5: Memory Expansion Cards

1. PL220R MEMORY.............................................................................................................. 3

2. PL240R MEMORY.............................................................................................................. 3

2.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :.............................................................................3

2.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ............................................................................3

3. EPC400 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 4

4. EPC430 AND EPC450 MEMORY ...................................................................................... 5

5. EPC440 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 6

6. EPC610 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 6

7. PL400 AND PL600R MEMORY ......................................................................................... 7

7.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory ...........................................................................................................................7

8. ESCALA PL420R MEMORY.............................................................................................. 8

8.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) :.....................................................................................8

8.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :.............................................................................8

8.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card : ............................................................................................8

8.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card : ............................................................................9

8.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :............................................................................................9

9. EPC800 MEMORY ............................................................................................................. 9

9.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB".................................................................................................................................99.1.1. Memory Motherboard "up to 1 GB" ......................................................................................................................99.1.2. Memory Modules...................................................................................................................................................9

10. EPC810 MEMORY ......................................................................................................... 10

11. PL800R MEMORY.......................................................................................................... 10

12. PL820R MEMORY.......................................................................................................... 11



13. EPC1200 AND EPC1200A MEMORY............................................................................ 11

14. PL1600R & R+ MEMORY .............................................................................................. 12

15. EPC2400 AND EPC2450 MEMORY .............................................................................. 12

16. PL3200R & R+ MEMORY .............................................................................................. 13

17. PL3200R+ MEMORY...................................................................................................... 14



1. PL220R Memory

The Escala PL220R system memory is organized in one memory boards of 16 positions. It can house 8pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs.

The Escala PL220R supports the following memory:

• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG175)• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG176)

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.The maximum memory capacity is 8 GB.

2. PL240R Memory

The PL240R supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG205)• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG206)• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG207)• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG208)

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB

2.1. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory One 1 way One 2 way1 GB 1 x CMMG205 1 x CMMG205

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.

2.2. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory One 1 way One 2 way16 GB 2 x CMMG208 2 x CMMG208

The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB(and requires one 1-way or 2-way CPU boards installed).



3. EPC400 Memory

Corresponding MIs discontinued: 08/07/2002

The Escala EPC400 Model system memory is organized in memory banks made up of four memoryDIMMs.

The four memory connectors on the System Planar can house:

• Either one memory bank• Or four memory risers hosting up to six memory banks.

Each memory riser hosts six memory DIMM connectors.

A memory bank hosted on memory risers is made up of 1 DIMM for each memory riser (total of 4memory DIMMs)

The maximum memory bank is 512 MB.The maximum memory configuration is 3 GB.

The Escala EPC400 Model supports the following memory DIMMs:

• DIMM Standard 72 bit 168 pin with EDAC• VCC 3.3V• Time of Access 60 ns• Functionality Extended Data Output (EDO)• Height 1.25 inch max• Package Type TSOPII• Application ECC• Memory Data Bus peak throughput: 2.8 GB/s

A memory bank can be made up of DIMMs having capacity of 16/32/64/128 MB.

Table of the memory bank capacity

Technology DIMM Size Memory Bank Capacity16 Mbits 16 MB 64 MB16 Mbits 32 MB 128 MB64 Mbits 64 MB 256 MB64 Mbits 128 MB 512 MB



4. EPC430 and EPC450 Memory

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 system memory is organized in memory banks made up of fourmemory DIMMs. Memory banks are hosted on four memory riser cards connected to the planar board.

Each memory riser card has eight memory DIMM connectors.

A memory bank hosted on four memory riser cards is made up of 1 DIMM for each memory riser(total of 4 memory DIMMs).

The maximum size of a memory bank is 1 GB.The maximum memory configuration is 8 GB.

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 support the following memory DIMMs:

• SDRAM DIMM, 72 bit, 168 pin• VCC 3.3V• Access Time 10 ns (100MHz, CAS latency 2 mode)• Height 1.65 inch• Application ECC• LVTTL electrical interface• Memory Data Bus peak throughput: 5.6 GB/s• PC100 Intel specifications compliant.

A memory bank can be made up of DIMMs having capacity of 64/128/256 MB.

Table of the memory bank capacity

Technology DIMM Size Memory Bank Capacity64 Mbits 64 MB 256 MB64 Mbits 128 MB 512 MB

128 Mbits 256 MB 1 GB



5. EPC440 Memory

The Escala EPC440 Model system memory is organized in 2 memory boards. Each memory board canhouse 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs of the same capacity.

The following DIMMs are available:

• 128 MB (64 Mbits technology)• 256 MB (128 Mbits technology).

The minimum memory capacity is 256 MB.The maximum memory capacity is 8 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x256 MB DIMMs).

The Escala EPC440 Model supports the following memory DIMMs:

• DIMM Standard 72 bit 200 pin JDEC• 10ns clock size• 64 data bits + 8 ECC bits• Single bit correct, double bit detect, single packet detect ECC

6. EPC610 Memory

The Escala EPC610 system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 16 positions. Each memoryboard can house 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be fullbefore adding a second memory board.

The EPC610 supports the following memory:

• 256 MB (2x128 MB) DIMM SDRAM• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM (Discontinued 31/12/2002)• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM II• 2 GB (2x1 GB) DIMM SDRAM II

SDRAM II DIMMs reduce power consumption and heat dissipation.

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x1 GB DIMMs).



7. PL400 and PL600R Memory

The Escala PL400 and PL600R system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 16 positions. Eachmemory board can house 8 pairs of Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must befull before adding a second memory board.

The PL400 and PL600R support the following memory:

• 256 MB (2x128 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG144)• 512 MB (2x256 MB) DIMM SDRAM (CMMG145)• 1 GB (2x512 MB) DIMM SDRAM II (CMMG172)• 2 GB (2x1 GB) DIMM SDRAM II (CMMG173)

SDRAM II DIMMs reduce power consumption and heat dissipation.

The minimum memory capacity is 512 MB.The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (2 memory cards providing 32x1 GB DIMMs).

The Escala PL400R and PL600R provide Chipkill memory protection (except for the 2x128 MBDIMM SDRAM). Chipkill memory protects the server from any single memory chip failures andmultibit errors from any portion of a single memory chip: the bits of a memory chip are separated intodifferent ECC words where single-bit ECC correction can be accommodated thus if a single memorychip has multiple-bit errors they are handled as single-bit errors within separate ECC words.

7.1. 1-way CPU Board System Memory

The 1-way CPU board incorporates eight memory DIMM positions for installation of system memory.Memory can be installed on the 1-way CPU board or on a 16 memory DIMM positions option board.Memory DIMMs on the 1-way processor card must be installed in pairs. Memory DIMMs on the 16-position memory board must be installed in quads. All DIMMs in each pair or quad must be the samecapacity.

If system memory is installed on the 1-way CPU board, the 16 memory DIMM positions option boardcannot be used and therefore the available memory can range from 256 MB to 8 GB.

If the 1-way CPU board is used with no memory installed, a maximum of one 16 memory DIMMpositions option board can be installed and therefore the available memory can range from 512 MB to16 GB.



8. Escala PL420R Memory

Memory slots for the PL420R are provided by CPU boards. Each processor card is equipped with 8DIMMs slots. Memory must be installed in groups of four DIMMs.Each processor card must have an equal amount of memory installed. Initial orders require identicalmemory MIs on each processor card.


• 1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG194)• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG191)• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG192)• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB) DIMM DDR SDRAM (CMMG193)

The minimum memory capacity is 1 GB.The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (and requires two 2-way CPU boards installed).

8.1. Minimum Memory for up to 4 logical Partitions (LPAR) :

Partitions Mini Memory1 1 GB2 2 GB3 or 4 4 GB

The maximun is 4 logical Partitions (LPAR)

8.2. Minimum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory One 1 way One 2 way1 GB 1 x CMMG194 1 x CMMG1942 GB 1 x CMMG191 1 x CMMG1914 GB 1 x CMMG192 1 x CMMG192


8.3. Minimum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :

Mini Memory First card Second card1 GB N/A N/A2 GB 1 x CMMG194 1 x CMMG1944 GB 1 x CMMG191 1 x CMMG191




8.4. Maximum Memory for One (1-way or 2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory One 1 way One 2 way16 GB 2 x CMMG193 2 x CMMG193

The maximum memory capacity is 16 GB (and requires one 1-way or 2-way CPU boards installed).

8.5. Maximum Memory for Two (2-way) processor card :

Maxi Memory First card Second card32 GB 2 x CMMG193 2 x CMMG193

The maximum memory capacity is 32 GB (and requires two 2-way CPU boards installed).

9. EPC800 Memory


9.1. For 604e models - "up to 4 GB"

Four memory slots are available on this series; it is possible, at the initial order or on site to increasethe memory capacity up to 4096MB by adding memory motherboard (up to 4 boards) and SIMMs.

The SIMMs are mounted on a memory motherboard "up to 1GB".

9.1.1. Memory Motherboard "up to 1 GB"

The motherboard "up to 1GB" allows to install up to four sets of 4 SIMMs (4 x 16/32/64MB) on fourbanks; all SIMMs in a bank must be of the same type.

9.1.2. Memory Modules

9.1.2.1. 64 MB MM64 Module

The 64MB MM64 Module provides a set of four 16MB SIMMs.

• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip• 5.0-volt

9.1.2.2. 128 MB MM128 Module

The 128MB MM128 Module provides a set of four 32MB SIMMs.• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip• 5.0-volt



9.1.2.3. 256 MB MM256 Module

The 256MB MM256 Module provides a set of four 64MB SIMMs.

• 60-ns 16 mega-bit/chip• 5.0-volt

10. EPC810 Memory

The Escala EPC810 system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 32 positions. Each memoryboard can house 4 sets of 8 Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be fullbefore adding a second memory board.

The EPC810 supports the following memory:

• 1 GB (8x 128 MB)• 2 GB (8x 256 MB)• 4 GB (8x 512 MB)• 8 GB (8x 1024 MB)

The minimum memory capacity is 1GB.The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (2 memory cards providing 64x1024 MB DIMMs).

11. PL800R Memory

The Escala PL800R system memory is organized in 2 memory boards of 32 positions. Each memoryboard can house 4 sets of 8 Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) DIMMs. The first board must be fullbefore adding a second memory board.


• 1 GB (8x 128 MB)• 2 GB (8x 256 MB)• 4 GB (8x 512 MB)• 8 GB (8x 1024 MB)

The minimum memory capacity is 2 GB.The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (2 memory cards providing 64x1024 MB DIMMs).

The Escala PL800R provides Chipkill memory protection (except for the 8x128 MB DIMMs).Chipkill memory protects the server from any single memory chip failures and multibit errors fromany portion of a single memory chip: the bits of a memory chip are separated into different ECC wordswhere single-bit ECC correction can be accommodated thus if a single memory chip has multiple-biterrors they are handled as single-bit errors within separate ECC words.



12. PL820R Memory

Memory slots for the PL820R are provided by CPU boards. Each processor card is equipped with 8DIMMs slots. Memory must be installed in groups of four DIMMs.Each processor card must have an equal amount of memory installed. Initial orders require identicalmemory MIs on each processor card.


• 2 GB (4 x 512 MB)• 4 GB (4 x 1024 MB)• 8 GB (4 x 2048 MB).

The minimum memory capacity is 2 GB.The maximum memory capacity is 64 GB (and requires 4 2-way CPU boards installed).

The PL820R provides Chipkill memory protection.

13. EPC1200 and EPC1200A Memory

The system memory of the Escala EPC1200 and Escala EPC1200A is organized in quads. Fourmemory boards are addressed at the same time. Each board in a quad must be of the same size. Thesystem can contain up to five quads (20 memory boards). For outstanding reliability, these boards useECC SDRAM memory.

The following types of quad-memory boards are available:

• 512 MB (4x128 MB) - Discontinued• 1 GB (4x256 MB) - Discontinued• 2 GB (4x512MB) - Discontinued• 4 GB (4x1024MB) - Discontinued: 30/06/2002• 8 GB (4x2048MB) - Discontinued: 30/06/2002.

The base EPC1200 comes with 512 MB (4x128 MB) of memory, while the base EPC1200A comeswith 1 GB (4x256 MB) of memory. For both models, the maximum configuration is 32 GB of memory(the system could house physically up to 40 GB of memory, but it is limited to 32 GB).

System memory is accessed through two distinct ports. For optimal performance, memory should beinstalled balanced between the two memory ports. For example, better performance is achieved if thesystem uses two 1GB boards balanced between the two ports than if it uses a single 2GB board.



14. PL1600R & R+ Memory

The PL1600R & R+ has four memory slots, which utilize inward facing memory cards.

A PL1600R & R+ system with only one processor MCM position populated has access to only twofirst inward facing memory slots.

Minimum system memory is 4 GB. Maximum system memory is 256 GB.

Memory is available in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 and 64 GB inward facing.

• 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG179)• 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG181) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG201)• 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG183)• 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG185) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG199)• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG203)

It is recommended to install memory cards in identical pairs.

Memory placement and balancing across processors is desirable for certain workloads. This isespecially important in the technical computing environment where maximum memory bandwidth isdesired. In such cases, consideration should be given to balancing memory across all populated MCMpositions to obtain the best performance. Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but maynot provide optimum performance for the planned applications.

Note: Bull recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may beaccomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

15. EPC2400 and EPC2450 Memory

The system memory of the Escala EPC2400 and EPC2450 is organized in quads. Four memory boardsare addressed at the same time. Each board in a quad must be of the same size. The system can containup to four quads (16 memory boards). For outstanding reliability, these boards use ECC SDRAMmemory.

The following types of quad-memory boards are available:

EPC2400 EPC24502 GB (4x512 MB) Yes Yes4 GB (4x1024 MB) Yes Yes8 GB (4x2048 MB) Yes Yes16 GB (4x4096 MB) Yes Yes32 GB (4x8192 MB) No Yes



The base EPC2400 comes with 2 GB (4x512 MB) of memory. The maximum configuration is 64 GBof memory.

The base EPC2450 comes with 2 GB (4x512 MB) of memory. The maximum configuration is 96 GBof memory.

The memory is accessed as four related but distinct ports. Balanced accesses use all four ports in acoordinated parallel manner and can obtain up to four times the data in the same amount of time.Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but the unbalanced portion of the memory will notmake use of the full memory bus bandwidth.

Example: A system with 8 GB of memory should perform better if two 4 GB boards are installed thanone 8 GB board is installed, while installing four 2 GB boards may provide additional performance forsome applications.

16. PL3200R & R+ Memory

The PL3200R & R+ has eight memory slots. Four memory slots utilize inward facing memory cardsand four utilize outward facing memory cards. The inward facing memory slots are utilized by the firstand second MCM positions while the outward facing memory slots support the third and fourth MCMpositions.

A PL3200R & R+ system with only one processor MCM position populated has access to only twoinward facing memory slots.

Minimum system memory is 8 GB. Maximum system memory is 512 GB.

Memory is available in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 and 64 GB inward facing and outward facingincrements.

• 8 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG197)• 8 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG198)• 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG179)• 8 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG180)• 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG181) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG201)• 32 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG182) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 32 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG202)

• 4 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG195)• 4 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG196)• 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG183)• 4 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG184)• 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (CMMG185) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG199)



• 16 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing (CMMG186) Discontinued September 5, 2003• 16 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG200)• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing (CMMG203)• 64 GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing (CMMG204)

The 4 GB and 16 GB memory cards must be ordered and installed in identical pairs.All memory cards in PL3200R & R+ systems equipped with either 4 GB or 16 GB memory cards mustbe of the same capacity.

Memory placement and balancing across processors is desirable for certain workloads. This isespecially important in the technical computing environment where maximum memory bandwidth isdesired. In such cases, consideration should be given to balancing memory across all populated MCMpositions to obtain the best performance. Unbalanced configurations will function properly, but maynot provide optimum performance for the planned applications.

Example: In many technical environment applications, a system with four MCM positions populatedand 32 GB of memory should perform better with four 8 GB cards installed than with two 16 GB cardsinstalled. In many applications, utilizing eight 8 GB memory cards may even further enhanceperformance. Plans for future memory upgrade requirements should always be balanced againstprojected performance needs to ensure desired future memory expansion is not unnecessarily limited.

Note: Bull recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may beaccomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

17. PL3200R+ Memory

• 128MB Level 3 cache, 500MHz (CCMG004) for PL3200+ with 1.5 GHz only• 128MB Level 3 cache, 567MHz (CCMG005) for PL3200+ with 1.7 GHz only


Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems 1/629pw5s1c6.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 6: Interconnections, Communications Adapters and Modems

1. COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AND NETWORKS ................................................ 2

1.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)..............................................................................................3

1.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link............................................................................................................................3

1.3. Administration Network .............................................................................................................................................4

1.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects ............................................................................................41.4.1. Ethernet 100 Mbps Interconnects ..........................................................................................................................51.4.2. Gigabit Ethernet Interconnects ..............................................................................................................................61.4.3. FDDI Interconnects................................................................................................................................................7

2. MODEMS............................................................................................................................ 9

2.1. ISA Modem Adapter ...................................................................................................................................................9

2.2. External Modem ........................................................................................................................................................10

3. MULTIPORT CONTROLLERS......................................................................................... 11

3.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R,EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R............11

3.1.1. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG087..............................................113.1.2. 8-Port Async Controller RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG088.............................................123.1.3. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 and RS-422 PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R - (DCCG130) PL240R, PL420R andPL820R - (DCCG160) ....................................................................................................................................................133.1.4. 64-Port Async Controller EIA-232/RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG089............................143.1.5. 16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for 64-port Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG091 163.1.6. 16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for 64 ports Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG092163.1.7. Auxiliary power supply for 16-port connector box for 64-port Async controller (EPC400, EPC430 andEPC450) - PSSG013.......................................................................................................................................................173.1.8. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, EPC810, EPC2400 andEPC2450) - DCCG090 ...................................................................................................................................................173.1.9. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128 port-adapter (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, EPC810,EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG093 ............................................................................................................................193.1.10. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 / RS422 (EPC1200, EPC1200A) - DCCG131 ........................................193.1.11. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128- port-adapter (EPC1200 and 1200A) - DCCG132 and DCCG133..........213.1.12. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table....................................................................................................22

3.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800............................................................................................................................233.2.1. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG067 ..................................................................................233.2.2. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG068 ...............................................................................233.2.3. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG003 .................................................................................................243.2.4. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG004 ..............................................................................................253.2.5. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table......................................................................................................26

4. WAN CONTROLLERS..................................................................................................... 27



4.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.......... 27

4.1.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG098 ........................................ 274.1.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG097 ........................................ 284.1.3. PSX25 Software (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450)............................................................................................ 304.1.4. 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R) - DCCG129 and DCCG140314.1.5. AIXLink X.25 software (PL220R, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200,EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R).......................................................................................... 32

4.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800.................................................................................................................................. 334.2.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG107........................................................................................ 334.2.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG106........................................................................................ 344.2.3. PSX25 Software .................................................................................................................................................. 364.2.4. 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG044............................................................................. 374.2.5. 1-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG058............................................................................. 384.2.6. HiSpeed X.25 Software ....................................................................................................................................... 404.2.7. SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters.................................................................................................................... 404.2.8. 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (MPQP) - DCCG007 ........................................................... 414.2.9. X.25 Communication Controller (CoPro2) - DCCG008..................................................................................... 424.2.10. AIXLink X.25 software..................................................................................................................................... 43

5. LAN CONTROLLERS ...................................................................................................... 44

5.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R.......... 44

5.1.1. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG156, DCCG163 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R................... 445.1.2. 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG166 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R &R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG169 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R....................................................................... 455.1.3. 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG157, DCCG164 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R.. 455.1.4. 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG165 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R,PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG168 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R .................................................. 465.1.5. Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter - DCCG152, DCCG162 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R .......... 475.1.6. 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter - DCCG149................................................................................. 485.1.7. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) PCI Controller - DCCG137 and DCCG143 - DCCG161 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R...................................................................................................................................................... 505.1.8. Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mb/s PCI Adapter - DCCG150........................................................................................ 515.1.9. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter - DCCG144................................................................................................... 525.1.10. Token Ring 16/4 PCI Controller - DCCG135 ................................................................................................... 535.1.11. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG099 and DCCG127 .................................................................................. 545.1.12. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG084, DCCG102, DCCG103, DCCG123,DCCG124 and DCCG125 .............................................................................................................................................. 55

5.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800................................................................................................................................... 575.2.1. Token-Ring Network Controller ......................................................................................................................... 575.2.2. MCA Token-Ring Network Controller - DCCG095........................................................................................... 575.2.3. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) MCA Controller - DCCG094................................................................. 595.2.4. Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA component) ....................................................................................................... 605.2.5. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG105 ............................................................................................................. 605.2.6. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG075, DCCG076 and DCCG077.......................... 62

1. Communication Technologies and Networks



Communications technologies are classified in three groups available on the Escala Rack PL and EPC:

• LAN: Ethernet Thick/Thin/Twisted pair, Ethernet 100Mbps (Fast Ethernet), Gigabit Ethernet,FDDI Fibre single ring, FDDI Fibre Dual Ring, FDDI UTP, Token Ring, ATM

• WAN: 1- or 4- port multi-protocol serial I/, 1 or 4 port HiSpeed WAN, 4 port multiprotocol, ISDN• Asynchronous Network: 8/16/64/128 port async EIA-232, 8/16/64/128 port async EIA-422)

Based on these technologies, different communications are necessary to build a cluster:

• back-end communication networks or interconnects• a front-end communication network (TCP-IP based)• a serial network or heart beat link• an administration network (dedicated to administration or linked with enterprise network)• other front-end network (e.g. X25 based) (See WAN controllers and Multiport controllers).

1.1. Front-end Communication Network (TCP-IP based)

The front-end communication is often the enterprise network to which the nodes of the clusteredserver are connected. This network is based on TCP-IP communication protocol and LANtechnologies. For HA purposes, the network availability features need at least 2 network accesses pernode, which means 2 adapters per node connected to 2 different networks.

The front-end communication network is also referred to as External LAN and is configured node pernode, when required.

Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Token-ring, FDDI (Single ring or dual ring), and ATM aresupported (Gigabit Ethernet is available on PCI bus based servers only).

1.2. Serial Network or Heart Beat Link

The serial network is used by the HACMP subsystem to exchange cluster state (heart beat) protocolinformation (exchange keep-alive and event information). The nodes are linked together by seriallines. Each node is connected by a serial line to one (for 2-node configurations) or two nodes in orderto build a ring figure.



1.3. Administration Network

The Administration Network is used for general-purpose and faster administration; a separateEthernet-based network linking all the EPC components can be used. This network is constructed by adedicated hub linking all the nodes, the console concentrator, if any, and either the PowerConsole orthe cluster console. Establishing a separate network for administration operations brings security butrequires a dedicated Ethernet adapter on every node.

For resource optimization purpose, this network may be the front-end network or the basicinterconnect used for only HA configurations or server consolidation.

This administration network is generated with the PowerConsole whatever the number of nodes. TheEthernet controller integrated in each node is used to build the network. If this Ethernet controller isalready used for the front-end network, it is possible to connect the hub to the front-end network forresource optimization or to add an Ethernet controller in each node to build a private and dedicatednetwork.

1.4. Back-end Communication Networks or Interconnects

Interconnect communication network is also named back-end network or private network.An interconnect is a complete network dedicated to internode communications by applications. Theinterconnect links a group of nodes inside a cluster. This network is dedicated and private to thecluster.It is possible to have multiple interconnects for different purposes linking different groups of nodes.

An interconnect can be used as a high-performance network for exchanging information related toCMP mode operation (concurrent access). It can also be used to handle data exchanges inClient/Server or three-tier architectures. The interconnect protocol supported is TCP-IP. A number ofimplementations, based on different technologies (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet), differentlevels of redundancy (simple or double connections), and optional network devices (hubs, switches),are possible. The following interconnect kits are available:

• Ethernet 100Mbps single connection (with 1 switch for more than 2 interconnected nodes)• Gigabit Ethernet single connection (with 1 switch for more than 2 interconnected nodes)

Note: When needed, double connection interconnects can be implemented by using two interconnectkits for single connection.

It is possible to have no interconnect, for example in a consolidation server configuration.



1.4.1. Ethernet 100 Mbps Interconnects

To build a private network, the following hardware is required:Two interconnected nodes — Two 100 Mbps Ethernet controllers, one for each node, and oneRJ45/RJ45 cross cable to link both adapters.Beyond two interconnected nodes — One 100Mbps Ethernet switch kit. Each node needs one100Mbps Ethernet controller and one RJ45/RJ45 cable to connect to the switch.

Note: The 4-port Ethernet controller is not supported for Rack PL or EPC interconnects.

PublicNetwork

Private NetworkEthernet Switch

AdministrationNetwork

This is a basic interconnect implementation without redundancy for Client/Server communication.

1.4.1.1. Fast Ethernet Switches

3Com SuperStack II Switch 3000 and 3300


The 3Com® SuperStack® II Switch 3300 replaces the 3Com SuperStack II Switch 3000.

The 12-port SuperStack II Switch 3x00 supports Ethernet and Fast Ethernet Switching in onestackable switch. It supports both full & half duplex on all ports which is able to provide 200 Mbps ofbandwidth to each connected device, with auto-negotiation providing smooth migration from Ethernetto Fast Ethernet. There are 12 Copper Fast Ethernet Ports: autosensing 10BASE-T/100BASE-TXinterfaces (RJ-45 connector). The SuperStack II Switch 3x00 switch also offers an optional high-speedslot for an additional Fast Ethernet port (RJ-45 copper or SC fiber) support. It provides full duplexFast Ethernet and 2 km distance on fiber. Local management can be performed via an RS-232 (DB-9port) line. The SuperStack II Switch 3x00 switch supports up to 8,160 MAC addresses for the largest,high-performance networks.



3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-Port

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch provides Ethernet and Fast Ethernet switching in onefree-standing or 19-inch rack- mounted (1U) switch. It does not require any configuration ormanagement software.• 12 RJ-45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX autosensing ports.• Connection speed and full/half duplex mode auto-negotiation.• ISO 8802-3, IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet), IEEE 802.3u (Fast Ethernet), IEEE 802.1d (bridging), IEEE

802.3x (flow control).• Up to 4,000 MAC addresses.

1.4.2. Gigabit Ethernet Interconnects

For two interconnected nodes: 2 Gigabit Ethernet adapters one for each node and 1 SC-SC opticalfiber cable to link both adapters and build a private Gigabit Ethernet network are necessary.

Beyond 2 interconnected nodes, it is necessary to have a Gigabit Ethernet switch for eachinterconnected node.

1.4.2.1. Gigabit Ethernet Fibre Switches

3Com SuperStack II Switch 9300

Discontinued.

This switch provides 12 Gigabit Ethernet ports using SC connectors. It delivers full line rate, non-blocking switching among all ports. It supports full-duplex mode on all ports and up to 16,000 MACaddresses.

3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 SX

This 12-port switch supports multi-mode fiber cabling. It has twelve 1000BASE-SX ports using MT-RJ connectors.The SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 SX provides advanced Layer 2 switching capabilities (such as multiplepriority queues per port and 802.1p-based classification), virtual LANs and VLAN tagging, andstandards-based multicast filtering support.The advanced ASIC architecture provides industry-leading gigabit switching performance, plus wire-speed IP routing, to support future Layer 3 switching, via a free software upgrade.



1.4.2.2. Gigabit Ethernet UTP Switches

3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900

This 12-port switch supports Category 5 and 5e copper cabling. It has twelve autonegotiating100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T ports configured as AutoMDIX (crossover). Ports are configurable to100BASE-TX half-duplex, 100BASE-TX full-duplex, or 1000BASE-T full-duplex; or they canautomatically detect the speed and duplex mode of a link and provide the appropriate connection.

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Switch 4900 family provides advanced Layer 2 switching capabilities, virtualLANs and VLAN tagging, and standards-based multicast filtering support.

The advanced ASIC architecture provides industry-leading gigabit switching performance, plus wire-speed IP routing, to support future Layer 3 switching, via a free software upgrade.

1.4.3. FDDI Interconnects


FDDI-based Interconnect Architectures

• Dual Ring FDDI without Hub for 2 nodes

Dual Ring allow to build a redundant network interconnect to a cluster of 2 nodes. It is targeted toClient/Server applications.

• FDDI with two Hubs in Dual homing configuration

Beyond 2 nodes to insure ring integrity, it is necessary to add hubs that can re-routed messages when afailure occurs. Hub high availability feature will be given by a Dual homing configuration based ontwo hubs.

The hub FDDI is the Linkbuilder FDDI of 3COM with Module type "4-port fibre". The dual homingconfiguration gives the ability to interconnect up to 14 nodes.

The FDDI Hub Kit contains:

• 2 Linkbuilder FDDI (each based on 4 slot chassis)• 2 FDDI Fibre MIC-MIC cable (6m) to interconnect the two hubs and build the two rings between

the hubs.• 2 Management modules, one per Linkbuilder, in one slot of each Linkbuilder• 4 "4-port fibre" modules, 2 per Linkbuilder. One module takes one slot in the Linkbuilder.

The FDDI Hub kit allows to interconnect up to 6 nodes of an Escala EPC configuration.An FDDI Hub Extension kit allows to interconnect a 7th and a 8th node. This extension kit contains 2"4-port fibre" modules, 1 per Linkbuilder.



A FDDI Interconnect base kit is necessary for each node to be interconnected. The kit contains a FDDIDual Ring Adapter and two FDDI Fibre MIC-MIC Cable (6m). One cable will be connected to one ofthe Linkbuilder, the other to the other Linkbuilder as displayed in the following figure.

Node 1 Node 2 Node 3

FDDI Dual ringOne card is connected to a hubthe other card is connected to an other huba connection between the two hubs is necessarry

Linkbuilder FDDI Linkbuilder FDDI

Dual Homing configuration

Node 4



2. Modems

2.1. ISA Modem Adapter

The ISA modem adapter provides support for a modem line to an Escala EPC400, EPC430, EPC450or a PowerConsole (Escala S100). It is used for RSF (Remote Services Facilities) usage to allowcommunications with a Customer Service Center for maintenance purpose: it allows asynchronouscommunications in a reliable way via a connection to the PSTN (Public Switched TelephoneNetwork).

This adapter features:

• Automatic adaptation to the line conditions and capacities of the remote modem• Support for data transmission rate up to 33.6 kbps• Full or half-duplex mode on the switched telephone network• Automatic or manual dialing• Automatic or manual answer.

Hardware

• 1 RJ11 connector• ISA bus• Form factor: short length card

Cables

• The base board provides a RJ11 connector and a RJ11 cable is delivered with it according to thecountry.

• For the United States, there is a specific and additional connector to connect directly the Phone onthe board.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single ISA slot.


AIX 4.2.1, or later



2.2. External Modem

An external modem is available for the PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A and EPC2400 servers.

The modem is intended to be dedicated to RSF (Remote Services Facilities) operation. RSF is a Bullsoftware that performs system error monitoring and handles communications for remote maintenanceoperations. The modem, together with RSF, provides a link, via a phone line, between the system atthe customer site and a Bull Customer Service.

The external modem has the following features:

• Automatic adaptation to the line condition and capacities of the remote modem for the followingstandards: V34, AT&T V32terbo, V32bis, V32, Bell 212A and 103/113, V22, V22bis, V29, V42,V42bis.

• Support for data transmission rate up to 33.6 kbps• Full or half-duplex mode on the switched telephone network• Automatic or manual dialing, automatic or manual answer.

The modem is available for the following countries: France, UK, Germany, Italy, Belgium,Netherlands, US.

Hardware

• Modem box with a RS232 DB25 connector, a power connector and two RJ11 connectors for thephone line and the phone set.

• Modular power supply with jack (cable length 1.8m), specific voltage input and plug depending onthe country choice.

Cables and adapters

• RS232 cable, DB25M/DB9F, 1.7 meter• RJ11/RJ11 cable, specific wall socket adapter depending on the country choice.

Note: a specific kit (rack cables set) is needed for connection to RL470/RL470A orEPC1200/EPC1200A systems.


AIX 4.3 or later.



3. Multiport Controllers

3.1. Multiport Controllers on PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400,EPC2450 and PL3200R

3.1.1. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG087

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight EIA-232asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430or EPC450 system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports• PCI bus• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor• 128K memory• 2 16C554 quad UARTs• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps• Form factor : short length card• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect).

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Boxcomes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements

AIX 4.2 or later.AIX5.1 or later for PL820R

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than themaximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8.



Standards

This board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:

Emissions:• FCC Part 15, class B• DOC CSA C108.8 and ICES003• EN 55022

Safety:• US recognized, UL 1950• CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 950• IEC 950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950)

3.1.2. 8-Port Async Controller RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - DCCG088Discontinued as of 30/09/2002

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight RS-422Aasynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430or EPC450 system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports• PCI bus• Compatibility with RS_422A requirements• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor• 128K memory• 2 16C554 quad UARTs• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps• Form factor: short length card

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Boxcomes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment.

Attachment


System Requirements

AIX 4.2, or later.

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than themaximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8.



Standards




3.1.3. 8-Port Async Controller EIA-232 and RS-422 PL220R, EPC440, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 andPL3200R - (DCCG130) PL240R, PL420R and PL820R - (DCCG160)

The 8-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of eight EIA-232asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports• PCI bus• Compatibility with EIA-232D and RS-422A requirements• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor• 128K memory• 2 16C554 quad UARTs• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200 and 230000 bps, and 5, 6, 7, 8bits per character

• Form factor : short length card• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect).

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 DTE Connector Boxcomes standard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. Twomodem cables are available (EIA-232 and RS-422) 3 meters long. One terminal/printer cable (EIA-232) 20 meters long.



AttachmentThe controller fits into a single PCI slot.

System Requirements• DCCG130: AIX 4.3, or later.• DCCG160: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

The total number of 8-port asynchronous controllers is limited to:• 5 on the PL220R• 6 on the PL240R• 8 on the EPC440, EPC1200 and EPC1200A• 16 on the EPC2400, EPC2450, PL1600R and PL3200R• 14 on the EPC610• 28 on the PL400R and PL600R• 20 on the PL420R• 32 on the EPC810, PL800R and PL820R

StandardsThis board meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:



3.1.4. 64-Port Async Controller EIA-232/RS-422A (EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) -DCCG089

Discontinued: 30/04/2003The 64-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 64 EIA-232 or RS-422Aasynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC400, EPC430or EPC450 system unit.

The Controller is delivered with a 3 meters EBI (External Bus Interface) cable and has an EBI outconnector, that allows up to four 16 ports connector boxes to be daisy chained. The maximum distancebetween the adapter and a connector box is 6 meters. EIA-232 and RS-422A connector boxes can bemixed on the same daisy link. The first 2 connector boxes are power supplied by the 64 port adapter;the third requires an external power supply for the two last ones.

This configuration provides support for up to 64 EIA-232 or RS-422A devices per PCI slot



Hardware

• Up to 64 asynchronous ports• PCI bus• 20 MHz IDT3051 RISC processor• 1 Mbyte of dual port DRAM• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps1

• Form factor: short length card• Full set of modem control lines (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect) on all EIA-232 lines.

Cables

The base board provides an EBI connector and a 3-meter EBI cable comes standard with thecontroller.

Attachment


System Requirements

• AIX 4.2, or later.

The total number of 8 ports, 64 ports and 128 ports asynchronous controllers cannot be more than themaximum supported by the model and in any case is limited to 8

Standards




1 Currently the software limits the throughput to 38.4 Kbps



3.1.5. 16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for 64-port Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 andEPC450) - DCCG091

The 16-port Connector Box is a subsystem with four 16C554-compatible UARTS which supportsixteen RJ45 EIA-232 serial ports. It is connected to the 64-Port Async Controller with an EBI(External Bus Interface) cable. When used as third connector box linked to the same 64 Port AsyncController, it requires an additional power supply to power the third and the fourth ones.

The connector box features the following:

• 16 async ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 kbps• EIA-232D compatibility• Full set of modem control signals (including Ring Indicator and Carrier Detect)• Surge suppression circuitry

A 0,4-meter EBI cable comes together with the connector box. This cable can be used to link anotherconnector box which can be either another EIA-232 or an RS-422A connector box.

StandardsThis connector box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:



3.1.6. 16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for 64 ports Async Controller (EPC400, EPC430 andEPC450) - DCCG092

The 16-port Connector Box is a subsystem with four 16C554-compatible UARTS which supportsixteen DB25 RS-422A serial ports. It is connected to the 64-Port Async Controller with an EBI(External Bus Interface) cable. When used as third connector box linked to the same 64-Port AsyncController, it requires an additional power supply to power the third and the fourth ones.

The connector box features the following:• 16 async ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 kbps• RS-422A compatibility• Surge suppression circuitry

A 0,4-meter EBI cable comes together with the connector box. This cable can be used to link anotherconnector box which can be either another EIA-232 or an RS-422A connector box.

Standards



This connector box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:



3.1.7. Auxiliary power supply for 16-port connector box for 64-port Async controller(EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450) - PSSG013

An auxiliary international power supply is required on the 3rd connector box, if more than 2 connectorboxes (EIA-232 or RS-422A) are connected to a 64-port Async controller.The power supply is delivered with an additional plug adapter necessary for the 16-port EIA-232concentrator. It uses a 5 pin DIN plug connector on a 6-foot cable.

3.1.8. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610,EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG090

Discontinued: 30/04/2003.The 128-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 128 EIA-232asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala EPC system unit.

The Controller features two V11 synchronous channels that can link up to four Cluster Boxes (RANs)each via a "daisy chain". Each of those lines must be terminated by a terminator plug (delivered withthe adapter). This configuration provides support for up to 128 EIA-232 devices per PCI slot.

The ability to use synchronous attachments to any Remote Async Node provides even greaterflexibility in system configuration, allowing customers to use synchronous modems for long-distanceconnectivity.

It is possible to use either V11/RS422 or V24/RS232 synchronous modems. However, it is notpossible to interpose more than one pair of such synchronous modems within this "daisy chain" ofRANs.



Hardware

• PCI bus• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor• 1 Megabytes of tri-port DRAM• Maximum EIA-232 distance supported is 62 meters (200 feet).• Full modem support on all the lines, including Ring Indicator and Data Carrier Detect.• dual high speed V11 channels : up to 3,7 Mbps per channel• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 and 115200 bps• surge suppression circuitry• Form factor : short length card

Cables

DB15-DB15 cables are required for the connection of the cluster boxes. Three lengths are available:0,20-meter, 4,6-meter (direct connection or modem connection), 15-meter.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI adapter slot.

System Requirements


The total number of 128-port asynchronous controllers is limited to:• 8 on the EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450• 14 on the EPC610• 32 on the EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450.

Standards


Emissions:• FCC Part 15, class B• DOC CSA C108.8f• EN 55022




3.1.9. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128 port-adapter (EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450,EPC610, EPC810, EPC2400 and EPC2450) - DCCG093

The Cluster Box, also called Remote Async Node, is an intelligent interface device for use with the128-Port Async Controller.It is connected to the 128-Port Async Controller through a synchronous link.

Features

• 16 async ports (RJ45 connectors), each with a data interchange rate of up to 115,2 Kbps• Support for cable lengths of up to 61m (200 ft) (provided the cable does not exceed a load

capacitance of 2500pf).• EIA-232D compatibility• Full set of modem control signals• External power supply• Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)• Character processing capability.

The cluster-box requires a power supply that is delivered with it together with the power cord. It alsorequires a terminator plug when used as the last element of a daisy-chain; this plug is delivered with it.

Standards

This cluster box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:



3.1.10. 128-Port Async Controller EIA-232 / RS422 (EPC1200, EPC1200A) - DCCG131

The 128-port Async Controller provides support for attaching a maximum of 128 EIA-232 or RS422asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to an Escala system unit.

The Controller features two V11 synchronous channels that can link up to four Cluster Boxes (RANs)each via a "daisy chain". Each of those lines must be terminated by a terminator plug (delivered withthe adapter).This configuration provides support for up to 128 EIA-232 or RS422 devices per PCI slot.



The ability to use synchronous attachments to any Remote Async Node provides even greaterflexibility in system configuration, allowing customers to use synchronous modems for long-distanceconnectivity.

It is possible to use either V11/RS422 or V24/RS232 synchronous modems. However, it is notpossible to interpose more than one pair of such synchronous modems within this "daisy chain" ofRANs.

Hardware

• PCI bus• 20 MHz IDT3041 RISC processor• 1 Megabyte of tri-port DRAM• Maximum RAN distance supported is 300 meters (1000 feet).• Dual high speed V11 channels : up to 3,7 Mbps per channel• Surge suppression circuitry• Form factor: short length card.

Cables

DB15-DB15 cables are required for the connection of the cluster boxes. Three lengths are available:0,20-meter, 4,6-meter (direct connection or modem connection), 15-meter.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single PCI adapter slot.

System Requirements


The total number of 128-port asynchronous controllers is limited to 14.

Standards


Emissions:• FCC Part 15, class B• DOC CSA C108.8f• EN 55022




3.1.11. 16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for 128- port-adapter (EPC1200 and 1200A) - DCCG132and DCCG133

The Cluster Box, also called Remote Async Node, is an intelligent interface device for use with the128-Port Async Controller.It is connected to the 128-Port Async Controller through a synchronous link (max. distance:300m/1000feet).

There are two types of box style Remote Async Nodes: EIA-232 and RS-422 (RS-422 discontinued asof 31/10/2001.)

The Cluster Box features the following:

• 16 async ports (RJ45 10 positions connectors)• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 and 57600 bps, and 5, 6, 7, 8 bits per character• Support for cable lengths of up to 61m (200 ft) (provided the cable does not exceed a load

capacitance of 2500pf).• EIA-232D or RS-422A compatibility• Full set of modem control signals• External power supply 100-250Vac at 50 or 60 Hz• Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)• Character processing capability

The cluster-box requires a power supply that is delivered with it together with the power cord. It alsorequires a terminator plug when used as the last element of a daisy-chain; this plug is delivered with it.

This cluster box meets the following electromagnetic emissions and safety standards:





3.1.12. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table

Printers, Terminals Async Modems Sync Modems8-Port EIA-232 Controller X X8-Port RS-422A Controller X64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X (to Cluster Box)16-Port Connector Box EIA-232 for64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X X16-Port Connector Box RS-422A for64-Port EIA-232/RS-422A Controller X128-Port EIA-232 Controller X (to Cluster Box)16-Port Cluster Box (RAN) for X X X (to other Cluster Box 128-Port EIA-232 Controller or to 128-Port adapter)

128 portssynchr modem

synchr modem

16 async portsRAN

16 async portsRAN

synchr modemsynchr modem

Multiplexed ports

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

Escala



3.2. Multiport Controllers on EPC800

3.2.1. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG067


The 8-port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-232 provides support for attaching a maximum of eightEIA-232D asynchronous serial devices (such as modems, terminals, and printers) to the system unit.

Hardware• Eight asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps,• Full set of modem control lines,• 12.5MHz 80C186 processor,• 256KB memory,• 32 KB memory window,• 8530 serial communication controller,• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements,• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.

CablesThe base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 Connector Box comesstandard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. It supports cablelengths of up to 61 m (200 ft.), provided the cable does not exceed a load capacitance of 2500 pico-farads.

AttachmentThe controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

3.2.2. 8-Port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG068

Discontinued: 30/06/2001.The 8-port Async Enhanced Controller-EIA-422A provides support for attaching a maximum of eightEIA-422A asynchronous serial devices such as modems, terminals, and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• Eight asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps• 12.5MHz 80C186 processor• 256KB memory• 32 KB memory window• 8530 serial communication controller• Compatibility with the EIA-422A requirements• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.



Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. An 8-port DB25 Connector Box comesstandard with the controller and provides the eight connectors for device attachment. It supports cablelengths up to 1220m (4000 ft).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

3.2.3. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 - DCCG003

Discontinued.

The 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-232 provides support for attaching a maximum of 16-EIA-232Dasynchronous serial devices such as terminals and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• 16 asynchronous ports, each with data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps• 16-byte buffering on transmit and receive operations• Compatibility with EIA-232D requirements• Each port can be configured for the following baud rates: 50, 75, 110, 134.5, 150, 200, 300, 600,

1200, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400 bps.• The controller supports the following signal lines: RxD, TxD, DTR, DCD, and RTS (RTS always

high). It does not support modems.• Wrap plug for 78-pin connector (supplied for testing).• Micro Channel considerations:

I/O slave16-bit data and address widthsSupport for data and address parityType 3 adapter card size.

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. A 16-port DB25 Connector Box comesstandard with the controller and provides the sixteen connectors for device attachment. It supportscable lengths of up to 61 m (200 ft.), provided the cable does not exceed a load capacitance of 2500pico-farads.

Attachment




3.2.4. 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A - DCCG004

Discontinued.

The 16-Port Async Controller-EIA-422A provides support for attaching a maximum of 16 EIA-422Aasynchronous serial devices such as terminals and printers to the system unit.

Hardware

• 16 asynchronous ports, each with a data interchange rate of up to 38.4K bps• Built-in surge protection circuitry on the controller• 16-byte buffering on transmit and receive operations• Compatibility with the EIA-422A requirements• Wrap plug for 78-pin connector (supplied for testing).• Micro Channel considerations:

I/O slave16-bit data and address widthsSupport for data and address parityType 3 adapter card size.

Cables

The base board provides a 78-pin female D-shell connector. A 16-port DB25 Connector Box comesstandard with the controller and provides the sixteen connectors for device attachment. It supportscable lengths up to 1220m (4000 ft).

Attachment




3.2.5. Multiport Controllers Usage Summary Table

Printers, Terminals Async Modems Sync Modems8-Port EIA232 X X8-Port EIA422A X16-Port EIA232 X16-Port EIA422A X128-Port EIA232 X (to Cluster Box)16-Port Cluster Box X X X (to other Cluster Box (linked to the 128-Port adapter) or to 128-Port adapter)

128 portssynchr modem

synchr modem

16 async portsRAN

16 async portsRAN

synchr modemsynchr modem

Multiplexed ports

EscalaPowercluster

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16

RAN 16



4. WAN Controllers

4.1. WAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R,EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

4.1.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440,EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 andEPC2450) - DCCG098

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is a high end SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides avery powerful SDLC and X.25 offer at a moderate pricing.

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter consists of a card that supports 4 ports with either V.24or V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25 and its physicalinterface type is software selectable

The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:

• TCP/IP, XTI, XX25 and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through thisadapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits per port according to stacks capabilities.

• SNA/20 applications can run and have access to SDLC network through this adapter (EPC400,EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R).

The adapter can support up to 2500 frames/sec (with frame size = 128 Bytes) according to stackscapabilities.

Hardware

• PCI long card, 1 slot used• NET2 conformance• 2 Mbps per port (4 x 2Mbps Max)• Maximum line speed:

V24: 28.8 KbpsV.35: 64 KbpsV.11/X.21: 2 Mbps

• 4 x HDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:• Each one is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.

This adapter allows to have either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces on thesame board. The 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter provides an efficient way to haveindependent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of troubles. Furthermore,flexibility is insured in case of evolution of one of the interfaces.



Cables

The board provides a 100 points female connector. A 2m cable attaches the 100-point connector to adistribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected toappropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single long PCI adapter slot.

PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 1-port and the 4-port Multi-protocolSerial I/O Adapter. Refer to the PSX25 Software description for more details.


• AIX 4.2.1, or later.• TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, XX25, SNA/20 and HVX stacks.

Limitations

• The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than themaximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 8.

• The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter cannot be plugged in the first and the last PCI slot ofan Escala EPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 model.

4.1.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440,EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 andEPC2450) - DCCG097

Discontinued: 31/01/2003

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is an entry level SDLC and X.25 adapter which providesa powerful X.25 and SDLC offer at a very competitive pricing. It consists of a card that supports eitherone V.24, V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. This physical interface type is software selectable.



The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is fully integrated in the Bull communication offer:• TCP/IP, XTI, XX25 and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks through this

adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits according to stacks capabilities.• SNA/20 applications can run and have access to SDLC network through this adapter (EPC400,

EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R).


Hardware

• PCI short card, 1 slot used• NET2 conformance• Maximum line speed:

V24: 28.8 KbpsV.35: 64 KbpsV.11/X.21: 128 Kbps

• 1 HDLC communication controllers (ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:• It is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.

Cables

The board provides a 25 points female connector that could be connected to appropriate cablesproviding different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/OAdapter and are listed hereafter:• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 128Kbps (10m).

Attachment

The controller fits into a single short PCI adapter slot.

PSX25 Software



• AIX 4.2.1, or later• TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, XX25, SNA/20 and HVX stacks.

LimitationsThe total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters cannot be more than themaximum supported by the model, and in any case it is limited to 8.



4.1.3. PSX25 Software (PL220R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450)

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support of the 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/OAdapters.

The X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-92 and ISO 8822, is running on the host.

The PSX25 software running under AIX is made of the following components:

• Interfaces for the:AIX TCP/IP stack and enabling to run any TCP/IP application over X.25OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 APIXTI and XX25 APIsSNA/20 stack and enabling to run SNA/20 applications in QLLC/X.25 mode.HVX stack and enabling to run HVX applications over X.25 networks.

• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing an easy configuration of the adapters.• A large set of utilities to administrate and monitor the adapters.

The PSX25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks to the sameor different physical links. It is provided under a base and additional extension MI’s:

• access to a single X.25 line• access from 2 to 4 X.24 lines• access from 5 to 8 X.25 lines• access from 9 to 32 X.25 lines.

The PSX25 product includes a local SNMP agent with a Management Information that containsstatistics, operational and configuration tables. This includes:

• A subset of the Management Information Base defined by the Internet Standards RFC 1381 andRFC 1382. This is made to interoperate with market existing manager.

• A specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness of information and gives afull advantage of PSX25 stack management.

• A browser that provides system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor and configurePSX25 lines through the SNMP agent. It is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface

Limitations

• The IBM X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the PSX25 product.The Bull X.25 APIs (MAX3 or XTI) has to be used.

• SNA Server is not supported.



4.1.4. 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (PL220R, PL240R, PL400R, PL420R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450and PL3200R) - DCCG129 and DCCG140

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter allows connections between stand alone system on a Wide AreaNetwork (WAN). To access WAN lines, the 2-port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via externalcommunications equipment including Channel Service Units, Data Service Units and SynchronousModems.

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter consists of a card that supports 2 ports with either V.24 or V.35or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25.

TCP/IP, Communication Server applications run and have access to X.25 networks through thisadapter.Communication Server applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter.

Hardware

• PCI short card, 1 slot used• 2 Mbps full duplex per port (2 x 2Mbps Max)• PCI bus compatible (32-bit slot)• HDLC controller at 10 MHz (HITACHI 64570)• 512 KB of DRAM• Automatic configuration of interrupt request level setting and memory address• 32-bit memory access• Two 36-pin female VHSI ports connect to 36-pin high-density male connectors• Support for V.24/EIA-232, V.35, and X21 with V.11(X.27) signaling• External clocking

Cables

Each port accepts a high-density 36-pin male cable connector. The connectors used on the interface-specific end of cable are:

Interface ConnectorV.35 Type MV.24 DB25X.21 DB15

The 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter recognizes the cable and automatically prepares the port for thatinterface.



Attachment

The controller fits into a single short PCI adapter slot.

AIXLink X25 Software

The AIXLink X25 software is dedicated to the support X.25 on the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCIAdapter.


AIX 4.3 or later: TCP/IP, Communication Server stacks.AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

4.1.5. AIXLink X.25 software (PL220R, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R, EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R)

Under AIX, using the X.25 communication controller requires the AIXLink X.25 software.

The software supports TCP/IP as well as IBM specific API and applications such as X.25 API andSNA Server. It includes an SNMP proxy agent and MIB support for X.25 and LAP-B statistics of theX.25 Communication Controller. It also includes an X.3, X.28 and X.29 PAD function for attachmentof asynchronous terminal and devices.

This software applies to the X.25 Communication Controller for EPC800 and to the 2-PortMultiprotocol PCI Adapter.



4.2. WAN Controllers for EPC800

4.2.1. 4-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG107


The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is a high end SDLC and X.25 adapter which provides avery powerful SDLC and X.25 offer at a moderate pricing. It consists of a card that supports 4 portswith either V.24 or V.35 or V.11/X.21 physical interface. Each port can run either SDLC or X.25 andits physical interface type is software selectable.


• TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX, XTI and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks throughthis adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits per port according to stackscapabilities.

• SNA/20 applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter.


Hardware

• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used• NET2 conformance• 2 Mbps per port (4 x 2Mbps Max)• Maximum line speed:

V.24: 28.8 KbpsV.35: 64 KbpsV.11/X.21: 2 Mbps

• 4 x HDLC/SDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:Each one is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.This adapter allows to have either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces on thesame board. The 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter provides an efficient way to haveindependent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of troubles. Furthermore,flexibility is insured in case of evolution of one of the interfaces.

Cables

The board provides a 100 points female connector. A 2m cable attaches the 100-point connector to adistribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected toappropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)



Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 3 MCA adapter slot.

PSX25 Software



AIX 4.1.5:• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks• SDLC: none

AIX 4.2.1, or later:• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks• SDLC: SNA/20

Limitations

The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than themaximum supported by the model with an extension cabinet, and in any case limited to 8.

4.2.2. 1-Port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter - DCCG106


The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter is an entry level SDLC and X.25 adapter which providesa powerful X.25 and SDLC offer at a very competitive pricing.

The 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapter consists of a card that supports either one V.24 or V.35or V.11/X.21 physical interface. This physical interface type is software selectable.


• TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX, XTI and OSI applications run and have access to X.25 networks throughthis adapter. This board can support up to 1024 virtual circuits according to stacks capabilities.

• SNA/20 applications run and have access to SDLC networks through this adapter




Hardware

• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used• NET2 conformance• Maximum line speed:

V.24: 28.8 KbpsV.35: 64 KbpsV.11/X.21: 128 Kbps

• 1 HDLC/SDLC communication controllers (ZILOG IUSC) available on the card:It is software personalized with one of the following interfaces: V.24, V.35 and V.11/X.21.

Cables

The board provides a 25 points female connector that could be connected to appropriate cablesproviding different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-port Multi-protocol Serial I/OAdapter and are listed hereafter:

• V.24 cable: up to 28.8 Kbps (10m)• V.35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V.11/X.21 cables: up to 128Kbps (10m)

Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 3 MCA adapter slot.

PSX25 Software



AIX 4.1.5:• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks• SDLC: none

AIX 4.2.1, or later:• X.25: TCP/IP, OSI, XTI, SNA/20 and HVX stacks• SDLC: SNA/20

Limitations

The total number of 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/O Adapters can not be more than themaximum supported by the model and its extension cabinet, and in any case limited to 7.



4.2.3. PSX25 Software

The PSX25 software is dedicated to the support of the 4-port and 1-port Multi-protocol Serial I/OAdapters.

The X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-92 and ISO 8822, is running on the host.

The PSX25 software running under AIX is made of the following components:

• Interfaces for the:AIX TCP/IP stack and enabling to run any TCP/IP application over X.25OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 APISNA/20 stack and enabling to run SNA/20 applications in QLLC/X.25 mode.HVX stack and enabling to run HVX applications over X.25 networks.

• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing an easy configuration of the adapters.• A large set of utilities to administrate and monitor the adapters.

The PSX25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks to the sameor different physical links. It is provided under a base and additional extension MI's:

• access to a single X.25 line• access from 2 to 4 X.24 lines• access from 5 to 8 X.25 lines• access from 9 to 32 X.25 lines

The PSX25 product includes a local SNMP agent with a Management Information that containsstatistics, operational and configuration tables. This includes:


• A specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness of information and gives afull advantage of PSX25 stack management.

• A browser that provides system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor and configurePSX25 lines through the SNMP agent. It is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface.

Limitations

• The IBM X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the PSX25 product.The Bull X.25 APIs (MAX3 or XTI) has to be used.

• It does not support SNA Server.



4.2.4. 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG044


This adapter is a high end X.25 adapter that provides a very powerful X.25 offer at a moderate pricing.It enables the system to gain access to X25 networks. The product consists of a base card that shouldbe completed with 4 daughter cards regarding the interface chosen. 3 interfaces are supported: V35,V11, V24.

This adapter is fully integrated in Bull’s communication offer. TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX and OSIapplications have access to X25 networks through this adapter. This board can support up to 1024virtual circuits and up to 1500 X25 frames/s (with frames size = 128 Bytes) according to the stackscapability.

Hardware

• Type 5 adapter, 1 slot used• 32-bit Micro Channel bus• 32-bit RISC processor: LSI LOGIC LR33000; 25MHZ• 4 MB memory• NET2 conformance• 2 Mbps across 4 ports (2Mbps Max)• Maximum line speed: V35: 64 Kbps, V11: 2 Mbps, V24/V28: 19.2 Kbps• 4 x HDLC communication controllers (4 x ZILOG IUSC 20 MHz) available on the base card:• Each one is personalized with an interface card providing one of the following interfaces: V35,

V24, V11. This adapter allows either 4 times the same interface or different types of interfaces onthe same board. The 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter provides an efficient wayto have independent ports and allows a high availability of the board in case of trouble.Furthermore, flexibility is insured in the event of evolution of one of the interfaces.

4-port HiSpeed X25 comm adapterV35 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4V24 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4V11 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 4 total: max 4

Cables

The base board provides a 78-point female connector. A 3m cable attaches the 78-point connector to adistribution box. The distribution box has four 25-point connectors that could be connected toappropriate cables providing different types of interfaces. The cables are listed hereafter:

• V35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V11/X21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)• V24 cable: up to 19.2 Kbps (10m).



Attachment

The controller fits into a single type 5 Micro channel adapter slot.

HiSpeed X.25 Software

The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and the 4-port communicationadapters. Refer to the HiSpeed X.25 Software description for more details.

An SNMP agent is also available to manage HiSpeed boards. Refer to SNMP Agent for HiSpeedAdapters software description for more details.

Limitations

The total number of 4 port HiSpeed WAN adapter and 1-port HiSpeed WAN adapter cannot be morethan the maximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 6.

The 4-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter is BABT certified.

4.2.5. 1-Port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter - DCCG058


This adapter is an entry level X.25 adapter that provides a powerful X.25 offer at very competitivepricing.

This adapter enables the system unit to gain access to X25 networks. The product consists of a basecard that should be completed with 1 daughter card regarding the interface chosen. 3 interfaces aresupported: V35, V11, V24.

This adapter is fully integrated in Bull’s communication offer. TCP/IP, SNA/20, HVX and OSIapplications can access X25 networks through this adapter. This board can support up to 256 virtualcircuits and up to 200 X25 frames/s (with frames size = 128 Bytes) according to the stacks capability.

This adapter design will replace the old 1-port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter and supportsthe new features:

• Same daughter boards as the 4-Port HiSpeed Communication Adapter• Same cables as the 4-Port HiSpeed Communication Adapter



Hardware

• Intelligent adapter: two DMA channels, three timers, interrupt controller, input/output predecoder,etc.

• Type 3 adapter, 1 slot used• Micro Channel bus 8 bits• 80C186 INTEL processor, 15.36 MHz• 1 MB memory• VDE & FCC class A conformance• Line speed up to 128 Kbps: V35: 64 Kbps, V11: 128 Kbps, V24/V28: 19.2 Kbps• 1 HDLC communication controllers available on the base card:• It is personalized with an interface card providing one of the following interfaces: V35, V24, V11.

1-port HiSpeed X25 comm adapterV35 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1V24 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1V11 HiSpeed X25 interface card max 1 total: max 1

Cables

The base board provides a 25-point female connector that could be connected to appropriate cablesproviding different types of interfaces. The cables are same as for 4-Port HiSpeed CommunicationAdapter and are listed hereafter:

• V35 cable: up to 64 Kbps (10m)• V11/X21 cables: up to 2 Mbps (10m)• V24 cable: up to 19.2 Kbps (10m)

Attachment

The controller fits into a single Micro channel adapter slot.

HiSpeed X.25 Software

The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and 4-port communicationadapters. Refer to the HiSpeed X.25 Software description for more details.

An SNMP agent is also available to manage HiSpeed boards. Refer to SNMP Agent for HiSpeedAdapters software description for more details.

Limitations

The total number of 4 port HiSpeed WAN adapter and 1-port HiSpeed WAN adapter cannot be morethan the maximum supported by the model, and in any case limited to 6.

The 1-port HiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter is BABT certified.



4.2.6. HiSpeed X.25 Software


The HiSpeed X.25 software is dedicated to the support of the 1-port and the 4-port communicationadapters. The actual X.25.2 and X.25.3 software, compliant with X.25-88 and ISO 8822, is loaded onthe adapter itself. The HiSpeed X.25 software running under AIX consists of the followingcomponents:

• Interfaces for:AIX TCP/IP stack, enabling any TCP/IP application to be run over X.25OSI X.25 stack and the OSI (MAX3) X.25 APISNA/20 stack, enabling SNA/20 applications to run in QLLC/X.25 mode.HVX stack, enabling HVX applications to run over X.25 networks.

• Configuration tools integrated with SMIT providing easy configuration of the adapters.• A set of utilities to administer and monitor the adapter.

This software does not support the IBM specific X.25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software.

The HiSpeed X.25 software supports simultaneous accesses of the various communication stacks tothe same or different physical links. It is provided under two separate MI's, one for the 4-port adaptersupporting 1024 VC's and up to 1500 packets/s and one for the 1-port adapter supporting 256 VC's andup to 200 packets/s.

Limitations

• The IBM X25 API provided by IBM's X.25 Software cannot be used through the Hi Speed X25boards. The Bull X25 API (MAX3) has to be used.

• No support of SNA Server.

4.2.7. SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters

An agent is a component of a network management system, which is responsible for a managed node.It responds to requests made by a manager components and issues notifications to them whenparticular events occur. Communication with the manager or network-control host (for example theISM manager) is accomplished by means of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP v1).

The SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters performs the monitoring of the resources related to allHiSpeed WAN Comm. Adapters present on the managed node, in order to provide up to dateinformation regarding their performances and behaviors, and control on their configurations.



Standard Functionalities

The Management Information Base supported by the SNMP Agent for HiSpeed Adapters containsstatistics, operational and configuration tables. The statistic tables contain statistics information aboutthe HiSpeed Adapters. The operational tables contain configuration information currently set in theHiSpeed Adapters. The configuration tables contain objects that can be changed to manage theHiSpeed Adapters configuration.

This includes:


• A HiSpeed Adapters specific Management Information Base which goals the completeness ofinformation and gives a full advantage of the HiSpeed Adapters management.

Enhanced Functionality: the browser

The aim of this tool is to provide system operators with an easy-to-use interface to monitor andconfigure the local and remote nodes’ HiSpeed Adapters through the SNMP agent installed on thetarget node.

Using the MIB browser, users are allowed to access any line of SNMP table supported by the agent toaccess the values of its objects. For statistics and operational tables, the access is read-only, so that noupdate can be performed by the users. For configuration tables, users are allowed to:

• Read the current object values.• Update the objects with the values supplied by the users, when allowed.

This tool is based on the AIX standard SMIT interface and is provided as a utility with the SNMPAgent for HiSpeed Adapters.

4.2.8. 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller (MPQP) - DCCG007

Discontinued.

The 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controller attaches a system unit to synchronouscommunications networks using EIA-232D/V.24, EIA-422A, V.35, or X.21 physical interfaces. Thecontroller only supports indoor operation on the EIA-422A interface.

The controller consists of a base card and a daughter card. The two cards are physically connected andrequire a single Micro Channel adapter slot.

The base card prepares all inbound and outbound data, performs address searches, and in generalrelieves the system processor of many communications tasks. This controller supports bit synchronous,character synchronous, and asynchronous protocols when appropriately programmed with loadableapplication software. Not all of the features of the 4-Port Multiprotocol Communications Controllerare supported by the software.



The daughter card supports four interfaces: EIA 232D/V.24 on Ports 0 to 3, EIA 422A on Ports 0 and2, CCITT X.21 on Port 0, and CCITT V.35 on Ports 0 and 1. It also provides drivers, receivers, andsurge protection. Surge protection is provided only on the EIA-422A interface on Port2. The EIA-422A interface on Port 0 is designed to operate using synchronous protocols with attachment cablesless than 25m (82.5 ft) long.

Hardware

• Supports four ports concurrently• 512KB memory• 16-bit DMA data transfer width• Two selectable interrupt levels• Supports the following interfaces in international countries: EIA-232D/V.24, V.35, and X.21• CRC generation and checking• Micro Channel considerations:

Memory and I/O slave16-bit data width.

Cables

Devices are attached to the controller using a 4-Port Multiprotocol Interface Cable, which connects tothe daughter card.

4.2.9. X.25 Communication Controller (CoPro2) - DCCG008

Discontinued.

This is an X.25 adapter provided by IBM on RS/6000. This product is an alternative to the 1-portHiSpeed WAN Communication Adapter, but with a much less attractive price/performance ratio. Itshould be used only when there is a need to support software products not supported by the HiSpeedX.25 or PSX25 software.

The X.25 Communication Controller provides support for attaching a system unit to an X.25 network.The controller provides a single port that can accommodate three selectable interfaces: V.11, V.24 andV.35. The port has a 37-pin female D-shell connector.

This board can support up to 512 virtual circuits and up to 40 X.25 frames/s.



Hardware

• 512KB memory.• Full-duplex synchronous protocol.• Supports the following interfaces in international countries:

Leased X.21 interface at up to 64KbpsEIA-232D/V.24 interface at 19.2KbpsV.35 interface at 56Kbps.

• Wrap plug for 37-pin connector (supplied for testing).• Micro Channel considerations:

I/O slave16-bit data width24-bit address widthType 3 adapter card size.

Cables

Six separate cable lengths are optionally available with the controller (two for each interface). Formore information on the cables mentioned, see the Cable Configurator.

Attachment


X.25 Software

For AIX 4.1, the X.25 software is no more delivered free of charge with the AIX operating system. Adedicated AIXLink X.25 software is needed.


AIX 4.1 or later.

4.2.10. AIXLink X.25 software

Under AIX, using the X.25 communication controller requires the AIXLink X.25 software.

The software supports TCP/IP as well as IBM specific API and applications such as X.25 API andSNA Server. It includes an SNMP proxy agent and MIB support for X.25 and LAP-B statistics of theX.25 Communication Controller. It also includes an X.3, X.28 and X.29 PAD function for attachmentof asynchronous terminal and devices.

This software applies only to the X.25 Communication Controller for EPC800 and to the 2-PortMultiprotocol PCI Adapter for the EPC610, EPC810, PL800R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 andEPC2450.



5. LAN Controllers

5.1. LAN Controllers for PL220R, PL240R, EPC400, EPC430, EPC440, EPC450, PL400R,PL420R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R, PL820R, EPC1200, EPC1200A, PL1600R,EPC2400, EPC2450 and PL3200R

5.1.1. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG156, DCCG163 for PL240R, PL420R andPL820R

The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LANconnection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to theIEEE 802.3z standard. It supports distances of 260 m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and550 m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported withthis adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new,smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber opticnetworking. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5MicronFiber Converter Cable (CBLG223-1300) is required. This 2m length cable has a male LC typeconnector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

Limitation:

Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.


• PL1600R and PL3200R: 5 per half I/O drawer; 10 per I/O drawer.• PL820R: 7 in base, 6 per I/O drawer, 32 per system.• PL420R: 5 in base, 7 par Expansion drawer, 19 per system• PL240R: 4 in base


DCCG156: AIX 5.1 and laterDCCG163: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R



5.1.2. 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter - DCCG166 for PL220R, PL400R,PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG169 for PL240R, PL420R andPL820R

This adapter offers two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections withthroughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3zstandard.This adapter also improves performance with the same jumbo frames and Large Send features as forthe Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter.


• DCCG169 for PL240R: 4 in base• DCCG169 for PL420R: 6 in base• DCCG169 for PL820R: 6 in base• DCCG166 for PL220R: 5 in base• DCCG166 for PL400R: 6 in base• DCCG166 for PL600R: 6 in base• DCCG166 for PL800R: 32• DCCG166 for PL1600R & R+ : 30• DCCG166 for PL3200R & R+ : 40


DCCG166: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200 &R+DCCG169: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

5.1.3. 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG157, DCCG164 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R

The 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a full-duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designedwith highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance. This adapter can be configuredto run at 10, 100, or 1000 mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus andconnects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances ofup to 100 m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. Theadapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000 Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frameswhen running at the 1000 mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.




• PL1600R and PL3200R: 5 per half I/O drawer; 10 per I/O drawer• PL820R: 7 in base, 6 per I/O drawer, 32 per system.• PL420R: 5 in base, 7 par Expansion drawer, 19 per system• PL240R: 4 in base


DCCG157: AIX 5.1 and laterDCCG164: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

5.1.4. 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter - DCCG165 for PL220R,PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R & R+ and DCCG168 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R

This full-duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100,or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard, whichdefines Gigabit Ethernet operation over distances up to 100 meters using four pairs of CAT-5 balancedcopper cabling -- the type of cabling within most buildings.Performance can be improved using these features:

• Jumbo frames (at 1000 Mbps speed), which can deliver a significant increase in throughputwith a significant decrease in CPU utilization.

• Large Send, which offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to theadapter for outgoing TCP segments.

• Checksum Offload, which offloads the TCP/UDP checksum operation or workload from theCPU to the adapter


• DCCG168 for PL240R: 4 in base• DCCG168 for PL420R: 6 in base• DCCG168 for PL820R: 6 in base• DCCG165 for PL220R: 5 in base• DCCG165 for PL400R: 6 in base• DCCG165 for PL600R: 6 in base• DCCG165 for PL800R: 32• DCCG165 for PL1600R & R+ : 30• DCCG165 for PL3200R & R+ : 40


DCCG165: AIX 5.1 and later for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R, PL1600R & R+, PL3200R &R+DCCG168: AIX 5.1 and later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R



5.1.5. Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter - DCCG152, DCCG162 for PL240R,PL420R and PL820R

The Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adaptersupporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex.Each port is provided with its own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 UnshieldedTwisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiationfor detecting speed and duplex capability across each port.

Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using thisadapter if no specific limitation is stated.

The Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter should be considered where maximum port density isrequired per I/O card slot. But, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor andmaximum throughput is required, the single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (DCCG137 orDCCG143) is the preferred solution.

Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs.These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the Universal 4-Port 10/100 EthernetAdapter being active.• With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet

Adapter is expected to deliver up to 3 times the comparable performance of a single 10/100 MbpsEthernet PCI Adapter.

• Under most conditions, each port of the Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is expected toperform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCIAdapter.

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and dependsupon the Escala model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.


DCCG152: AIX version 4.3.3, or later.DCCG162: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R


Escala System Max adapters per systemPL220R 5PL240R 3PL400R, PL600R, EPC810 and PL800R 20PL420R 6 in base

7 per expansion drawer20 per system

EPC2400 and EPC2450 19PL820R 6 in base, 6 per I/O drawer

20 per system



5.1.6. 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter - DCCG149

Overview

The 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI Adapter provides the equivalent of four separate Ethernetadapters on one PCI-bus card.This adapter is supported on the EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450.

Product Positioning

The 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter should be considered where maximum port density isrequired per I/O card slot. However, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factorand maximum throughput is required, a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter (DCCG137 orDCCG143) is the preferred solution.Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs.These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCIadapter being active.• A single 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter is expected to deliver up to three times the

performance of a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter.• Under most conditions, each port of the 4-Port 10/100Base-TX Ethernet PCI adapter is expected to

perform at greater than 50% the throughput of a single port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter.

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary, and dependsupon your system model, the I/O configuration and associated workload of your applications.

Features

• Capable of communicating at 10 or 100 Mbps• Supports UTP-5 (RJ45) cable connections• Has auto-negotiation to determine speed and duplex capability• Meets PCI 2.1 Specification• Fits in full-size PCI slots• Supports 32/64-bit PCI data width• Operates at PCI bus speed of 33 MHz• Supports Half and Full Duplex operation• Includes status LEDs for speed and data activity• Is FCC Class A and CISPR Class A certified for UTP-3/5 cabling• Supports network boot capability on selected systems.


AIX version 4.3.3 operating system with the 2/2000 update CD, or later.



Supported Systems/Hardware Requirements

Escala System Max adapters per system Unusable slots Network boot capabilityEPC430, 450 2 1, 7, 8, 9 and PCI

extensionsN

EPC440 8 - Y



5.1.7. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) PCI Controller - DCCG137 and DCCG143 -DCCG161 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R

DCCG143 Discontinued: 19/09/2003The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps PCI Controller is a Fast Ethernet network adapter that allows Escalasystems to connect to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet network. It works with PCI (PeripheralComponent Interconnect) buses and connects to any 10Base-T or 100Base-TX compliant Ethernet hubto deliver 10 times the bandwidth delivered by Ethernet.The adapter automatically selects between 10 and 100 Mbps operation.For 100 Mbps operation, the adapter supports operation on two pairs category 5 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP).For 10 Mbps operation, the adapter supports Category 3, 4, or 5 UTP cable.

Connectivity Rules

The maximum length of a twisted pair segment- distance from a repeater to a host system-is 100meters.The diameter of collision domain -distance between two end-stations- is 205 meters.

Features

• 10 Base-T (twisted-pair) support• 100 Base-TX support• Support Full-Duplex operation at 100 Mbps• Support for Category 3 or 4 UTP cable for 10 Mbps, category 5 UTP cable for 10 Mbps and 100

Mbps• Activity (transmit/receive) and Link Integrity LED indicators mounted on bracket.• Does not support Full-Duplex operation at 10 Mbps.• Automatically selects between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps operation.

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits PCI local bus• 32-bit data path with bus-master design.

Cables

Refer to the Cabling Guide for more details.

Attachment



DCCG137 and DCCG143: AIX 4.2, or later.DCCG161: AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R and PL820R



5.1.8. Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mb/s PCI Adapter - DCCG150DCCG150 Discontinued for PL220R, PL420R, EPC610, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,EPC1200/A, EPC24xx, PL1600 and PL3200 : December 12, 2003

This 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designedwith highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance.

The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m.

The 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter supports jumbo frames for full duplex Fast & GigabitEthernet.

Features

• Provides one full-duplex 1000Base- T UTP connection with autonegotiation capability to a GigabitEthernet LAN.

• Supports 10/100 Mbps using half and full-duplex, autonegotiation capable.• Uses a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances up to 100m.• Four LED adapter status indicators for data and 10, 100 and 1000 Mbps indicators.• 33MHz through 66MHz PCI bus speeds.• 1MB on-card FIFO for transmit and receive.

Limitations

• AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) boot is not supported with this adapter.• The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.


• EPC430 and EPC450: 2 adapters max• EPC440: 4 adapters max

Note: For optimum performance, this Ethernet adapter should be placed in a 64-bit PCI card slot.


AIX 4.3.3, or later.



5.1.9. Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Adapter - DCCG144DCCG144 Discontinued for PL220R, PL420R, EPC610, PL400R, PL600R, EPC810, PL800R,EPC1200/A, EPC24xx, PL1600 and PL3200 : December 12, 2003.The Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI based adapter allows to provide the scalability and performance requiredto meet the increasing demands on today's communications.

Technical Overview

The adapter provides one full-duplex 1000Base-SX connection. It is a short form factor PCI card witha SC-fiber connector to connect with short-wave (850 nm) 62.5 or 50 micron multi-mode fiber (MMF)to a Gigabit Ethernet network. The adapter requires a 32- or 64-bit PCI bus slot running at 33 or 66MHz and supports both 3.3 V and 5 V signaling. The adapter conforms to PCI (Peripheral ComponentInterconnect) Local Bus Revision 2.0 and 2.1, IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet, and IEEE 802.3x flowcontrol standards.

Connectivity Rules

The following table gives the range of cable lengths from the adapter to another Gigabit Ethernetequipment:

Fiber type Modal bandwidthMHz-km

Minimum length(meters)

Maximum length(meters)

MMF 62.5 um 160 2 220MMF 62.5 um 200 2 275MMF 50 um 400 2 500MMF 50 um 500 2 500

Note: Bull's standard offering includes 62.5 um fiber type cables only. Mixing 62.5 um and 50 umcables on the same hub/switch may lead to unexpected results.

Features

• Provides a 1 Gbps (1000BaseSX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection.• Activity (transmit/receive) and Link Integrity LED indicators mounted• on bracket.• 1 MB on-card FIFO for transmit and receive

Hardware

• 64-bit single PCI slot, 64-bit data path with bus-master design


• AIX Versions 4.3.2, or later.• AIX 4.3.2, or later is required for Jumbo Frame support.




• EPC400, EPC430, EPC440 and EPC450: Up to 2 adapters are allowed in the system.

5.1.10. Token Ring 16/4 PCI Controller - DCCG135

The Token Ring PCI adapter is designed to allow Escala systems to connect to a 4 Mbps or 16 MbpsToken Ring local area networks. This adapter automatically selects the Correct Token-Ring speed (4or 16 Mbps).

The adapter has:• One RJ45 connector for UTP cabling.• One DB9 connector for STP (IBM type 1) cabling.

Features

• 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps• compatible with IEEE 802.5 specifications• Support Full-Duplex

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits PCI local bus• 32-bit data path with bus-master design• PCI Short - Form factor adapter

Cables

Refer to the Cabling Guide for more details.

Attachment



AIX 4.2.1, or later.AIX 5.1, or later for PL240R, PL420R andPL820R



5.1.11. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG099 and DCCG127


The Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Controller is a high-performance PCI controller that allowsEscala systems to connect to an ATM network.

The controller is designed to provide a bandwidth of 155 Mbps on the ATM network and allowsoperation in a Classical IP or LAN Emulation (LANE) network environment.

TCP/IP with AIX 4.2.1 (or higher version) applications run through this adapter.

Features

• RFC 1577 Classical IP support• LAN Emulation V1.0 support• Compliant with ATM Forum UNI Specification V3.0 and V3.1 for switched virtual circuits• Virtual connection setup and tear down• PVC and SVC concurrent support• Maximum of 1024 VC's (AIX 4.2) or 2048 VC's (AIX 4.3)• ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL-5) support• Bandwidth allocation and management• SNMP sub-agent.

Hardware

• Compliant with ATM Forum standards• Self configuration• 32-bit PCI bus master• Type short adapter card size.

Cables

Requires a 65 micron multi-mode fiber cable with SC connector.

Attachment






5.1.12. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG084, DCCG102,DCCG103, DCCG123, DCCG124 and DCCG125

DCCG123 and DCCG124 Discontinued: 30/04/2003The FDDI UTP Single Ring adapter has been discontinued on all EPC models, except the EPC400,EPC430 and EPC450, as of 31/08/2001.

The Fibre Distributed Data Interface FDDI is designed to allow Escala systems to connect to:

• Multi-mode fiber Single-Attach Station (SAS) or Dual-Attach Station (DAS)• UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair) Single Attach Station (SAS)

A FDDI LAN can be up to 100 km (62 miles) and can include up to 500 system units. There can be upto:

• 2 km (1.24 miles) between system units or concentrators when using multi-mode fiber• 100 meters between system units or concentrators when using UTP.

Remote IPL is not supported via FDDI devices.

Hardware

• Data rate of up to 100Mbps• PCI features:

Bus masterMemory and I/O slave32-bit address and data widthSupport of "Dual Homing"Machine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)PCI short-form factor adapter (SAS or DAS)

• Physical Medium Dependent (PMD)FiberANSI X3T9.5 compliantUp to 2 Km between nodesSC connectorUTPANSI X3T12 TP-PMD compliantUp to 100m between nodes1 RJ45 connector

• Station Management SMT 7.3• SNMP Management.

Cables

• Fiber: MIC 62.5µm Multi-mode.• UTP: UTP cross over category 5 cable.



Attachment

The FDDI controller (SAS or DAS) fits into a single PCI adapter slot.





5.2. LAN Controllers for EPC800

5.2.1. Token-Ring Network Controller

Discontinued.

The Token-Ring Network Controller is a Micro Channel bus master DMA controller used to attach thesystem unit to either a 4M bps or a 16M bps Token-Ring local area network.

This controller supports high-performance applications. The Token-Ring High-Performance NetworkController is cable- and network-compatible with existing token-ring controllers, so no new cables ornetwork components are required. All controllers on a token-ring network must operate at the samespeed.

TCP/IP, OSI (& SNA/20 with AIX 4.1) applications run through this adapter.

Hardware

• IEEE 802.5 compatibility• Eight Address/interrupt states supported• Controller cable supplied to connect to the Cabling System socket• Micro Channel considerations:

Bus masterI/O slave16-bit data width24-bit address widthSupport for data and address paritySupport for streaming data (only as a DMA bus master)Type 3 adapter card size.

• One 9-pin female D-shell connector.

Attachment


5.2.2. MCA Token-Ring Network Controller - DCCG095


The Token Ring MCA adapter is designed to allow a Escala system to connect to a 4 Mbps or 16Mbps Token Ring local area networks. This adapter automatically selects the Correct Token-Ringspeed (4 or 16 Mbps)

The adapter has one connector RJ45. The RJ-45 connector is used to attach to UTP cabling.A 30cm conversion cable is included with the adapter to attach to STP (IBM type 1) cabling.

TCP/IP, OSI, SNA/20 applications run through this adapter.



Features

• 4 Mbps or 16 Mbps• Compatible with IEEE 802.5 specifications.

Hardware

• Interface with the 32-bits MCA local bus• 32-bit data path with bus-master design.

Cables

The cable is not delivered with the adapter. It can be ordered from Bull Express:

• Ref 5153 (5 meters) from the host to a Token-ring hub (RJ45/RJ45 cable),• Ref 5155 (15 meters) from the host to a Token-ring hub (RJ45/RJ45 cable),• Ref 5828 (4 meters) from the host to the filter MAU.

Attachment

The controller fits into a single MCA slot.





5.2.3. Ethernet 10/100 Mbps (Fast Ethernet) MCA Controller - DCCG094


The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps MCA Controller is a Fast Ethernet network adapter that allows an Escalasystem to connect to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet network. It provides network performanceimprovement over existing 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs and can connect to any 100BaseTx compliantEthernet network to deliver 10 times the bandwidth delivered by Ethernet.

The adapter automatically selects between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps operation.

OSI, SNA/20 and TCP/IP applications run through this adapter.

Features

• Single-port connection to 10BaseT or 100BaseTx Ethernet LANs through switch or hub• Automatic operation at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps depending on port speed at the hub or switch• Fully 802.3u Fast Ethernet standard compatible• Full-duplex capability• Full-frame buffering on both transmit and receive• 32-bit Micro Channel DMA bus master• Support for full 64-bit streaming with 80MB capability on MCA bus• Type 3 Micro Channel form factor• Support for network boot operations• MCA parity generation and detection

Hardware Requirements

The Ethernet 10/100 Mbps MCA Controller provides a single-port connection to 10BaseT or100BaseTx Ethernet LANs. It fits into a single MCA slot.

• Connects to 10BaseT Ethernet LANs via 10BaseT hub or switch using Category 3, 4, or 5unshielded twisted pair (UTP) wiring

• Connects to 100BaseTx Ethernet LANs via 100BaseTx capable hub or switch using Category 5unshielded twisted pair (UTP) wiring.

The maximum length of a twisted pair segment - distance from a repeater to a host system - is 100meters.The diameter of collision domain -distance between two end-stations- is 205 meters.


AIX Version 4.1.5 or Version 4.2.1, or later.



5.2.4. Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA component)

Discontinued.

The Ethernet LAN Controller (LSA) is a high-performance Micro Channel bus master DMA controllerthat allows the system unit to attach to an Ethernet network.

The controller is designed to provide a connection to a 10Mbps Carrier Sense MultipleAccess/Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Ethernet network. It provides connectors compliant with 10Base 5 and 10 Base T (RJ45).

To attach the system unit to the network for connection to RJ45 Twisted Pair, the customer mustsupply the appropriate cable.

To attach the system unit to the network for connection to the standard 50-ohm (thick) the customermust supply the appropriate cable and order an external transceiver.

TCP/IP, OSI, SNA/20 applications run through this adapter.

Hardware

• IEEE 802.3 or Ethernet Version 2 compatibility• Selectable interrupt levels• 32-bit cyclic redundancy check• Micro Channel considerations:

Bus masterI/O slave32-bit data and address widthsSupport for data address parityType 5 adapter card size.

Attachment


5.2.5. ATM 155 Mbps Controller - DCCG105


The Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Controller is a high-performance Micro Channel controllerthat allows the system unit to attach to an ATM network.

The controller is designed to provide a bandwidth of 155 Mbps on the ATM network and allowsoperation in a Classical IP network environment.

TCP/IP with AIX 4.1.4 (or higher version) applications run through this adapter.



Features

• RFC 1577 Classical IP support• Compliant with ATM Forum UNI Specification V3.0 for switched virtual circuits• Virtual connection setup and tear down• PVC and SVC concurrent support• Maximum of 1024 VC's• ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL-5) support• Bandwidth allocation and management• SNMP sub-agent

Hardware

• Compliant with ATM Forum standards• ATM segmentation and reassembly• Self configuration• Micro Channel considerations• Bus master• Type 5 adapter card size

Cables

Requires a 65 micron multi-mode fiber cable with SC connector.

Attachment



AIX 4.1.5, or later



5.2.6. Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controllers - DCCG075, DCCG076 andDCCG077


The Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Controller is designed to support all TCP/IP, NFS andOSI operations in either Multi-Mode fiber or shielded twisted-pair (STP) wiring.

The base adapter allows communications on a Single-Attach Station (SAS) network, while theoptional upgrade allows communications on a Dual-Attach Station (DAS) network.

A FDDI LAN can be up to 100 km (62 miles) and can include up to 500 system units. There can be upto 2 km (1.24 miles) between system units or concentrators.

Remote IPL is not supported via FDDI devices. An API is provided for the device driver.

Hardware

• Data rate of up to 100Mbps• 4B/5B encoding of data for transmission• 320C25 Microprocessor• Micro Channel features:

Bus masterMemory and I/O slave32-bit data width32- bit address widthSupport for data and address parityMachine-readable Vital Product Data (VPD)Type-3-adapter-card size (SAS or DAS upgrade).

Cables

All FDDI controllers require Multi-Mode FDDI optical fiber jumper cables.

Attachment

The standard controller fits into a single Micro Channel adapter slot. The optional upgrade requires anadditional slot.


Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers 1/329pw5s1c7.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 7: Cluster Management, Terminals, Graphics Subsystems and Printers

1. CLUSTER MANAGEMENT................................................................................................ 3

1.1. System Console.............................................................................................................................................................3

1.2. PowerConsole...............................................................................................................................................................41.2.1. Hardware Description ............................................................................................................................................6

1.3. Cluster Console ............................................................................................................................................................8

1.4. Console Concentrators ................................................................................................................................................81.4.1. 3Com CS/2600 Console Concentrator...................................................................................................................81.4.2. Digi PortServer 16-port Console Concentrator......................................................................................................9

1.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub .........................................................................................................................9

1.6. Cluster Management Software...................................................................................................................................91.6.1. ClusterAssistant .....................................................................................................................................................91.6.2. ClusterWatch........................................................................................................................................................121.6.3. HACMP Services.................................................................................................................................................121.6.4. Distributed AIX Utilities......................................................................................................................................12

2. DISPLAY TERMINALS AND GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEMS.............................................. 13

2.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal..................................................................................................................................13

2.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal ................................................................................................................................14

2.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers ..............................................................................................................................172.3.1. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC400...................................................................................................172.3.2. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC430 and the EPC450........................................................................17

2.4. Graphics Adapters.....................................................................................................................................................182.4.1. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator for PL220R, PL420R, PL800R, PL820R, PL1600R and PL3200R(Only for analog monitor, GTFG050-0000) ...................................................................................................................18

2.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052) .......................................................................192.5.1. POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator for the EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R, EPC810,EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (GTFG048-0000) ...............................................................................202.5.2. PCI High Resolution Graphics Adapter - 4MB WRAM for the EPC400 (GTFG039-0100) ..............................212.5.3. GXT120P Graphics Adapter for the EPC1200 (GTFG046-0000) ......................................................................22

2.6. Graphics Monitors.....................................................................................................................................................242.6.1. 15-inch Color Monitor (DMUG012) ...................................................................................................................242.6.2. 17-inch Color Monitor (DMUG013) ...................................................................................................................252.6.3. 17-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG010) ..................................................................................................262.6.4. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG017) ..................................................................................................272.6.5. 19-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG016) ..................................................................................................28

2.7. Keyboards (KBUG003) .............................................................................................................................................29

2.8. Mouse (PDUG008) .....................................................................................................................................................29



3. BULL LINE MATRIX PRINTERS ..................................................................................... 30

3.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers .................................................................................................................................. 30

3.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers .................................................................................................................................. 31

3.3. Printers Summary Table .......................................................................................................................................... 32



1. Cluster Management

Cluster management capability is an essential feature that contributes to reduce the cost of systemadministration. It is based on an independent workstation that provides a single point of control foradministration tasks.

Cluster Management main features are:

System Management:• Remote system boot and remote shutdown• Software installation and updating facilities• Global user management• Mailing• Remote commands execution.

Centralized Management Interface:• Display or modify configuration parameters• Help in failures detection and diagnostic• Performance monitoring• Easy installation and configuration• Cluster PowerConsole configuration• Cluster PowerConsole GUI customization• Management of multiple Escala systems (including central point of control for management of

DAS storage subsystems through the Navisphere GUI).

Escala clustering is based on standard Escala platforms and the AIX operating system. Each nodeprovides:

• A serial port S1 for low level connection to a console for basic system installation, configuration,debugging or messages, service diagnostics mode and maintenance.

• A serial port S2 for connection to a modem for remote maintenance capabilities.• A dedicated system administration interface (SMIT).

The system console and the PowerConsole are the main hardware components used for clustermanagement.

1.1. System Console

The system console of a AIX server can be either an alphanumerical terminal or a graphical displaythat allows to boot, stop and troubleshoot the system. This solution provides basic systemmanagement.



1.2. PowerConsole

A PowerConsole is an AIX® workstation (Escala S120) used as a single point of control, for thesimple administration of:• System resources, whether shared or dedicated, of the nodes comprising an Escala cluster• Production applications.

The PowerConsole hardware used in earlier offerings was based on an Escala S100 or an Estrellaworkstation.

The PowerConsole reduces complexity, facilitates resource management, and guarantees continuity ofservice while optimizing associated operating costs.

The PowerConsole can be used at the same time both as a system console (alphanumeric terminal) andas a powerful graphical workstation able to host high-performance administration applications with anup-to-date ergonomics. A system console can be used as a backup console.

To guarantee maximum efficiency and security, the PowerConsole is attached to the cluster nodesthrough two distinct and independent links:• A link to the S1 serial port of each node through a console concentrator for a system console-type

access. It is possible, if the PowerConsole is not available, to use an ASCII terminal linked to theconsole concentrator in order to access basic administrative functions.

• An Ethernet 10/100 Mb/s "public" link (shared use of an existing network), or, optionally, thecreation of a private network to guarantee access security and network availability foradministrative applications.

Access to system administration applications and to HACMP is done simply via a "Cluster Assistant"dashboard with a graphic user interface. Predefined icons can be used to call administration utilities,whether for monitoring or for actions to be performed. This monitoring or activity may be global orspecific to an element of the cluster. Personalized icons can be created to handle the automation ofrepetitive tasks.

Resources are displayed dynamically, whether the nodes are in HA mode (ClusterWatch andWatchWare) or not (WatchWare only).

Other features delivered with the PowerConsole are:• Administration and remote boot of cluster nodes• Centralized administration of alarms and diagnostics• Rapid deployment of a new version of AIX®• Simultaneous management of 2 consecutive AIX® versions on one cluster• Centralized save and restore of system disks• Centralized distribution of updates (fixes) and software products.



Administration tools for the system and for HACMP are included in ClusterAssistant, theapplication supplied with the PowerConsole that, in association with the standard system managementfunctions of AIX®, enables the installation, operation and maintenance of HACMP clusters and all thenodes of an Escala cluster.

Delivered with the HA product, ClusterWatch is a tool specially developed by Bull that enablesadministrators to check that the resource configurations and the redundancy levels of the HA areoptimized for ensuring continuity of service for production applications.

PowerConsole architecture

ESCALAESCALARack PL orEPC Cluster

PowerConsole

��

Concentrator

HUBHUBSystem Console

RemoteMaintenance

S1 S1 S1 S1

EthernetEthernetNetworkNetwork

The "Application Rolling" function enables an application to be transferred from one node to anotherwithout, however, triggering an HACMP takeover. This facility can be used when several applicationsare running on the same node and the user wishes, for performance reasons, to transfer one or more ofthese applications onto another node.



1.2.1. Hardware Description

The PowerConsole is factory integrated and preloaded with the administration graphic interface.

PowerConsole hardware (Escala S120 based):

Escala S120, 250 MHz base with• 1 PowerPC 604e processor @250Mhz - 1MB L2cache• 128MB RAM• 9.1GB Ultra SCSI disk• 1 CD-ROM• 1 SCSI-2 F/W bus for disks• 1 Ethernet port 10Mbps (RJ45)• 1 Floppy disk 1.44MB• Keyboard and Mouse ports• 2 serial ports - 1 Centronics port• 5 I/O PCI slots• 2 open bays for 1 media/disk or 2 disks• One POWER GXT130P Graphics Adapter• 17" Color Display• 3-Button Mouse and Keyboard

Optional components:

• DAT or VDAT (recommended)• Additional 9.1 GB or 18.2 GB disks• Additional communications adapters (Ethernet, Token Ring or FDDI)• Modem• Additional memory.

PowerConsole 2nd hardware (Escala S100 based):


Escala S100-233 MHz base with• 1 PowerPC 604e processor @233Mhz - 1MB L2cache• 128MB RAM• 9.1GB SCSI-2 F/W disk• 1 CD-ROM• 1 SCSI-2 F/W bus for disks• 1 Ethernet port 10Mbps (RJ45)• 1 Floppy disk 1.44MB• Keyboard and Mouse ports• 2 serial ports - 1 Centronics port• 5 I/O slots (3xPCI, 2xPCI/ISA)



• 2 open bays for 1 media/disk or 2 disks.• One GXT130P Graphics Adapter• 17" Color Display• 3-Button Mouse and Keyboard.

Optional components:

• QIC or DAT or VDAT (recommended)• Additional 9.1GB or 4.5GB disks• Additional communication adapters (Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, Token-Ring, FDDI)• ISA modem board.

PowerConsole 1st hardware (Estrella based):

The Estrella-based PowerConsole hardware has been discontinued.

Estrella 300-200 MHz base with• 1 PowerPC 604/ev processor @200Mhz• 4 sockets for SIMM memories• 1 SCSI-2 F/W adapter• 1 Business audio board• 1 Ethernet port 10/100Mbps (RJ45 and AUI)• 2 serial ports (RS232C)• 1 parallel IEEEE port• Keyboard, Mouse and Monitor ports• 5 PCI/ISA slots (2PCI, 2ISA, 1 shared)• 1 floppy 1.44MB in diskette bay• 5 SCSI devices bays (Two 3.5", three 5.25")• 1 CD-ROM (600MB 8x) (in 5.25" bay)• 1 4.3GB SCSI-2 F/W high performance disk drive (in 3.5" bay)• 512 KB L2 Cache Memory base option• 64 MB DIMM Memory ECC-EDO• High Resolution Graphic Adapter (PCI) with 2MB Memory• Keyboard, 3-button Mouse• 17" Color display with cables (Europe)• 8 Port Asynchronous adapter EIA-232 (ISA) W/Connector box• Asynchronous RS232 and Ethernet cables

Optional QIC or DAT or VDAT media (recommended).



1.3. Cluster Console The Cluster Console solution has been discontinued as of 30 June 1999.

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal is used on Escala EPC as Cluster Console.The Cluster Console solution is suggested with a Console concentrator for any EPC configurations, asan alternative cost-effective choice to the PowerConsole. In that case, a self-bootable X-terminal(NCD Explora Console) replaces the Estrella workstation, but ClusterAssistant, the PowerConsolesoftware is no longer available.

For 2-node configuration, the Cluster Console has a particular implementation. A serial line links theX-terminal to the S1 port of a node. This node is in turn linked to the S1 port of the other node. Thetwo nodes and the X-terminal are also connected through the administration hub. Such an X-terminalcan thus both act as single system console and single point of control. The provided console switchingfacility is software and based on standard CU commands. Such a solution is called Cluster Console.

1.4. Console Concentrators

A Console Concentrator is a device connected to the S1 console port of every cluster node. It allowsany ASCII terminal connected to it through a serial line to act as cluster system console. Wiring thecluster nodes with serial lines to the console concentrator makes troubleshooting possible even whenthe node network interface is down. The console concentrator can be rack mounted. Largeconfigurations can require additional console concentrators linked together through an Ethernetnetwork. Connecting the Console Concentrator to the enterprise network allows to use any workstation(like ISM station) or X-terminal on the network as remote administration console in addition to thePowerConsole or the Cluster Console.

1.4.1. 3Com CS/2600 Console Concentrator


The 3Com CS/2600 terminal server offers a ten-port capacity with full modem support andsimultaneous support for multiple protocols for connecting up to 10 system consoles:

• 10 Ports for Multiprotocol Connections: the concentrator supports TCP/IP (Transmission ControlProtocol/ Internet Protocol), TN3270, and OSI (Open Systems Interconnect) standard.

• Support for up to eight concurrent sessions per port (subject to total system limitations) gives easyaccess to multiple hosts

• RS-422 signal support allows terminal connections at distances exceeding 1000 feet (305 meters)• Full modem support on all ports• Support for the Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP) and the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) enables

dial-up access to TCP/IP resources• The 3Com Transcend® Remote Boot and Configuration Services (RBCS) Version 2.1 software

provides an SNMP-based environment for central booting and configuration, enabling to boot andconfigure multiple devices from one location.



1.4.2. Digi PortServer 16-port Console Concentrator

The Digi PortServer is a terminal server providing connection of up to 16 asynchronous serial ports toTCP/IP Ethernet networks.It connects to 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs using 10Base-T (Twisted Pair) or 10Base-2 (Thinnet)connectors.

Hardware Features:• 16 EIA-232 high-speed asynchronous ports• 57600bps throughput on all ports• 80186 microprocessor• Password access security• SNMP MIB-II management• 256K EPROM non-volatile memory• Connects to 10 Mbps Ethernet LAN• Telnet, Reverse Telnet and Rlogin support• Ports may be shared by multiple different hosts running different operating systems• Full modem and hardware flow control• 57.6 Kbps throughput on all ports• Up to 64 simultaneous TCP/IP sessions• Front panel LEDs to monitor both serial and Ethernet line activity• Support up to 16 alternate IP addresses• Supports RARP allowing for IP configuration• Easily upgradable firmware via TFTP or BOOTP• Save/Restore configuration to host• Up to nine Telnet or Rlogin sessions per port• Surge protection on all ports

1.5. Ethernet-based Administration Hub

An Ethernet-based administration hub (3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port) isprovided to make the interconnection of the nodes and the console concentrator(s), and to set up a fastnetwork for graphical administration tools. You can also build a private administration networkbetween the nodes, the cluster console or the PowerConsole, and the console concentrator.

1.6. Cluster Management Software

1.6.1. ClusterAssistant

ClusterAssistant is a set of applications that run on the PowerConsole for configuring, managing, andmonitoring clusters. It provides a single system-wide view, enabling the administrator to launchcluster-wide administration tools. ClusterAssistant is integrated in CDE (Common DesktopEnvironment), which provides a windows/icons/mouse -based framework.



The cluster-wide administration tasks include:

• Easy Configuration that, at the initial cluster installation, facilitates the generation of the clustertopology, the follow-up of its configuration and management of changes for handlingevolutions/updates in real time.

• Dynamic Reconfiguration, a tool enabling modifications to be made to the cluster (for example,adding nodes, peripherals and services) without powering-down the system or stopping clustersoftware execution.

• Cluster Resource Modification that simplifies the configuration and modification of clusterresource definitions.

• Event Processing Customization that enables user-defined scripts to be specified and handled forautomatic restart procedures.

The "full" cluster management facilities are built upon the HACMP framework and therefore theinstallation of an HACMP package on every cluster node is mandatory.

Using ClusterAssistant, the PowerConsole is able to manage HA nodes in "full" cluster managementmode and "non-HA" nodes with "reduced" cluster management. In "non-HA" mode, thePowerConsole can perform:

• System Console and Rlogin• Operating System Backup and Release management through NIM• Support of optional graphical management host such as ArrayGUIde and Performance ToolBox.

This also applies for a server consolidation even though there is no need of high availability features.

ClusterAssistant has been enhanced with the integration of NIM (Network Installation Management),access to interconnect equipment management tools and a lightweight access control.

Network Installation Management (NIM)

NIM for AIX is a client/server software implementing remote software distribution and maintenancefacilities. NIM is part of AIX. Integrated with Escala systems, it enables to install the Base OperatingSystem (BOS) and optional software on one or more nodes, and to create the backup files of thesystem disk (rootvg) of any node on the PowerConsole. Using NIM there's no need for a tape deviceon each node.

A NIM configuration includes servers providing resources (System image, PTFs, LPPs) forinstallations, a set of installable client nodes, and definitions of available networks in the NIMenvironment.

An administration server for configuring, controlling, and updating the NIM environment is known asthe NIM Master. The PowerConsole can host the NIM Master and a NIM resource server. The NIMresource server can also be hosted on an Escala node but, in this case, the NIM server is not redundantand no failover scripts are supplied.



The integration of NIM consists of:

• Assisted configuration of NIM in an Escala environment based on the cluster topology data kept ina repository on the PowerConsole.

• NIM save / restore of system images> This operation applies to the rootvg disks of the clusternodes. The administrator can backup the system of a group of nodes. The resulting system imagecan be stored on an internal disk (and then on a tape) of the PowerConsole or on a resource server,which can be a specific node. The administrator can then restore the system of one node from theimage stored on a tape of the resource server.

• Centralized distribution of LPPs. On a group of cluster nodes the administrator can:install or upgrade AIXinstall or remove a LPP (Licensed Program Product)install or remove a PTF (Program Temporary Fix).

NIM integration allows to handle Escala systems with NIM clients on nodes running AIX 4.3 as wellas Escala systems with NIM clients on nodes running AIX 4.1 or 4.2 but with a different level offunctionality and ease-of-use. The NIM Master runs on the PowerConsole workstation with AIX4.3.For more information about software limitations and restrictions, refer to the Cluster PowerConsoleand ClusterAssistant Setup Guide and to the relevant SRBs.

The point of control for NIM operations is the PowerConsole. Ease of use is improved by a graphicaluser interface developed into the cluster assistant. Standard administration tools of NIM, SMIT andVSM are accessible through ClusterAssistant. The GUI for NIM is a new application group foldercontaining the icons associated to the different NIM operations.

HACMP makes use of boot address and service address regarding an adapter. If there is noadministration-dedicated network, an IP aliasing mechanism is implemented so that NIM applicationcan operate correctly.

Interconnect Equipment Management

The 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port (and previously the 3Com SuperStack II Hub10 12-port TP, LinkBuilder FDDI hub or the Oncore FDDI switch) can be configured and monitoredusing a set of specific line commands executed via ASCII menu-driven tools. This equipment can beconnected to a free serial port of the console concentrator via an RS-232 cable enabling to open atelnet session between the 3Com SuperStack 3 Baseline 10/100 Switch 12-port and the PowerConsole.Icons providing for telnet sessions are added to ClusterAssistant.

Access Control Policy

A simple mechanism of access control is implemented in order to support two administrator profiles:

• a root administrator: an administrator with the Root rights• a supervisor: an administrator who has not got the Root rights but who can access to the

monitoring tools of the ClusterAssistant panel.



1.6.2. ClusterWatch

ClusterWatch is a monitoring tool that provides both the current status (dynamic information reflectingthe current cluster state and events) and configuration information (cluster topology and resources) ofclustered systems. ClusterWatch is launched from ClusterAssistant.

ClusterWatch supplies administrators with hierarchical status information concerning the entirecluster, configuration information (network adapters, shared volume groups, resources, applicationservers, processing status and installed software), resource status and the rate of cluster use.

The ClusterWatch comprises a GUI (Web) interface providing the system status at a glance: system,memory, storage load and utilization, with colored alarms on thresholds and on hardware and softwaredefects, and statistics on cluster reliability.It provides users with the benefits of:

• Secure monitoring of the local or remote cluster• Reduction in system management costs

Two versions are provided: a SMIT-based interface available on each node and a Web-based interfaceon the PowerConsole.

1.6.3. HACMP Services

The HACMP (High Availability Cluster MultiProcessing) software for AIX provides dynamic clusterreconfiguration on cluster modifications and updates. Key benefits include:

• Ability to link cluster modifications without stopping cluster operations• Dynamic and automatic migration and reconfiguration capability• Ease of use due to the Helps which contribute to increased levels of continuous operational support• Reduction in planned outages• Single entry point for user administration of clustered systems• Single view management, similar to managing a single system• Easier, faster cluster administration, because changes are made only once• Reduction in administrative errors.

1.6.4. Distributed AIX Utilities

The Distributed AIX Utilities, such as ASM (AIX SAN Manager), PTX and RSF can be exerted fromthe PowerConsole, where the manager part resides and interacts with the agent counterparts on thecluster nodes.



2. Display Terminals and Graphics Subsystems

2.1. BQ306 ASCII/ANSI Terminal

The BQ306 is a monochrome entry-level display terminal; it is used on Escala systems as SystemConsole.

It is a system-attached, 14-inch monochrome display station used for asynchronous communications.The display terminal supports the EIA-232D (CCITT V.24/28) interface or the EIA-422A (CCITTV.11) interface.

The BQ306 display terminal provides BQ303 and WYSE 55 emulation modes.

The display terminals support transmission speeds from 50 bps to 114Kbps on EIA-232D and EIA-422A interfaces.The data stream is compliant with the ANSI X3.4/3.64 standard.The Character Sets available are ISO 646 with national versions (7 bits coding) and 8 bits coding ISOLatin-1 (Western Europe), Latin-2 (Eastern Europe) 8859/1 and 8859/2, Latin-5 (Western Europe +Turk) 8859/9, and Latin Cyrillic 8859/5, PC437, 86x, 85x.

The BQ306 can attach directly to a host processor, when using EIA-232C or EIA-422, at 50bps to114Kbps.It can communicate remotely to a host processor using EIA-232C interface at 50bps to 64Kbps.

BQ306 Features

The BQ306 terminal supports both ANSI-based and PC type character sets and keyboards.Furthermore, this terminal supports:

• DEC VT320, VT220, VT100, VT52, and WYSE 55 terminal personalities• Up to 25 international keyboards languages• 101/102 keys PC style keyboard and 105 keys DEC style keyboard• ISO latin/1, /2, /5, Cyrillic supplementary character sets• White and amber screen phosphor• 24-line by 80/132 column data display and 25th status line• 15x12 and 10x14 character matrix• Screen saver feature• Auxiliary printer port.

The BQ306 terminal is available in two models: an international model and a low emission versionthat supports up to 25 keyboard languages and user-selectable French, German, Italian, Spanish orEnglish setup screens and status line messages.



System Attachment

The BQ306 is attached to the system unit standard serial port or to an 8-, 16- or 64-port asynchronousadapter port using appropriate EIA-232/V.24 cables.

The BQ306 is also attachable to the 128 port asynchronous controller of the system via a 16-portcluster box using appropriate asynchronous cables EIA232.

2.2. Explora 17" Color X-Terminal

This product has been discontinued.

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal is used on Escala EPC as Cluster Console. It is a high-performanceX terminal providing 64-bit performance and super-high resolution for demanding users requiringadvanced graphics, imaging, digital video, animation, and sound capabilities.

User Benefits

• Fastest Performance: Runs graphical applications more rapidly• Highest resolution: Increases by 46% the amount of screen image viewable (compared to

1280x1024)• Latest 64-bit Architecture: Provides full support for emerging multimedia applications• Largest Standard Memory: Supports complex graphics software with ease• Choice of monitors

Unrivaled Performance and Resolution

The Explora 17" Color X-Terminal sets remarkable new standards in resolution, architecture andperformance whatever your benchmark. With unequaled 1600x1280 resolution and 200,000 Xstonesrating, these models clearly outpace the competition, and at 3.83 Xmarks their leads increases evenmore dramatically.

Cutting-Edge Architecture

Powerful 64-bit processing - an X terminal first - is what makes such record-breaking performancepossible. The R4600 processor's scalability also makes it easy to adapt to future technologies. And foreven more dramatic performance improvements, the BQX architecture optimally balance everycomponents including the software, custom ASICs, and other unique enhancements.

Unbeatable Application Access

When it comes to taking full advantage of highly complex graphical applications such as CAD, CASE,GIS, and technical publishing, these terminals have no peer. For example, they draw graphics with thefastest speed, while allowing you to view the maximum picture area of all the images you'redisplaying. Their sophisticated audio, imaging, and video capabilities also make them ideal fordemanding multimedia applications, such as computer-aided training that incorporate MPEG-1 digitalvideo.



Add to that an integral parallel port that allows easy attachment of input/output devices (such asprinters, scanners, and floppy disk drivers), and full Energy Star compliance, and you have theindustry's premier X terminal offer.

Ergonomics Features

• Display: Tilt and swivel functions, Silica coated, Anti-glare screens, Brightness and contrastcontrols

• Keyboards: Detached, adjustable tilt, matte-finish keys and housing

Hardware Architecture

• Processor: R4600 RISC @ 80 MHz• Coprocessor: Three customs ASICS• DRAM: 8 MB standard, expandable to 136 MB• Memory upgrades: Industry-standard SIMMs fast-page mode• Video memory: 2 MB• Flash memory: Industry-standard PCMCIA• NVRAM: 512 bytes of configuration memory

Color Displays

• Resolution: 1600x1280• Color support: 8-bit (256 colors) index color model• Color palette: 24-bit (16.7 million) look-up table• Refresh rate: Up to 75 Hz non-interlaced• Screen size: 17" anti-glare• Active display area: 356x285mm

Keyboards

• Low-profile with two position tilt, detached with 1.5 meter coiled cable• A large variety of national versions is available

Mouse

• Three-button, standard serial interface, 9-pin "D" connector, 1200 baud (9600 baud also supported)

Audio

• Resolution: 16-bit linear software conversion to 8-bit µlaw• Sampling rates: 8,000 to 50,000 samples per second• Input: One channel (mono), 3.5 mm stereo jack, line level or microphone level (software

selectable),input impedance 47KW



• Output: Two channel (stereo), 3.5 mm stereo jack, line level or speaker out (1 Watt maximum perchannel),line 775mV (typical)

Communication

• 10Base5 AUI interface (can use external 10Base2 or 10BaseT Transceiver)• Full DB-25 serial port (dual channel) up to 115.2 Kbaud

Power

• AC voltage 110/230 VAC auto-switching, 47 to 63 Hz• AC frequency 50 to 60 Hz• Consumption: 169 watts max (17" monitor), 30 watts @ 115 VAC (base only)

Certification

• MPRII compliant• Energy Star compliant• Environmental Operating Range• Temperature: 10 to 40° C – Non-operating range -10° to 60° C• Humidity: 10 to 90% non-condensing• Altitude: Up to 3000 meters above sea level

Physical Dimensions

17" Monitor BaseHeight: 470 mm Height: 61 mmWidth: 500 mm Width: 429 mmDepth: 510 mm Depth: 320 mmWeight: 34 Kg Weight: 5,2 Kg

Software

• Window system: X11R5 server• Font service: TFTP, NFS, DAP, Font Server,• Protocols: TCP/IP, Telnet, SLIP, LAT, MOP, BOOTP, RARP• Name service: Domain, IEN 116• Local clients: Telnet, LAT, Serial, Set up, NCDwm (window manager with OSF Motif look and

feel and OPEN LOOK features)• Boot options: PROM resident, download from central host, flash memory• Network management: Information menus, SNMP (MBII compliant with NCD extensions), PING

utility, Ethernet or token-ring statistics, protocol statistics, packet received LED configurable onkeyboard, remote reset

• Configuration: Local, remote or download from central host, remote reset



2.3. Integrated Graphics Controllers

2.3.1. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC400

The Escala EPC400 features an integrated VGA-compatible Cirrus Logic graphics controller with 1MB of video DRAM. The graphics subsystem can be upgraded to 2 MB by installing a 1 MBextension memory module to support more colors and higher resolutions.

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates with 1 MB video memory:

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz N/A1024x768 43-85 Hz N/A N/A

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates with 2 MB video memory:

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz1024x768 43-85 Hz 43-85 Hz N/A1280x1024 43-75 Hz N/A N/A

2.3.2. Integrated Graphics Controller for the EPC430 and the EPC450

The Escala EPC430 and EPC450 feature an integrated VGA-compatible Cirrus Logic graphicscontroller with 2 MB of video DRAM.

Supported resolutions, colors and refresh rates

Resolution 256 Colors 65K Colors 16 M Colors640x480 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz 60-85 Hz800x600 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz 56-85 Hz1024x768 43-85 Hz 43-85 Hz N/A1280x1024 43-75 Hz N/A N/A



2.4. Graphics Adapters

2.4.1. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator for PL220R, PL420R, PL800R, PL820R,PL1600R and PL3200R (Only for analog monitor, GTFG050-0000)


The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. The GXT135P providesconsole graphics across all market segments and can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bitcolor modes. The GXT135P accelerates X-windows graphics applications allowing to display businessgraphics, database status, and activity for securities trading more quickly. A network display canmonitor activity and assist in load balancing, performance analysis, and capacity planning.

Supported resolutions with one monitor:• 640 x 480 @ 60 Hz• 1024 x 768 @ 60 - 85 Hz• 1280 x 1024 @ 60 - 85 Hz• 1600 x 1200 @ 60 - 85 Hz• 2048 x 1536 @ 60 - 75 Hz

Hardware Description• 128-bit graphics processor• 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color• 16 MB SDRAM• 32-bit PCI interface• Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)• 1 hardware color map

Supported Features• Up to approximately 16.7 million colors• Rectangular clipping• 2 analog monitor outputs with 640x400@60 Hz, 1024x 768@60-85 Hz, or 1280 x 1024 @ 60 - 85

Hz resolutions• 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

Supported APIs• X-Windows and Motif• UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

Software Requirements:AIX 4.3.3 or later for PL220R, PL800R, PL1600R and PL3200RAIX 5.1 or later for PL420R and PL820R

Hardware Requirements:1 free PCI slot



2.5. POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator (GTFG051,GTFG052)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured tooperate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. With AIX 4.3, this adapter supports only analog monitorsand with AIX5.1 or later this adapter supports both analog and digital monitors.Its predecessor, GTFG050, supported only analog monitors.

Hardware Description• 128-bit graphics processor• 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color• 16 MB SDRAM• 32-bit PCI interface• Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)• 1 hardware color map

Supported Features• Up to approximately 16.7 million colors• Rectangular clipping• 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution• 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution• 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution• 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

Supported APIs• X-Windows and Motif• UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

Software Requirements:AIX 4.3 for analog support onlyAIX Versions 5.1 or later for analog or digital supportGTFG051 for PL240R, PL420R and PL820RGTFG052 for PL220R, PL400R, PL600R, PL800R and EPC2450

Hardware Requirements:1 free PCI slot



2.5.1. POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator for the EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610,PL600R, EPC810, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450 (GTFG048-0000)

Discontinued: 30/04/2003The POWER GXT130P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for Escala servers. Thisaccelerator delivers exceptional 2D graphics performance for AIX systems at a low price.

The POWER GXT130P is supported on the Escala EPC430, EPC450, PL400R, EPC610, PL600R,EPC810, EPC1200, EPC1200A, EPC2400 and EPC2450.

Advantages

• Meets the performance and functional requirements of demanding 2D graphics for X Windowsapplications.

• Displays graphics and text for workstation applications that require very rich and complex visualinformation simultaneously.

• Provides an exceptional performance level of visual interaction for servers at an affordable price.

Hardware

• Utilizes a half-length PCI slot• Concurrent colors: 256 out of 16.7 million• RAM DAC frequency: 250MHz• Maximum resolution: 1600 x1200 8-bit pixels• Maximum refresh rate: 85Hz• Memory bandwidth: 640MB/sec.• Memory type: 8MB SDRAM• Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS)

Features

• Supports 60 to 85Hz monitor refresh rates, including those that comply with ISO 9241 Part 3.• Video acceleration features such as scaling and color space conversion.• Supports screen resolutions of 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200 at 8 bits per

pixel.• Satisfies the ISO 9241 standard of visual quality, refreshing the screen at up to 85Hz for all

resolutions.• Provides a standard 15-pin DIN output connector for half-length PCI card slot.• Supports multisync monitors with at least a 64KHz horizontal scan capability and DDC-2B-

compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38KHz horizontal scan capability.

Software requirements

• AIX® 4.3.2 and above.• Xlib is included with AIX 4.3.2 and above.



2.5.2. PCI High Resolution Graphics Adapter - 4MB WRAM for the EPC400 (GTFG039-0100)


The PCI high resolution graphics adapter with 4MB WRAM provides:

• High Performance• Multiple screen• Up to 16.7 million colors.

This adapter is supported on the Escala EPC430 and EPC450 when upgrading from the EPC400.

2.5.2.1. Features without Extension Memory

General Hardware Features:

Bus 32-bit PCIMemory 4 MB WRAMMaximum Non-Interlaced Resolution 1600x1200 Maximum Colors Color depth 8 bits/pixel: 256

Color depth 16bits/pixel: 64KColor depth 24 bits/pixel: 16.7 million

Refresh rate up to 200 HzMonitor connector 15-pin

Other Hardware Features:

Color Map 1WRAM Features Dual ported memory type

20 nanosecond page mode cycle time (50% faster than the fastest VRAM)2 Color block write mode.

Hardware 2D acceleration lines, rectangles, bit block transfert

Hardware 3D acceleration Hardware True Color Gouraud shading16-bit Z-buffer in off-screen WRAMHardware double buffering in WRAMColor dithering in 8 and 16 bit per pixel modesComplex bit-block transfert with Z

Compatibilility Features Integrated 32-bit VGA core VESA compatibleVESA DPMS compliant Saves powerGreen PC supportVESA DDC-1, -2 compliant



Resolution Pixel format and refresh rates (hardware) Color depth and refresh rates (with AIX)640x480 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)800x600 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz)1024x768 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 130 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 70, 75 Hz)1152x882 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 110 Hz)1280x1024 8, 16, 24 (up to 100 Hz) 8, 16 (60, 71, 75 Hz)1600x1200 8, 16 (up to 78 Hz) 8, 16 (60Hz)

2.5.2.2. Features with 8 MB WRAM Extension Memory of 4MB(MI: GTFG039-0100 + GTFG045-0100)


Resolution Pixel format and refresh rates (hardware) Color depth and refresh rates (with AIX)640x480 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)800x600 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 200 Hz)1024x768 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 130 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 70, 75 Hz)1152x882 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 110 Hz)1280x1024 8, 16, 24, 32 (up to 100 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60, 71, 75 Hz)1600x1200 8, 16, 24 (up to 78 Hz) 8, 16, 24 (60 Hz)

2.5.3. GXT120P Graphics Adapter for the EPC1200 (GTFG046-0000)


The PCI GXT120P Graphics Adapter is the Entry Level Graphics Adapter for the Escala EPC1200. Itmeets the graphics needs of many commercial applications, and provides an entry point forworkstation users. It is also a cost effective entry point for server environments that require a graphicaluser console.

The POWER GXT120P provides video acceleration features such as scaling and color spaceconversion. The GXT120P can support multisync monitors with at least a 64KHz horizontal scancapability or DDC-2B-compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38KHz horizontal scan capability.

General Hardware Features:

Bus 32-bit PCIMemory 2MB EDO DRAMMaximum Non-Interlaced Resolution 1280x1024 Maximum Colors 8 bits/pixel: 256 from a palette of 16.7 millionRefresh rate 60 to 85 Hz (ISO 9241 Part 3)Monitor connector 15-pin



Other Hardware Features:

Color Map 1Clipping Rectangular and non rectangularOther Pattern Fill support

Resolution Color depth and refresh rates(hardware)

Color depth and refresh rates(with AIX)

640x480 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 72, 75, 85 Hz)800x600 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (56, 60, 70, 75, 76, 85 Hz)1024x768 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 70, 72, 75, 76, 85 Hz)1280x1024 8 (60 to 85 Hz) 8 (60, 75 Hz)



2.6. Graphics Monitors

2.6.1. 15-inch Color Monitor (DMUG012)


The 15" monitor is a high resolution multisync graphics raster scan color monitor. It provides sharp,bright and realistic colors with minimum distortion. The anti-reflective CRT surface treatmenteliminates screen reflections while optimizing image quality.

Specifications:

Display Size 15" FST (13.7" viewable image)Dot Pitch 0.28 mmFace treatment Antistatic, antiglare, antireflectionInput Signal R.G.B. AnalogInput Connector 15-pin, D-SubHorizontal Scan Freq. 30KHz to 70KHz (Automatic)Vertical Scan Freq. 50Hz to 150Hz (Automatic)Display Area (H x V) 260 x 195 mmColors Unlimited colors, depends on graphics boardMaximum Resolution 1280x1024Recommended Resolution 1024x768Compatibility VGA, S-VGA, XGA, VESAPower Source 90-264VAC (Universal Power)Power Consumption 75 W (max)Power Management EPA Energy Star and VESA DPMSDimensions 375(W)x383(H)x401(D)mmWeight 11.9 KgOperating Environment +5°C to +35°C, Humidity 35% to 80%Storage Environment -30°C to +60°C, Humidity 30% to 85%Emissions MPR-II; FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class B; CE; CSA C108.8, Class B; CISPR 22,

Class B EN (55022); TCO 92, TCO 95 and TCO 99Safety US recognized, UL 1950; CSA Certified, CSA C22.2 No. 220; NEMKO,

DEMKO, FIMKO, SEMKO; IEC 380/950 Safety (TUV) EN (60950); ISO 9241parts 3 recommendations for VDT ergonomics; DHHS



2.6.2. 17-inch Color Monitor (DMUG013)

The 17-inch color monitor is intended for high resolution graphics applications. It provides sharp,bright, realistic color for users of graphics applications that require high-resolution monitor.

Specifications:

Display Size 17" FST (16" Viewable)Dot Pitch 0.26 mmFace Treatment Anti-Reflection, Anti-Static, Anti-GlareLight Transmission 43% TypicalDisplay Area (Max) 326 (H) x 245 (V) mmHorizontal Scan Freq. 30 - 95 kHzVertical Scan Freq. 50 - 150 HzBandwidth 160 MHzInput Video Signal RGB AnalogueInput Video Sync. H/V Separate Sync, Composite Sync, Sync on GreenInput Connector 15 Pin VGA D-Sub (Captive Cable)Display Resolution 1600 x 1200 up to 75 Hz

1280 x 1024 up to 88 Hz1024 x 768 up to 117 Hz800 x 600 up to 150 Hz640 x 480 up to 150 Hz

Memory Modes 9 x Factory Presets15 x User definable Presets

Integral USB Hub 1 x Upstream Port, 4 x Downstream Ports Host based OSD Software (via USB)included

Plug and Play VESA DDC1/2BPower Supply Input: 88 - 132, 180 - 264 V AC 50/60 HzPower Management On < 120 W

Suspend < 15 WOff < 8 W

Dimensions (mm) 412 mm (w) x 427 mm (h) x 428 mm (d)Weight 18.0 kg (39.6 lb.) Net 20.0 kg (44.0 lb.) GrossSafety Approvals UL1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (Inc A1-4),Emissions Approvals FCC Class B, DOC Class B, VCCI Class 2, EN 55022 Class B, EN50082-1, MPR

II, TCOX-Ray Approvals DHHS 21 CFR Sub Chap J, ROV 1987Additional Approvals ISO 9241-3/8, ZH1/618, NUTEK, ENERGY STAR, TÜV-GS, TÜV-Ergo, CE

Mark, TCO 92, TCO 95, TCO 99



2.6.3. 17-inch Multiscan Color Monitor (DMUG010)


The Multiscan 17" (16.0" viewable image) monitor is ideal for the demanding corporate professionalwho requires exceptional image performance without sacrificing value or reliability. It's perfect foreverything from spreadsheets to finely detailed graphic presentations.

Note: Not available in the North America area.

Specifications:

CRT 17" FD Trinitron®, 16.0" viewable imageAperture Grille Pitch 0.24mm-0.25mm (variable)Screen Treatment High Contrast AR CoatingHorizontal Scan Range 30-96kHzVertical Scan Range 48-120HzMaximum Resolution 1600 x 1200 @ 75HzRecommended Resolution 1024 x 768 @ 85HzPreset Resolutions (27 modes) 640 x 480 @ 60Hz VGA Graphics

640 x 480 @ 85Hz VESA720 x 400 @ 70Hz VGA Text800 x 600 @ 85Hz VESA832 x 624 @ 75Hz Macintosh® 16"1024 x 768 @ 75 and 85 Hz VESA1280 x 1024 @ 75 and 85 Hz VESA1600 x 1200 @ 75Hz VESA

Color Temperature Presets 5000 Kelvin6500-9300 KelvinUser-adjustable

Signal Inputs Analog RGB0.7Vp-p, 75ohm (typical)

External Sync Signals Separate HD/VD, polarity-free TTLExternal composite, polarity-free TTLSync on green 0.3V p-p±10%, negative

Input Connector Captive 15 pin mini D-subPower Requirements 100-120/220-240V AC; 50-60HzPower Management International Energy Star, NUTEK, and VESA DPMS Compliant, TCO'99

Operation: <120 wattsSuspend: <15 watts (maximum)Active off: <3 watts (maximum)Power off: 0 watt

Operating Temperature 50°F-104°F (10°C-40°C)Operating Humidity 10%-80% (Non-Condensing)Regulation and Standard Compliance Safety: UL 1950, CSA 22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (TUV, GS mark)

Emission/EMI: FCC Class B, IC Class B, EN55022ELF/VLP: MPR II, TCO'99X-ray: DHHS, DNHW, PTBErgonomics: ZH1/618, ISO9241-3, -7, -8, TCO'99Designed for: PC99, Windows® 95, 98, NT, 2000, Macintosh® CompatiblePlug & Play: DDC-1, DDC-2B, DDC-2Bi, DMI CompliantVESA: Generalized Timing Formula (GTF)

Dimensions (W x H x D) 15.9" x 16.3" x 16.5" / 414 x 404 x 420 mmWeight 44.1 lbs. / 20 kg




The Taxan Ergovision 985 TCO 99 is a high performance monitor that complies with all leading USand European safety standards.

Display Size 19" (18" Viewable) DIAMONDTRON® NFAperture Grille Pitch 0.25 mm (at centre)Face Treatment Anti-Reflection, Anti-Static, Anti-GlareLight Transmission 41% TypicalDisplay Area 340 (H) x 255 (V) mm (adjustable)Horizontal Scan Freq. 30 - 96 kHzVertical Scan Freq. 50 - 180 HzBandwidth 200 MHzInput Video Signal RGB Analogue 0.7 Vp-pInput Video Sync. H/V Separate, Composite Sync, Sync on GreenInput Connector 1 x 15-pin VGA D-sub Connector (PC Cable Included)Display Resolution 1600 x 1200 up to 77 Hz, 1280 x 1024 up to 90 Hz, 1024 x 768 up to 120

HzFront User Controls Power, Contrast, Function, Digital Rotary ControlRear User Controls Main PowerOSD Adjustments Contrast, Brightness, Horizontal Size & Position, Vertical Size & Position,

Zoom, Language, Degauss, Pin Cushion, Pin Balance, Trapezoid,Parallelogram, V Linear Symmetry & Centre, Hooking, Rotation,Information, Purity (Top-Bottom, Corners (T-L, T-R, B-L, B-R), Moiré,Horizontal & Vertical Convergence, Horizontal & Vertical Focus, OSDHorizontal & Vertical Position, Recall

Memory Modes 12 x Factory Presets, VESA GTF CapabilityPlug & Play VESA DDC 1/2BPower Supply Input: 90 - 264 V AC Universal 58-62 HzPower Saving VESA DPMSPower Management On < 150 W, Suspend < 15 W, Off < 3 WTilt/Swivel Stand IncludedDimensions 465 mm (w) x 460 mm (h) x 475.5 mm (d)Weight 25.0 kg (55 lb) Net 29.0 kg (63.8 lb) GrossSafety Approvals UL, cUL, CSA, NRTL, TÜV-GS, SEMKO, NEMKO, DEMKO, FIMKO,

CB ReportEMI FCC Class B, VCCI Class B, CISPR 22 Class BX-Ray Approvals FDA DHHS 21 Sub Chap J, PTBEMC EN50082-1/1992 (ESD, RF, EFT), EN 60555-2-1987 (Harmonic),

EN61000-3-3:1995 (Voltage Fluctuations), EN55022:1994/A1:1995(EMI)

Additional Approvals ISO 9241-3/8, ENERGY STAR, CE Mark, MPR II (1990), TCO 92, TCO95, TCO 99





The Multiscan 19" (18.0" viewable image) monitor is ideal for the demanding corporate professionalwho requires extra screen space and exceptional image performance, without sacrificing value orreliability.

Note: Not available in the North America area.

CRT 19" FD Trinitron® with HiDensity™ Electron GunViewable Image Size 18.0"Aperture Grille Pitch 0.24mm-0.25mm (variable)Screen Treatment High Contrast AR CoatingHorizontal Scan Range 30-107kHzVertical Scan Range 48-120HzMaximum Resolution 1800 x 1440 @ 70HzRecommended Resolution 1280 x 1024 @ 85Hz

1600 x 1200 @ 85HzFactory Preset Resolution Timing Data Table (TDT) - 25 modes

User Adjustable - 15 settingsColor Temperature Presets 5000 Kelvin

9300 KelvinUser-adjustablesRGB

Signal Inputs Analog RGB0.7Vp-p, 75ohm (typical)

External Sync Signals Separate HD/VD, polarity-free TTLExternal composite, polarity-free TTLSync on green 0.3V p-p±10%, negative

Input Connector Captive 15 pin mini D-sub and 15 pin mini D-subPower Requirements 90-264V AC; 50-60HzPower Management International Energy Star, NUTEK, and VESA DPMS Compliant,

TOC'99Operation: <140 wattsSuspend: <15 watts (maximum)Active off: <3 watts (maximum)Power off: 0 watt

Dimensions (W x H x D) 17.7" x 18.2" x 18.2" / 449 x 463 x 461 mmWeight 57.3 lbs. / 26 KgOperating Temperature 50°F-104°F (10°C-40°C)Operating Humidity 10%-80% (Non-Condensing)Regulation and Standard Compliance Safety: UL 1950, CSA 22.2 No. 950, EN60950 (TUV, GS mark)

Emission/EMI: FCC Class B, IC Class B, EN55022ELF/VLF: MPR II TUV (full compliance), TCO'99X-ray: DHHS, DNHWErgonomics: ISO9241-3, -7, -8, TCO'99Designed for: PC99, Windows® 95, 98, NT, 2000, Macintosh®CompatiblePlug & Play: DDC-1, DDC-2B, DDC-2Bi, DMI CompliantVESA: Generalized Timing Formula (GTF)



2.7. Keyboards (KBUG003)

The keyboard features double-rate typematic default speed for the cursor keys. All keyboards are 102keys, except the US model, which is 101 keys.

Keyboards are available in the following localizations:

• French• US• UK• Italian• German• Spanish• Danish• Finnish/Swedish• Norwegian• Portuguese• Belgian

Escala Attachment

The keyboard connects to the Escala keyboard port using a 2.75-m (9-ft) detachable cable with a 6-pinMINI-DIN connector.

2.8. Mouse (PDUG008)

An optomechanical 3-Button Mouse allows users to point to and select items on a display. The coveron the mouse snaps off for routine cleaning of the roller ball.

Escala Attachment

The mouse connects to the system unit mouse port using a 2.75-m (9ft) detachable cable with a 6-pinMINI-DIN connector. The mouse controller is built into the system unit.



3. Bull Line Matrix Printers

Discontinued.

3.1. PR802A Line Matrix Printers

The PR802A is a high performance line matrix impact printer that is designed for heavy-duty dot-matrix printing applications. The PR802A allows to combine text, graphic, bar codes, logos ...

The PR802A features the following:• 900/662/353 lines per minutes (high speed draft/Data processing/Near letter quality)• 150 OCR A/B per minutes• P-series protocol and various emulations (Serial Matrix, Proprinter, Epson FX)• Dynamic font selection• Major usual character sets are resident, including Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Hebrew, Turkish, etc...• Up to 6 parts, continuous fan folded forms, with variable width from 3 to 17"• 136 characters per line at 10 CPI• VFU: 14 channels Electrical Vertical Format Unit used on P-Series emulation• Parallel Centronics and serial EIA 232 / RS 422 interfaces• Quiet cabinet allowing less than 52 dBA acoustic noise• Energy saving mode feature

The PR802A can be equipped with an Intelligent Graphic Processor (IGP) which allows to use PGLand VGL languages in order to generate forms overlay, variable bar codes, expanded characters,graphics, logos, reverse printing, rotated printing, etc. The IGP is available as an option.

The PR802A is available in two versions: First version uses a gravity paper stacking, the secondversion is equipped with a powered paper stacking, which insure a perfect stacking of printed paper forheavy duty applications.

The PR802A provides Euro support.

System attachment

The PR802A attaches to the system unit using one of the following:• parallel printer cable to the standard parallel port (see cable catalog for more information)• asynchronous cables EIA-232C to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 ports EIA-232C

adapter port• asynchronous cables RS-422A to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port RS-422A adapter

port (available through a DPNS or a RPQ)• Ethernet LAN (10BaseT and 10Base2)



3.2. PR902A Line Matrix Printers

The PR902A is a very high performance line matrix impact printer that is designed for heavy-duty dot-matrix printing applications. The PR902A allows to combine text, graphic, bar codes, logos ...

The PR902A features the following:• 1400/1050/560 lines per minutes (high speed draft/Data processing/Near letter quality)• 253 OCR A/B per minutes• P-series protocol and various emulations (Serial Matrix, Proprinter, Epson FX)• Dynamic font selection• Major usual character sets are resident, including Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek, Hebrew, Turkish, etc...• Up to 6 parts, continuous fan folded forms, with variable width from 3 to 17"• 136 characters per line at 10 CPI• VFU: 14 channels Electrical Vertical Format Unit used on P-Series emulation• Parallel Centronics and serial EIA 232 / RS 422 interfaces• Quiet cabinet allowing less than 52 dBA acoustic noise• Energy saving mode feature

The PR902A can be equipped with an Intelligent Graphic Processor (IGP) which allows to use PGLand VGL languages in order to generate forms overlay, variable bar codes, expanded characters,graphics, logos, reverse printing, rotated printing, etc. The IGP is available as an option.

The PR902A is available in two versions: First version uses a gravity paper stacking, the secondversion is equipped with a powered paper stacking, which insure a perfect stacking of printed paper forheavy duty applications.

The PR902A provides Euro support.

System attachment

The PR902A attaches to the system unit using one of the following:• parallel printer cable to the standard parallel port (see cable catalog for more information)• asynchronous cables EIA-232C to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port EIA-232C adapter

port• asynchronous cables RS-422A to a standard serial port or to an 8, 16 or 64 port RS-422A adapter

port (available through a DPNS or a RPQ)• Ethernet LAN (10BaseT and 10Base2)



3.3. Printers Summary Table

Line Matrix Printers, Graphics, Barcodes, Interfaces // and RS232C

PRUF005-000A PR802A 270/900 lpm Cabinet Model Stacking GravityPRUF008-000A PR802AS 270/900 lpm Cabinet Model Powered Paper StackerPRUF006-000A PR902A 432/1400 lpm Cabinet Model Stacking GravityPRUF007-000A PR902AS 432/1400 lpm Cabinet Model Powered Paper Stacker

Options for all Line Matrix PrintersPRFF003-0000 Network (10-Base-T)PRFF005-0000 Graphic interface PRX02 and Euro

Line Matrix Printers Performances - lpmUpper characters

Draft/Data processing/Near letter qualityMixed characters

Draft/Data processing/Near letter quality

PR802/802A 900/662/353 770/529/270PR902/902A 1400/1050/560 1197/840/432


Chapter 8: Reference Information 1/129pw5s1c8.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 8: Reference Information

The following is a summary of the information you can use to compare systems and externalremovable media, and plan office space for the Escala Rack PL or EPC system units or devices.

1. PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS .........................................................................................3

2. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS & CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................5

3. TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, & MAXIMUM WET BULB REQUIREMENTS ..8

4. NOISE EMISSIONS VALUES ...........................................................................................10





1. Physical Considerations

System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum WeightPL220RPL220R CPU Drawer (5 EIA units)Storage Plus Drawer (3 EIA units)

-215 mm (8.5 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-426 mm (16.8 in)445 mm (18 in)

-617 mm (24 in)552 mm (22 in)

-35.5 kg (78 lbs)23.0 kg (51 lbs)

-43.1 kg (94.8 lbs)

38.5 kg(85 lbs)PL240RPL240R CPU Drawer (4 EIA units)

-178 mm (7.0 in)

-437 mm (17.2 in)

-508 mm (20.0 in)

-35.5 kg (78 lbs)

-43.1 kg (94.8 lbs)

EPC400 - RackEPC400, EPC430 and EPC450 CPU drawer

1775 mm (69.8 in)175 mm (6.8 in)

580 mm (22.8 in)444 mm (17.4 in)

1080 mm (42.5 in)825 mm (32.4)

--

490 kg (1089 lbs)45 kg (99.1 lbs)

EPC440CPU drawer

-350 mm (13.8 in)

-443 mm (17.5 in)

-870 mm (34.3 in)

-71.4 kg (157 lbs)

-88.6 kg (195 lbs)

PL400RCEC (5 EIA units)I/O drawer (5 EIA units)Disk drawer (3 EIA units)

-218 mm (8.6 in)218 mm (8.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (18 in)

-820 mm (32.3 in)820 mm (32.3 in)552 mm (22 in)

-41 kg (90 lbs)41 kg (90 lbs)

23.0 kg (51 lbs)

-52 kg (115 lbs)52 kg (115 lbs)38.5 kg(85 lbs)

PL420RSingle Rack Drawer (4 EIA units)Expansion Drawer (4 EIA units)

172 mm (6.8 in) 178 mm (7.0 in)

445 mm (17.5 in) 445 mm (17.5 in)

609 mm (24 in) 610 mm (24 in)

32 kg (70 lbs)-

47 kg (104 lbs) 45.9 kg (101 lbs)

EPC610CEC (5 EIA units)I/O drawer (5 EIA units)Disk drawer (3 EIA units)

-218 mm (8.6 in)218 mm (8.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (18 in)

-820 mm (32.3 in)820 mm (32.3 in)552 mm (22 in)

-41 kg (90 lbs)41 kg (90 lbs)

23.0 kg (51 lbs)



-218 mm (8.6 in)218 mm (8.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (18 in)

-820 mm (32.3 in)820 mm (32.3 in)552 mm (22 in)

-41 kg (90 lbs)41 kg (90 lbs)

23.0 kg (51 lbs)


EPC800 - RackCPU drawer

-1775 mm (69.8 in)-

-580 mm (22.8 in)-

-1080 mm (42.5 in)-

--

490 kg (1089 lbs)-

EPC810CEC (8 EIA units)I/O drawer (5 EIA units)Disk drawer (3 EIA units)

-356 mm (14 in)218 mm (8.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (18 in)

-826 mm (32.5 in)820 mm (32.3 in)552 mm (22 in)

-59.7 kg (132 lbs)

41 kg (90 lbs)23.0 kg (51 lbs)

--

52 kg (115 lbs)38.5 kg(85 lbs)


-356 mm (14 in)218 mm (8.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (17.5 in)445 mm (18 in)

-826 mm (32.5 in)820 mm (32.3 in)552 mm (22 in)

-59.7 kg (132 lbs)

41 kg (90 lbs)23.0 kg (51 lbs)

--

52 kg (115 lbs)38.5 kg(85 lbs)



System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum WeightPL820RBase (8 EIA units)I/O drawer (4 EIA units)Disk drawer (3 EIA units)

-351 mm (13.8 in)168 mm (6.6 in)128 mm (5.0 in)

-445 mm (17.5 in)217 mm (8.6 in)445 mm (18 in)

-760 mm (29.9 in)711 mm (28.0 in)552 mm (22 in)

----

-93 kg (205 lbs)16.8kg (37 lbs)38.5 kg(85 lbs)

EPC1200/1200A - CEC RackI/O rackI/O drawer (7 EIA units, for EPC1200)I/O drawer (10 EIA units, for EPC1200A)

1577 mm (62 in)1577 mm (62 in)306 mm (12.1 in)440 mm (17.3 in)

566 mm (22.3 in)650 mm (25.5 in)442 mm (17.4 in)443 mm (17.5 in)

1041 mm (40.98 in)1019 mm (40.1 in)748 mm (29.5 in)843 mm (33.2 in)

----

400 kg (880 lbs)159 kg (349 lbs)61 kg (135 lbs)93 kg (205 lbs)

EPC2400 - CEC RackI/O rackI/O drawer (10 EIA units)

1577 mm (62 in)1577 mm (62 in)440 mm (17.3 in)

566 mm (22.3 in)650 mm (25.5 in)443 mm (17.5 in)

1041 mm (40.98 in)1019 mm (40.1 in)843 mm (33.2 in)

--

89 kg (195 lbs)

400 kg (880 lbs)130 kg (286 lbs)93 kg (205 lbs)

EPC2450 - CEC RackI/O rackI/O drawer (10 EIA units)

1577 mm (62 in)1804 mm (71 in)440 mm (17.3 in)

566 mm (22.3 in)644 mm (25.4 in)443 mm (17.5 in)

1201 mm (47.3 in)1147 mm (45.2 in)843 mm (33.2 in)

-244 kg (535 lbs)89 kg (195 lbs)

400 kg (880 lbs)-

93.2 kg (205 lbs)PL1600R/R+ Rack (with acoustic rear door)PL1600R/R+ Rack (with slim-line rear door)

2020 mm (79.5 in)2020 mm (79.5 in)

790 mm (30.9 in)790 mm (30.9 in)

1490 mm (58.8 in)1340 mm (52.8 in)

--

1184 kg (2605 lbs)1170 kg (2574 lbs)

PL3200R/R+ Rack (with acoustic rear door)PL3200R/R+ Rack (with slim-line rear door)

2020 mm (79.5 in)2020 mm (79.5 in)

790 mm (30.9 in)790 mm (30.9 in)

1440 mm (56.8 in)1340 mm (52.8 in)

--

1209 kg (2666 lbs)1196 kg (2636 lbs)

System Unit or Device Height Width Depth Minimum Weight Maximum WeightDAS1300 - Rack unit 267 mm (10.5 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 70 kg (155 lbs)DAS2900 - Rack unit 356 mm (14 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 79 kg (176 lbs)DAS3200 - Rack unit 468 mm (18.4 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 111 kg (254 lbs)DAS3500 - Rack unit 468 mm (18.4 in) 483 mm (19 in) 762 mm (30 in) - 99 kg (220 lbs)DAS4500: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) 52 kg (115 lbs) 74 kg (163 lbs)DAS4700: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) - 77 kg (169 lbs)DAS5700: DPE Enclosure rackmount 286 mm (11.25 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 692 mm (27.2 in) 52 kg (115 lbs) 74 kg (163 lbs)DAS4500: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)DAS5700: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)DAS5300: iDAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 36 kg (80 lbs)DAS5300: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)DAE5000: DAE Enclosure rackmount 154 mm (6.07 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 609 mm (24 in) - 35.4 kg (78 lbs)CX600 (5 EIA units - includes SPS) 326 mm (7.58 in) 445 mm (17.5 in) 700 mm (27.57 in) - 63.1 kg (139 lbs)CX400 (4 EIA units - includes SPS) 174 mm (6.83 in) 450 mm (17.7 in) 604 mm (23.75 in) - 74.6 kg (164 lbs)SSA - Rack unit 171 mm (6.7 in) 444 mm (17.5 in) 665 mm (26.2 in) - 50 kgDLT4000/DLT7000 - Rack unit 146 mm (5.7 in) 235 mm (9.2 in) 332 mm (13 in) 6.6 kg (14.9 lbs) 7.1 kg (15 lbs)DLT8000E - Tabletop 164.6 mm (6.48 in) 174.8 mm (6.88 in) 325.1 mm (12.8 in) 6.35 kg (14 lbs) -Storage Plus Drawer (3 EIA units) 128 mm (5.0 in) 445 mm (18 in) 552 mm (22 in) 23.0 kg (51 lbs) 38.5 kg(85 lbs)



2. Electrical Requirements & Considerations

System Unit or Device Power Source Loading(Typical in kVA)

Voltage range (Vac) Frequency(Hertz)

Thermal Output(Typical in BTU/hr)

Power Requirement(Typical in Watts)

PowerFactor

Max. Altitude

PL220R 0.31 100 to 127 or 200 to 240(autoranging)

47 or 63 1024 300 0.98 2135 m (7000 ft)

PL240R 0.30 100 to 127 or 200 to 240(autoranging)

47 or 63 400 300 - 2135 m (7000 ft)

EPC400 - CPU drawer 0.748 200 to 245 50 or 60 2550 - - 2,500 m(8,202 ft)


EPC440 - CPU drawer 0.46 200 to 240 50 or 60 1485 434 0.9 - 0.98 915 m (3,000 ft)(1)


PL400RCECI/O drawerDisk drawer

-0.320.230.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-1025750

1126 (max)

-300220330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)

PL420R Single Rack Drawer

Expansion Drawer

0.52

0.358

100 to 127 or 200 to 240(autoranging)

100 to 240

50 / 60

50 or 60

1693

774

500

227

-

0.91

2,135 m (7,000 ft)

3.048 m (10,000 ft)EPC610CECI/O drawerDisk drawer

-0.320.230.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-1025750

1126 (max)

-300220330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)


-0.320.230.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-1025750

1126 (max)

-300220330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)

EPC800 - CPU drawer 1.1 90 to 137 or 180 to 253(autoranging)

50 or 60 2000 kcal/h 1000 0.95 2,500 m(8,202 ft)

EPC810CECI/O drawerDisk drawer

-0.390.230.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-1265750

1126 (max)

-370220330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)


-0.390.230.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-1265750

1126 (max)

-370220330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)




Voltage range (Vac) Frequency(Hertz)

Thermal Output(Typical in BTU/hr)


PowerFactor

Max. Altitude

PL820RBaseI/O drawerDisk drawer

-1.1261.350.43

-200 to 240200 to 24090 to 260

-50 / 6050 / 6050 / 60

-3652461

1126 (max)

-1070135330

-0.950.950.95

-2,135 m

(7,000 ft)

EPC1200/1200A CEC rackI/O rackI/O drawer(EPC1200/1200A)

1.887up to 4.8 per PDU

0.52

200 to 240 50 or 60 6055-

3250

1774-

900

- 2,135 m(7,000 ft)

EPC2400 CEC rackI/O rackI/O drawer

1.8874.8 per PDU

0.4

200 to 240 50 or 60 6055-

1228

1774-

360

0.96--

2,135 m(7,000 ft)

EPC2450 CEC rackI/O rackI/O drawer

2.129--

200 to 240--

50 or 60--

6904--

2023 (max)--

---

---

PL1600R & R+ 15.4 (max) 200 to 240380 to 415

480

50 or 60(three-phase)

22800 (max) - - 2,134 m (7,000 ft)with 1.3 GHz CPUs3,040 m (10,000 ft)with 1.1 GHz CPUs

PL3200R & R+ 15.0 (max) 200 to 240380 to 415

480

50 or 60(three-phase)

51200 (max) - - 2,134 m (7,000 ft)with 1.3 GHz CPUs3,040 m (10,000 ft)with 1.1 GHz CPUs

(1) For altitudes above 195 meters, the maximum temperature limit is derated by 1 degree C for every 137 meters of elevation above 195 meters




Voltage range (Vac) Frequency (Hertz) Thermal Output(Typical in BTU/hr)


PowerFactor

Max. Altitude

DAS1300 - Rack unit 0.6 (max) 100 to 240(autoranging)

47 to 63 (autoranging) 2000 (max) 575 0.95 2,438m (8,000 ft)







DAS4500: DPE Enclosurerackmount

0.4 (max) 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1340 (avg) 392 0.95 3,048m (10,000 ft)


- 90 to 264 47 to 63 2703 (max) - 0.95 3,048m (10,000 ft)at 37°C



DAS4500: DAE Enclosurerackmount




DAS5300: iDAEEnclosure rackmount




DAE5000: DAE Enclosurerackmount


CX600 - 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 1740 (max) 510 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)CX400 90 to 264 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 2000 (max) 618 0.98 2,438m (8,000 ft)SSA – Rack unit 0.657 90 to 260 (autoranging) 47 to 63 (autoranging) 2074 657 0.99 12,192 m (40,000 ft)DLT4000/DLT7000 -Rack unit

- 100 to 240(autoranging)

47 to 63 - 50 - 9,150 m (30,000 ft)

DLT8000E - Tabletop - 100 to 240(autoranging)

- - 56 (max) - 12,192 m (40,000 ft)

Storage Plus Drawer 0.43 90 to 260 50 / 60 1126 (max) 330 0.95 2,135 m (7,000 ft)



3. Temperature, Relative Humidity, & Maximum Wet Bulb Requirements

Temperature Relative Humidity (non-condensing) Max Wet BulbSystem Unit or DeviceOperating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating Operating Non-Operating

PL220R 10°C to 40°C(50°F to 104°F)

10°C to 52°C(50°F to 126°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80 F)

27°C(80 F)

PL240R 10°C to 43°C(50°F to 109°F)

10°C to 52°C(50°F to 126°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80 F)

27°C(80 F)

EPC400 - CPU drawer 10°C to 32°C-

Gradient: 10°C/h

5°C to 50°C(41°F to 122°F)

Gradient: 25°C/h

20% to 80%-

Gradient: 10%/h

5% to 95%-

Gradient: 30%/h

24°C (75.2°F)Moisture: 0.019kgwater/kg dry air



Gradient: 10°C/h

5°C to 50°C(41°F to 122°F)

Gradient: 25°C/h

20% to 80%-

Gradient: 10%/h

5% to 95%-

Gradient: 30%/h

24°C(75.2°F)

Moisture: 0.019kgwater/kg dry air

28°C(82.4°F)

Moisture: 0.024kgwater/kg dry air

EPC440 - CPU drawer 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)


Gradient: 10°C/h

5°C to 50°C(41°F to 122°F)

Gradient: 25°C/h

20% to 80%-

Gradient: 10%/h

5% to 95%-

Gradient: 30%/h


28°C(82.4°F)Moisture: 0.024kgwater/kg dry air

PL400R 10°C to 40°C - 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)

PL420R – CPU Drawer 5°C to 35°C(41°F to 95°F)

- 8% to 80% - 27°C(80 F)

-

PL420R – Expansion Drawer 5°C to 35°C(41°F to 95°F)

- 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C(73 F)

27°C(80.6 F)

EPC610 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)

PL600R 10°C to 40°C - 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)


Gradient: 10°C/h

5°C to 55°C(41°F to 131°F)

Gradient: 25°C/h

20% to 80%-

Gradient: 10%/h

5% to 95%-

Gradient: 30%/h



EPC810 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)

PL800R 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C(80.6 F)

27°C(80.6 F)

PL820R 10°C to 38°C(50°F to 100°F)

- 8% to 80% - 23°C(73° F)

-

EPC1200/1200A - CEC rackI/O rack - I/O drawer

10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C(73°F)

27°C(80.6 F)




EPC2400/2450 - CEC rackI/O rack - I/O drawer

10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C(50°F to 125.6°F)

8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C(73°F)

27°C(80.6 F)

PL1600R & R+ 16°C to 32°C(61°F to 90°F)

- 8% to 80% - 23°C(73°F)

-

PL3200R & R+ 16°C to 32°C(61°F to 90°F)

- 8% to 80% - 23°C(73°F)

-


DAS1300/2900/3200/3500, DAS4500,DAS4700, DAS5300, DAS5700, andDAE5000 - Rack units

10°C to 38°C -40°C to 65°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% 23°C (73°F) 27°C (80°F)

CX600 / CX400 10°C to 40°C -40°C to 65°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% - -SSA - Rack unit 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 23°C (73°F) 27°C (80°F)DLT4000/DLT700 - Rack unit 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 40°C 20% to 80% 10% to 90% - -DLT8000E - Tabletop 10°C to 40°C -40°C to 66°C 20% to 80% 5% to 95% 25°C (77°F) 46°C (114.8°F)Storage Plus Drawer 10°C to 40°C 10°C to 52°C 8% to 80% 8% to 80% 27°C (80°F) 27°C (80°F)

Note: If any tape drive is installed, the minimum relative humidity of a system unit is 20%. If a CD-ROM Drive is installed, the minimumrelative humidity of a system unit is 10%.



4. Noise Emissions Values

LWAd <LpA>mSystem Unit or DeviceOperating

(bels)Idle

(bels)Operating

(dBa)Idle

(dBa)Impulsive

NoisesProminent

Discrete TonesPL220R 6.4 6.1 44 41 - -PL240R 6.0 6.0 - - - -EPC400 - CPU drawer 6.3 6.1 - - No NoEPC430 - CPU drawer 6.6 6.4 - - No NoEPC440 - CPU drawer 6.2 5.9 43 40 No NoEPC450 - CPU drawer 6.6 6.4 - - No NoPL400R CECPL400R CEC and I/O drawer

5.86.2

5.86.2

4548

4548

--

--

PL420R Single Rack DrawerPL420R Expansion Drawer

6.06.1

6.06.0

-44

-43

--

--

EPC610EPC610 disk drawer

6.26.5

6.26.1

48-

48-

No-

No-

PL600R CECPL600R CEC and I/O drawer

5.86.2

5.86.2

4548

4548

--

--

EPC800 - CPU drawer 6.0 5.5 - - No NoEPC810EPC810 disk drawer

6.56.5

6.56.1

49-

49-

No-

No-

PL800R CEC and I/O drawerPL800R disk drawer

6.46.5

6.06.1

49-

47-

No-

No-

PL820R BasePL820R I/O drawerPL820R disk drawer

6.25.66.5

6.15.66.1

4545-

4444-

No-

No-

EPC1200/1200A - CEC rackEPC1200 I/O drawerEPC1200A I/O drawer

7.05.95.9

7.05.85.3

-39-

-38-

NoNoNo

NoNoNo

EPC2400/2450 - I/O Drawer 5.9 5.3 - - No NoPL1600R & R+ - Rack (with acoustic rear door)PL1600R & R+ - Rack (with slim-line rear door)

7.57.9

--

5762

--

--

--

PL3200R & R+ - Rack (with acoustic rear door)PL3200R & R+ - Rack (with slim-line rear door)

7.48.0

--

5866

--

--

--



LWAd LpAm <LpA>mSystem Unit or DeviceOperating

(bels)Idle

(bels)Operating

(dBa)Idle

(dBa)Operating

(dBa)Idle

(dBa)Impulsive

NoisesProminent

DiscreteTones

DAS1300 - Rack unit - - N/A N/A - - No NoDAS2900 - Rack unit 6.8 6.6 N/A N/A 55 50 No NoDAS3200, DAS3500, DAS5700, and DAE5000 - Rack unit N/A N/A N/A N/A - - No NoDAS5300 - - - - 54 50 No NoCX600/400 - - - - - - - -SSA - Rack unit 6.15 6.1 N/A N/A - - No NoDLT4000/DLT7000 - Rack unit 4.9 4.9 N/A N/A - - No NoDLT8000E - Tabletop 5.9 5.4 44 40 - - - -Storage Plus Drawer 7.0 - - - - - - -

Notes about Noise Emission Values:1. LWAd is the declared sound power emission level for a production series of machines.2. LpAm is the mean value of the sound pressure emission levels at the operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.3. <LpA> is the mean value of the space-averaged sound pressure emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO DIS 779, and reported in conformance with ISO DIS 7574/4.




Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards 1/49pw5s1c9.doc Rev 8 04/12/2003

Chapter 9: Conformance to Standards

This chapter provides information about Escala Rack PL and EPC conformance to standards.

The set of standards of Bull’s Escala range is also fully applicable to the Escala Rack PL and EPC.

CONFORMANCE TO STANDARDS—ESCALA RACK PL AND EPC ...................................3





Conformance to Standards—Escala Rack PL and EPC

Identification Conformance Certification Comments

Electrical and EnvironmentalRequirements

PowerEN 60950 Y Y Product rankingIEC 555-2 Y Y

Safety StandardsUL 1950 Y Y Underwriters LaboratoriesCSA C22.2 No. 950-M89 Y YEN 60950 (1992 + A1 1993) Y Y European NormIEC 950 Edition 1 Y Y International Electrotechnical CommissionEuropean Directive 73/23/EEC Y Y CE Marking

EMC/EMI Disturbances produced by devicesFCC CFR47 Class A Y Y USCSA C108.8 Class A Y Y CanadaVCCI Class A Y JapanEN 55022 (1988) Class A Y Y EuropeCISPR 22 Class A Y Y TaiwanEuropean Directive 89/336/EEC Y Y CE Marking

Susceptibility to ExternalElectromagnetic Disturbance

EN 61000 -4 -2 Y Y Electrostatic dischargesEN 61000 -4 -3 Y Y Radiated, radio frequency, electromagnetic fieldEN 61000 -4 -4 Y Y Electrical fast transient/burstEN 61000 -4 -5 Y Y Surge immunity testEN 61000 -4 -6 Y Y Conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fieldsEN 61000 -4 -11 Y Y Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variationsEN 61000 -3 -2 Y Y Limits for harmonic current emissionsEN 61000 -3 -3 Y Y Limitation of voltage fluctuation and flickerEuropean Directive 89/336/EEC Y Y CE Marking

Acoustic NoiseISO 7779 ReferenceC012C Class 2 Y

Mechanical ConstraintsIEC 68-2 ReferenceC013C class 1 Y Bull standard

Packing and PackagingISO 780, 2234, 2248, 3676, 4180-2, 4189-2 YC138C Y Bull standard: Packaging configuration and labels

European Directives73/23/EEC Y Y89/336/EEC Y Y



Vos remarques sur ce document / Technical publication remark form

Titre / Title : Bull ESCALA Rack PL & EPC Reference Guide

Nº Reférence / Reference Nº : 86 A1 99JX 23 Daté / Dated : December 2003

ERREURS DETECTEES / ERRORS IN PUBLICATION

AMELIORATIONS SUGGEREES / SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT TO PUBLICATION

Vos remarques et suggestions seront examinées attentivement.Si vous désirez une réponse écrite, veuillez indiquer ci-après votre adresse postale complète.

Your comments will be promptly investigated by qualified technical personnel and action will be taken as required.If you require a written reply, please furnish your complete mailing address below.

NOM / NAME : Date :

SOCIETE / COMPANY :

ADRESSE / ADDRESS :

Remettez cet imprimé à un responsable BULL ou envoyez-le directement à :

Please give this technical publication remark form to your BULL representative or mail to:


Technical Publications Ordering FormBon de Commande de Documents Techniques

To order additional publications, please fill up a copy of this form and send it via mail to:Pour commander des documents techniques, remplissez une copie de ce formulaire et envoyez-la à :

BULL CEDOCATTN / Mr. L. CHERUBIN357 AVENUE PATTONB.P.2084549008 ANGERS CEDEX 01FRANCE

Phone / Téléphone : +33 (0) 2 41 73 63 96FAX / Télécopie +33 (0) 2 41 73 60 19E–Mail / Courrier Electronique : [email protected]

Or visit our web sites at: / Ou visitez nos sites web à:http://www.logistics.bull.net/cedochttp://www–frec.bull.com http://www.bull.com

CEDOC Reference #No Référence CEDOC

QtyQté


QtyQté


QtyQté

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [ _ _ ]

[ _ _ ] : no revision number means latest revision / pas de numéro de révision signifie révision la plus récente

NOM / NAME : Date :

SOCIETE / COMPANY :

ADRESSE / ADDRESS :

PHONE / TELEPHONE : FAX :

E–MAIL :

For Bull Subsidiaries / Pour les Filiales Bull :

Identification:

For Bull Affiliated Customers / Pour les Clients Affiliés Bull :

Customer Code / Code Client :

For Bull Internal Customers / Pour les Clients Internes Bull :

Budgetary Section / Section Budgétaire :

For Others / Pour les Autres :

Please ask your Bull representative. / Merci de demander à votre contact Bull.



PLA

CE

BA

R C

OD

E IN

LO

WE

RLE

FT

CO

RN

ER